WCO HS Classification Rulings Opinions All HS Chapters up to 2022>>HS Code HS Classification

WCO ADOPTED RULINGS(1969 TO DATE)

 

Heading/SubHeading Item
0210.99 1. Chicken cuts (meat of fowls of the species Gallus domesticus), impregnated or injected with table salt in alltheir parts and frozen throughout, with a salt content of 1.2 % or morebut not more than 3 %, by weight, suitable for humanconsumption.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
AdoAdoption:08
0309.90 1. Freeze-dried cuttle fish (Sepia officinalis) in powder form, obtained from fresh cuttle fish. It is intended for use in food preparations.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 3 to Chapter 3) and 6.
Adoption : 2016
0305.20 1. Lumpfish roe, in brine, with a salt content of 15 to 18 % by weight, presented in 105 kg barrels. Due to the high salt content, the product is intended for further processing before consumption.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2014
0307.32 1.  Blanched green shell mussels (Perna canaliculus), iattached to the half-shell, not cooked. The product is obtained by blanching/heat-shocking the mussel by spraying with hot water to open the shell. Half of the shell is discarded and the mussel is individually quick frozen and packed.
The packaging states: “Cook before consumption”.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018
0402.99 1. Concentrated milk with added sugar in the form of a liquid, consisting of approximately 51 % concentrated milk and 49 % sucrose.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2004
0404.90 1. Bovine colostrum collected within the first 24 hours following calving, in the form of a frozen liquid, composed of, by weight, 18 – 25 % solids, 4 – 5 % fat, and 10 – 15 % protein where approximately 50 % of protein content are immunoglobulins (IgG). The product is presented in bulk form and is not processed or altered prior to importation.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018
0405.20 1. Butterfat mixture in the form of a water-in-oil type spreadable emulsion and used in the food industry, consisting of, by weight, 68.75 % butter oil, 17 % sugar, 13 % water and 1.25 % casein.
Adoption : 19972. Butterfat mixture in the form of a water-in-oil emulsion used in the food industry, consisting of, by weight, 70.4 % fat (97.8 % fat – dry matter), 1.06 % protein (1.5 % protein – dry matter) and 1.3 % lactose, and having a moisture content of 28.0 %. This dairy spread is sometimes referred to as “high fat cream cheese”.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (b) to Chapter 4) and 6.
Adoption : 20013. Butterfat mixture in the form of a water-in-oil emulsion used in the food industry, consisting of, by weight, 72.5 % fat (98.8 % fat – dry matter), 0.996 % protein (1.4 % protein – dry matter) and 1.4 % lactose, and having a moisture content of 26.6 %. This dairy spread is sometimes referred to as “high fat cream cheese”.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (b) to Chapter 4) and 6.
Adoption : 2001 
0406.10 1. Mozzarella cheese, sliced into small pieces and coated with spices, put up together with pepperoni in a sealed bag of plastics having a net weight of 280 g, the cheese and the pepperoni being separated by a piece of wax paper. The bag contains a portion-controlled amount of topping for one extra-large pizza, which consists of 76 % Mozzarella cheese, 22 % pepperoni, approximately 1 % spices, canola oil and approximately 1 % calcium silicate.
Sixty-five such bags are presented together in a single box, and are intended for use in the food service industry (pizzerias).
The pepperoni presented with the cheese is classified separately in heading 16.01.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinion 1601.00/1.
Adoption : 20152. Fresh cheese, composed of concentrated, fermented skimmed milk (80 %), fruit preparation (strawberry) (10 %), sugar (7.6 %), modified starch, strawberry seeds, black carrot juice concentrate, natural flavouring, thickener, mineral concentrate from milk, lemon juice concentrate and acid regulators. It also contains the two cultures Lactobacillus bulgaricus and Streptococcus thermophilus. The protein content in the dairy part is 9.5 % (8.4 % in the product in total). During the production process the product has undergone a gentle “heat shock” and a quark separator is used in order to remove the whey. In addition, a smoothing process is used to improve the consistency. The product is put up for retail sale in a plastic container with a net content of 160 g, and consists of two layers – the lower layer being a fruit preparation (strawberry), while the upper layer is in the form of a white dairy product.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2017
0406.30 1. Processed cheese, made by comminuting cheese, mixing the comminuted cheese with butter, whey powder, sodium phosphate and water, heating the mixture, and then moulding it into 2 kg blocks.
Adoption : 1996
0406.90 1. A product consisting of two mild, soft-ripened round Camembert pieces (diameter 7 cm, height 2 cm) coated with bread crumbs and pre-fried in oil, each put up in a white paper-frill, sealed together in a foil of plastics and packed together with two portion packs of cranberry jam.
Adoption : 1994
0410.90 1.  Propolis, a natural resinous mixture produced by honey bees. It is in the form of solid sticky resinous substances from yellow to dark brown, consisting of approximately 50 % by weight of resins, 30 % by weight of waxes and fatty acids, 10 % by weight of essential oils, 5 % by weight of pollen, 5 % by weight of other organics and minerals. It normally undergoes further preparation before human consumption.
Application of GIR 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2021
0604.90 1. Wreath, about 20 cm in diameter, consisting mainly of vegetable material (in particular, cloves, cinnamon, beech-nut, pine and larch cones, whether or not gilded, and dried leaves), arranged with minor artificial components (e.g., artificial flowers of textile material, imitation petals of wire); all these elements are held together by wire, the wire ends being stranded into a circular support.
See also Opinions 6702.90/1 and 6702.90/2.
Adoption : 1985
0813.20 1. Prunes partially rehydrated to a moisture content not exceeding 35 % by weight, to which sorbic acid has been added for stabilisation; the prunes are pitted, put up in airtight packings and ready for immediate consumption.
Adoption : 1989
1008.50 1. Quinoa, normally used for human consumption, which has undergone the removal of the saponin layer after harvest. The saponin layer, which cannot be seen by the naked eye, is removed by washing, by mechanical processing or by a combination of both.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018
0902.20 1. Dried tea flowers derived from the shrubs of the botanical genus Thea, whether or not intended to be used in pharmacy.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2008
0902.30 1. Black tea put up in a transparent plastic bag (100 g) and packed in a ceramic container in the form of a brown coloured samovar (approximately 19 cm high) decorated with painted flowers and equipped with a removable lid. The samovar, which has no utility value and is wholly ornamental in nature, is classified separately in subheading 6913.90.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinion 6913.90/1.
Adoption : 2007
1202.42 1. Dry-blanched ground-nuts – shelled ground-nuts, heattreated to crack and loosen the skins. After cooling, the seeds are passed through brushes or ribbed rubber belting to rub off the skins. The ground-nuts have a moisture content not less than 4 % by weight and are positive for catalase and peroxidase enzymatic activity.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2019
1209.91 1. Seeds for sowing, separated from fruit of the genus Capsicum, cleaned and treated with the fungicide Thiram.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2017
1211.20 1. Ginseng roots, frozen, intended to be used as an ingredient in the manufacture of food preparations, e.g., chicken soup.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2014
1212.99 1. Pumpkin seeds (Cucurbita pepo L.), in the husk, unroasted, unsalted, not capable of germination, fit for human consumption.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2008
2. Konjac tuber (Amorphophallus konjac) in the form of a powder consisting mainly of glucomannan (87.5 %). The remainder (12.5 %) of the product includes moisture and ash. It is obtained by a separation process using water or low alcohol solution for removing some impurities.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018
1511.90 1.Crude palm stearin, consisting mainly of triglycerides, with less than 5 % by weight of free fatty acids and less than 0.25 % by weight of moisture and impurities. It is generally presented as a semi-solid at room temperature and is the high-melting fraction obtained by a one-stage or multi-stage fractionation of crude palm oil.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20152. Refined Bleached Deodorized (RBD) palm stearin, consisting mainly of triglycerides, with less than 0.2 % by weight of free fatty acids and less than 0.15 % by weight of moisture and impurities. It is a white to yellowish solid fraction with a melting point of 33 to 39 °C obtained by the fractionation of palm oil after crystallization at controlled temperatures. The product is used as cooking oil, for shortening margarine and for the production of confectionary and bakery products.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2015
1515.60 1. Arachidonic Acid (ARA) Oil, in the form of a yellow or orange-yellow liquid at room temperature, obtained by fungus (Mortierella Alpina) fermentation from raw materials such as glucose. The oil has the following glyceride profile : 95 to 98 % triglyceride and 2 to 5 % diglycerides and monoglycerides. The profile of the main fatty acids of the product consists of polyunsaturated fatty acids, such as 40 to 45 % arachidonic acid and 0 to 15 % linoleic acid.
This oil may be used as an ingredient in food, animal feed, medicine or cosmetics.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2017
1516.10 1. A product consisting of 90 % of re-esterified triglycerides of highly concentrated omega-3 fatty acids EPA (eicosapentaenoic acid) and DHA (docosahexaenoic acid) produced from raw anchovy oil. The remaining 10 % of the product consists mainly of mono- and diglycerides. The product contains EPA (400 mg/g) and DHA (300 mg/g). Vitamin E (tocopherol) has been added to the product as an antioxidant.
The raw anchovy oil has undergone the manufacturing steps of deacidification, ethyl esterification, distillation, filtration, bleaching, re-esterification and deodorization.
The product is presented in barrels and will be used in the manufacture of food supplements.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinion 2106.90/37.
Adoption : 2018
1517.90 1. Evening primrose oil with added vitamin E and milkfat, put up in gelatin/glycerol capsules and packaged in blister packs for retail sale, used to supplement the diet with essential fatty acids contained in the oil (in particular, gamma-linolenic acid).
Adoption : 19952. Mixed grease product, consisting of 80 to 90 % rendered pork fat (lard) and 10 to 20 % beef tallow, suitable for human consumption.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20023. Preparation consisting of low erucic acid rape oil (Canola) with the addition of dry chilli pepper (two pods) and black pepper-corns (approximately 10 % by volume), put up in a glass bottle of approximately 250 ml.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2008 
1601.00 1. Pepperoni, put up together with Mozzarella cheese in a sealed bag of plastics having a net weight of 280 g, the pepperoni and the cheese being separated by a piece of wax paper. The bag contains a portion-controlled amount of topping for one extra-large pizza, which consists of 76 % Mozzarella cheese, sliced into small pieces and coated with spices, 22 % pepperoni, approximately 1 % spices, canola oil and approximately 1 % calcium silicate.
Sixty-five such bags are presented together in a single box, and are intended for use in the food service industry (pizzerias).
The Mozzarella cheese presented with the pepperoni is classified separately in subheading 0406.10.
Application of GIR 1.
See also Opinion 0406.10/1.
Adoption : 2015
1602.41 1. Tinned ham : ham (or other pig meat) injected with sodium nitrite or marinade (comprising water, salt, sugar, vitamin C, sodium tripolyphosphate, potassium nitrate and sodium nitrite), vacuum packed in hermetically sealed tins and cooked at a temperature of about 70 °C; it may contain a small quantity of added gelatin.
Adoption : 1983
1602.42 1. Tinned ham : ham (or other pig meat) injected with sodium nitrite or marinade (comprising water, salt, sugar, vitamin C, sodium tripolyphosphate, potassium nitrate and sodium nitrite), vacuum packed in hermetically sealed tins and cooked at a temperature of about 70 °C; it may contain a small quantity of added gelatin.
Adoption : 1983
1602.49 1. Tinned ham : ham (or other pig meat) injected with sodium nitrite or marinade (comprising water, salt, sugar, vitamin C, sodium tripolyphosphate, potassium nitrate and sodium nitrite), vacuum packed in hermetically sealed tins and cooked at a temperature of about 70 °C; it may contain a small quantity of added gelatin.
Adoption : 1983
1602.50 1. Micro-ready sandwiches with potato chips (French fries), consisting of a hamburger (with bun), a cheeseburger (with bun) or a roast beef sandwich (with bun), each with more than 20 % by weight of meat, packaged for retail sale with potato chips (French fries).
Application of GIR 3 (b).
Adoption : 1994 2. Prepared chilli stew, consisting of 70 % beef, 7 % sweet pepper, 7 % onion, 5.3 % rape seed oil, 3.5 % sugar, 3.2 % spices (kitchen herbs), 2.1 % vegetable starch, 0.7 % dark chocolate, 0.5 % salt, 0.3 % cocoa and 0.4 % other ingredients. The product is frozen and put up in a plastic bag for retail sale.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 to Chapter 16) and 6.
Adoption : 2017
1701.91 1. Sugar cubes containing a minimum of 99.7 % sucrose from cane sugar and a small amount of caramel (also obtained from cane sugar) added as a colouring matter.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2004
1702.90 1. “High-test molasses” obtained by hydrolising and evaporating raw sugar cane juice and used mainly as a culture medium for micro-organisms in the manufacture of antibiotics and for the manufacture of ethyl alcohol.
Adoption : 1964
1704.90 1. Ginseng tablets, in the form of rectangular caramels (side length about 22 mm, thickness about 7 mm), containing standardized highly-concentrated ginseng extract (approximately 50 mg per tablet), sucrose (47 % by weight) vegetable oil, gelatin, emulsifying agent (gum arabic), citric acid, ascorbic acid, essential oil of orange and colouring agent.
See also Opinions 2106.90/7 and 2205.10/2.
Adoption : 19872. Sugar confectionery presented in a set consisting of two small packets of confectionery and a reusable plastic dispenser, put up for retail sale in a polyethylene bag.
Adoption : 19933. Throat pastilles or cough drops consisting essentially of sugars and flavouring agents, e.g., menthol, eucalyptol or peppermint oil, (without other active ingredients).
Adoption : 19934. Sugar confectionery (caramel) containing sugar, glucose, butter, vegetable fat, milk powder, salt, soya lecithin, malt extract and flavourings. Minute quantities of cocoa powder, stated to be present by the manufacturer, could not be confirmed by analysis.
Adoption : 1999

5. Sugar confectionery (candy) containing sugar, glucose, citric acid, pectin, apple pulp, concentrated cocoa flavouring and other flavourings. Minute quantities of cocoa powder, stated to be present by the manufacturer, could not be confirmed by analysis.
Adoption : 1999

6. Sugar confectionery (candy) containing sugar, glucose, lactic acid, menthol and peppermint oil. Minute quantities of cocoa powder, stated to be present by the manufacturer, could not be confirmed by analysis.
Adoption : 1999

7. Sugar confectionery (candy) containing sugar, glucose and flavourings. Minute quantities of cocoa powder, stated to be present by the manufacturer, could not be confirmed by analysis.
Adoption : 1999

8. Sugar confectionery (candy) containing sugar, glucose, lactic acid and flavourings. Minute quantities of cocoa powder, stated to be present by the manufacturer, could not be confirmed by analysis.
Adoption : 1999

9. Halva sesame snack with honey, a sugar confectionery in the form of a paste, put up for retail sale, obtained by mixing ground sesame seeds (52 %) with natural honey (48 %).
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2012

10. Cough and throat tablets consisting essentially of sugars (43.5 %), liquorice extract (13.5 %), other food stuffs, e.g., starch and cellulose (17.6 %), minerals, e.g., calcium carbonate and talc (10.4 %) and flavouring agents (e.g., menthol, peppermint oil, anise oil, eucalyptus oil, creosote and capsicum).
The product is put up in packings for retail sale.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2017

11. Cough tablets consisting essentially of sugars (approximately 1.9 g / tablet), glycyrrhiza (liquorice) extract (35 mg / tablet), other food stuffs (e.g., starch and gelatine) and flavouring agents (e.g., menthol, peppermint oil, anise oil, eucalyptus oil, pine pumilio oil and capsicum).
The product is put up in packings for retail sale.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2019

 

1806.31 1. Sugar confectionery containing cocoa, mixed, in various proportions, with confectionery not containing cocoa, presented in boxes for sale as mixed.
Adoption : 1970
1806.32 1. Sugar confectionery containing cocoa, mixed, in various proportions, with confectionery not containing cocoa, presented in boxes for sale as mixed.
Adoption : 1970
1. Chocolate-coated product, dome-shaped, about 3.5 cm in diameter, consisting of a thin wafer (approximately 1 to 2 mm thick), with a filling containing small dried strawberry flakes, the whole being covered with milk chocolate.
Adoption : 19952. Chocolate-based composite product consisting of an egg-shaped shell, with an outer layer of chocolate and an inner layer based on sugar, milk products and vegetable fats, containing a plastic capsule which itself contains a toy (as a surprise) (e.g., a plastic helicopter, unassembled).
Application of GIR 3 (b).
Adoption : 19953. Chocolate confectionery (milk chocolate in a sugar shell), put up in two packets, each with a net weight of 45 g, presented in a plastic container, as composite goods for retail sale. The container has a lid with a reusable plastic dispenser attached to it. The dispenser – shaped as one of the confectionery brand’s characters – is filled with confectioneries which are dispensed when the character’s hand is pressed.
Application of GIRs 1, 3 (b) and 6.
See also Opinions 1806.90/4 and 9503.00/10
Adoption : 2017 

4. Chocolate confectionery, containing peanuts (23 %) covered in milk chocolate (48 %) and coated in sugar, presented in a cardboard box with a net content of 140 g. The plastic lid is topped with a toy character of the confectionery brand attached to a spring. The toy can be removed from the spring.
Application of GIRs 1, 5 (b) and 6.
See also Opinions 1806.90/3 and 9503.00/10
Adoption : 2017

1901.10 . Follow-up formula in the form of a powder, consisting of demineralised whey powder, skimmed milk powder, mixture of vegetable oils, lactose, galacto-oligosaccaride syrup, whey protein concentrate, fish oil, vitamins, minerals and food additives, put up for retail sale, in a container with a net content of 700 g. The product is marketed to be consumed, after mixing with water, by infants 6 months and older, and young children.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20102. Follow-up formula in the form of a powder, consisting of skimmed milk powder, maltodextrin, milk fat, galacto-oligosaccaride powder, sucrose, demineralised whey powder, corn oil, whey protein concentrate, fish oil, vitamins, minerals and food additives, put up for retail sale, in a container with a net content of 900 g. The product is marketed to be consumed, after mixing with water, by young children from 1 to 3 years old, but is also suitable for infants 6 months and older.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2010
1901.20 1. Uncooked pizza consisting of a pizza base (dough) and a topping. The pizza, having a net weight of 580 g, is put up in a retail packing. The ingredients are wheat flour, water, cheese, margarine cheese, white mushrooms, beef (4.7 % by weight), onions, tomato purée, vegetable (olive) oil, yeast, salt, sugar, leavening agent, malt extract, partly hydrogenated vegetable oil, modified starch, garlic and spices. Before consumption the pizza has to be cooked for 15 to 20 minutes (pre-heated oven) or 20 to 25 minutes (cold oven).
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2001
1901.90 1. Preparation consisting of potato starch (88. 5 %), maltodextrin (8.5 %), monosodium glutamate (2 %) and salt (1 %), used in the manufacture of food products.
Adoption : 19992. Whipped cream put up in an aerosol can, exhibiting the smell and taste of vanilla, containing cream made from cows’ milk, invert sugar syrup, condensed milk, concentrated milk, glucose, natural flavour (vanilla) and stabilising agent (E 407).
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20043. Preparation intended to be consumed as cheese substitute, consisting of skimmed milk (81.8 %), vegetable oils (15.65 %), and small quantities of salt, milk (whey) protein, rennet, acidifying culture, colouring matter and vitamin D, obtained by mixing skimmed milk with vegetable oils and subsequent treatment by a bacterial culture and enzyme, coagulation, separation of casein, heating, pressing, forming, cutting, salting, and subsequent ripening for 7 to 10 weeks. This preparation is sometimes referred to as “cheese analogue”.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2013 
1902.20 1.    Preparation consisting of pasta stuffed with shrimps (wontons) and soup concentrate. The preparation is frozen and put up in a plastic bowl for retail sale. Before consumption, after adding water, it has to be re-heated in a microwave oven.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20122. Set consisting of pasta stuffed with shrimps (wontons) and a sachet of soup in powder form. The set is frozen and put up in a paper container for retail sale. Before consumption, after mixing the soup powder with water, the wontons have to be cooked in the soup before serving.
Application of GIRs 1, 2 (b), 3 (b) and 6.
Adoption : 2012
1902.30 1. Preparation containing, by weight, on the basis of the content of visible pieces, 22.9 % meatballs, 20.5 % pasta and 1.28 % vegetables. The meatballs themselves contain 63.8 % meat, bringing the total meat content in the preparation to 14.6 %. The preparation is put up in a glass container with a net content of 190 g for retail sale and is designed to be consumed by young children (one year and older) after having been warmed before serving.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2014
1904.10 1. Crisp snack product in the form of extruded curls, consisting mainly of maize (corn) groats with added sunflower oil and cheese powder. The cheese powder also contains buttermilk powder, colouring matter (paprika extract) and salt.
The maize (corn) groats, initially having a moisture content of 12 to 13 %, are further moistened by adding 2 to 6 % water to achieve the optimal friction in the extruder under the required pressure and high temperature. After extrusion, the maize (corn) curls are dried and then the cheese powder and sunflower oil are added to the product in a flavouring drum.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2015
1904.20 1. “Müsli” type breakfast cereals, containing unroasted cereal flakes (about 70 %), dried fruit, nuts, sugar, honey, etc., put up for retail sale.
Adoption : 1991 + 1994
1904.30 1. Pre-cooked bulgur wheat in the form of worked grains – obtained by cooking hard I wheat grains which are then dried to a moisture content of about 14 %, are husked or peeled and then broken, kibbled or milled and finally sieved into large and small size bulgur wheat.
Adoption : 1994
1904.90 1. Nasi Nua (Indonesian deep-frozen rice dish) consisting of pre-cooked rice (40 %), beef strips (10 %), several kinds of vegetables and spices.
Adoption : 19892. Chow Ju Fan (Chinese deep-frozen rice dish) consisting of pre-cooked rice (37 %), minced pork (10 %), several kinds of vegetables, fruit and spices.
Adoption : 19893. Risotto (Italian deep-frozen rice dish) consisting of pre-cooked rice (50 %), diced smoked ham (10 %), several kinds of vegetables and spices.
Adoption : 19894. Biryani (Indian deep-frozen rice dish) consisting of pre-cooked rice (40 %), chicken meat (10 %), several kinds of vegetables, fruit and spices.
Adoption : 1989

5. Prepared food, frozen and put up as a set in two cardboard boxes (Box 1 and Box 2). Jasmine rice is filled directly into Box 1 without any further packing. Box 2 sits on top of the portion of rice inside Box 1. Box 2 contains slices of chicken meat (approx. 39.1 %), vegetables (approx. 7.9 %) and a red curry sauce (approx. 53 %). Before consumption, the meal must be reheated – still in the cardboard boxes – in a microwave oven.
The total net weight of the meal is 350 grams, with the contents of Box 1 accounting for 49.1 % of this total, and the contents of Box 2 – 50.9 %. After mixing, the meal contains 49.1 % jasmine rice, 27 % Thai red curry (coconut milk, water and red curry paste), 19.9 % chicken meat and 4 % vegetables (carrots, French beans and red capsicum).
Application of GIRs 1, 3 (b) and 6.
Adoption : 2018

 

1905.32 1. Chocolate-coated wafer product in the form of a rectangular bar 9 cm long, 1.8 cm wide and 0.8 cm thick, consisting of a baked wafer (approximately 5 to 6 mm thick) covered with milk chocolate.
Application of RGI 3 (b).
Adoption : 19952. Bakers’ wares (waffles), made from water, wheat flour, eggs, leavening agents, sugar, whey powder and fat (typically soya-bean oil). After the ingredients are blended into a batter, the batter is poured into a patterned waffle iron. After the product is fully baked, it is frozen. The average moisture content is 48 % by weight after baking and 45 % by weight after being frozen.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2003
1905.90 1. Fresh cheese cake (frozen) consisting of a cake mixture (90 % by weight) mainly composed of cream, cream cheese, milk and sugar, placed on a baked cake base (10 % by weight) made from butter, flour, sugar and eggs.
Adoption : 19962. Crisp bacon-flavoured snacks in the form of light-brown, rectangular, slightly wrinkled flakes with three dark stripes to give the appearance of bacon, put up for retail sale, composed of wheat flour (about 55 %), potato powder (about 28 %), potato starch (about 10 %), manioc starch (about 6 %), salt, carotene and flavouring, fried in oil and ready for consumption.
Adoption : 19993. Crisp savoury food products, made from a dough based on potato powder, in the shape of bears and put up for retail sale, composed of potato powder (about 31 %), vegetable oil, starch, modified starch, salt, sugar, emulsifier (lecithin), yeast extract and spices, fried in oil and ready for consumption.
Adoption : 1999 
2005.80 1. Sweet corn flour, in the form of a fine yellow powder, obtained by dehydration of sweet corn grain (to a water content of less than 10 %), and subsequent milling and heat treatment (at a temperature of 70 °C for 4 to 5 hours). The product has an ash content of 2.69 % and a starch content of 16.28 %. It is intended to be used for the preparation of ice-cream.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2014
2005.99 1. Pieces of red and green pepper fruits filled with cheese (feta cheese and fresh cheese), submerged in a liquid consisting of sunflower oil, garlic and spices. The product has the following composition, by weight: sunflower oil 40 %, cheese 35 % (17.5 % feta cheese and 17.5 % fresh cheese), pepper fruits (capsicum frutescens) 24 %, garlic and spices. the product is packaged in transparent containers of plastics with a net weight of 200 g.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2017
2007.99 1. Peach purée obtained from fresh peaches which have beencrushed and then passed through a sieve with an aperture of0.4 to 0.8 mm. The product thus obtained is then heattreated by steam under reduced pressure (vacuum) at atemperature of 50 to 60 °C for 50 to 60 minutes, to reducethe water content in the product and increase its viscosity.The product is presented in 160 kg or 235 kg drums.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 5 to Chapter 20) and 6.
Adoption : 2015
2008.20 1. Dried pineapples in the form of cubes, slices or irregular pieces, obtained, after blanching, by osmotic dehydration in a sugar syrup, followed by air dehydration.
Adoption : 1999
2008.50 1. “Improved” dried apricots obtained from fresh fruits, cut in halves, blanched by steam, immersed in a sugar syrup containing sulphur dioxide, dried on trays and then to a predetermined moisture content in a dehydrator (to about 20 %); sugar content about 71 % (i.e., 90 % of the dry matter).
Adoption : 1966
2008.60 1. Fruit in alcohol, consisting of four morello cherries in a liquid composed of armagnac, sugar syrup and natural fruit extracts, put up in a 4-cl drinking glass covered by a plastic lid.
Adoption : 1995
2008.97 1. Fruit in alcohol, consisting of one prune in a liquid composed of armagnac, sugar syrup and natural fruit extracts, put up in a 4-cl drinking glass covered by a plastic lid.
Adoption : 19952. Dried papayas in the form of cubes, slices or irregular pieces, obtained, after blanching, by osmotic dehydration in a sugar syrup, followed by air dehydration.
Adoption : 19993. Roasted seaweed – It is produced from dried seaweed (100 %) which is inspected using a metal detector and an impurities detector, before being roasted and then packed.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20184. Seasoned laver – laver (90 %), corn oil (6 %), sesame oil (3 %) and salt (1 %). The laver is roasted at a temperature of 180 °C – 200 °C for 5 seconds and seasoned by adding salt, sesame oil and corn oil (during this stage of the process, green tea powder, kimchi powder or olive oil may be added to enhance the flavour). Finally, the laver is reroasted for 5 seconds at a temperature of 330 °C.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018

 

2009.89 1. Coconut water (coconut juice) obtained from green coconuts (99.95 %) with added sugar (0.05 %). Sugar is added to control taste between different batches of coconuts. The product is put up for retail sale in glass bottles of 290 ml.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2016
2009.90 1. Mixture of unfermented juices containing spices (ginger), consisting of juice of cucumber (30 %), juice of celery (20 %), juice of apple (20 %), juice of spinach (20 %), juice of parsley (4 %), juice of lemon (4 %) and ginger (2 %). The product is ready-to-drink and is put up in bottles for retail sale.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2014
2101.11 1. Soluble coffee (also known as “instant coffee”) (200 g) in a glass jar, put up for retail sale in a paperboard box together with a ceramic cup and a ceramic saucer. The cup and saucer are classified separately in heading 69.12.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinion 6912.00/1
Adoption : 1997
2101.12 1. Preparation based on coffee extract, consisting of 98.5 % soluble coffee (obtained by infusion of coffee followed by dehydration) and 1.5 % stevioside (a non-calorific sweetener).
Adoption : 1997
2101.30 1. Coffee additive, consisting of a coarse brown powder with a bitter flavour, containing, by weight, 93 % caramel and 6 % mineral salts.
Adoption : 1960
2102.20 1. Tablets for human consumption consisting of dried dead unicellular micro-organisms (Spirulina platensis), as well as silicon dioxide, starch and magnesium stearate, which are used as carriers.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2005
2103.90 1. “Trasi” or “Blachan”, used exclusively for seasoning certain oriental dishes, obtained from fish and crustaceans (singly or intermixed), put up as a paste which, because of the degree of decomposition which occurs during manufacture, has lost the character of products of headings 16.04 and 16.05.
Adoption : 19602. Composite flavourings, being mixtures, standardized to a constant flavouring power, of :(i) a total extract of a spice of Ch. 9 or of another aromatic vegetable substance (e.g., of heading 07.12 or Ch. 12), and(ii) a base appropriate to the end use (salt, glucose, cereal flour, powdered rusk, etc.) used, like spices or condiments, to enhance the taste of food preparations.

Adoption : 1968

 

2106.10 1. Defatted soya-bean flour protein concentrate, with a protein content, on a dry matter basis, of approximately 69 to 71 %, obtained from defatted soya-bean flakes by the removal of fermentable sugars, the elimination of antigens, heat treatment, grinding and sifting. The concentrate is not textured and can be used either for human consumption or in animal feeds.
See also Opinion 2304.00/1.
Adoption : 19912. Preparation in the form of a powder, consisting of soya protein isolate (75.05 %), whey protein 80 % concentrate (24.5 %), vanilla aroma (0.25 %) and silicon dioxide (0.20 %), put up for retail sale, in a container with a net content of 240 g. The total protein content of the product, by weight of the dry matter, is 85.9 % (±1.0 %). The product is intended to be consumed with other foodstuffs or beverages (5 grams, 1 to 4 times daily). The product exhibits the smell and taste of vanilla.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2009
2106.90 1. Slimming (or anti-corpulence) food preparation, containing carbohydrates, guar flour, vitamins, citric acid and colouring matter.
Adoption : 19612. Additive for cereal flours, containing vitamin B1, nicotinic acid, iron (ferrum reductum) and wheat flour; the product is for addition, in very small proportions (about 0.24 parts per 1,000), to cereal flours in order to improve their vitaminic properties.
Adoption : 19643. Bakery additives composed of sucrose, mono- and diglycerides and sometimes skimmed milk powder, intended to be added in various proportions (up to 15 to 20 % of the finished product) to flour or dough used in the manufacture of bakers’ and pastrycooks’ wares.
Adoption : 19674. Preparations intended to be consumed as beverages, after mixing with milk, in fine powder form, consisting essentially of sugars, fruit powder, milk powder, calcium phosphate and vitamins.
Adoption : 1975

5. Instant foodstuff consisting of soya protein concentrate (51 %), a caseinate (47.5 %), soya lecithin (1 %) and vanilla oleoresin (0.5 %).
Adoption : 1986

6. Food additive containing calcium carbonate (about 50 %) and casein (about 43 %).
Adoption : 1986

7. Ginseng capsules (each capsule weighing about 650 mg), containing 100 mg of standardized highly-concentrated ginseng extract, vegetable oil, antioxidant (lecithin), emulsifying agent (glycerol), beeswax, colouring agent (iron oxides) and tincture of vanilla.
See also Opinions 1704.90/1 and 2205.10/2.
Adoption : 1987 + 1994

8. Combined emulsifying and stabilising agent in the form of a fine powder, consisting of gelatin, a mixture of mono-, di- and tri-, fatty acid esters of glycerol, glucose, sodium citrate and carrageenan, intended to be added in small proportions (approximately 2 %) in the manufacture of mousse and other dairy desserts to improve aeration and stability.
Adoption : 1987 + 1994

9. Stabiliser in the form of a fine powder, consisting of locust bean gum, carrageenan, pectin, gelatin, glucose and soya bean protein, intended to be added in small proportions (approximately 0.5 %) in the manufacture of fruit ice (sorbet and sherbet) to provide stable overrun.
Adoption : 1987

10. Emulsifier (starch complexing agent) in the form of a fine powder, consisting mainly of a mixture of mono-, di- and tri-, fatty acid esters of glycerol, malto-dextrin and sodium caseinates, intended to be added in small proportions (approximately 0.5 %) to starch based foods.
Adoption : 1987 + 1994

11. A preparation known as “low-fat butter” consisting of 38.5 % milkfat, 52.4 % water, 5 % sodium caseinate and small quantities of salt, emulsifiers and a thickening or gelling agent, used as a dairy spread.
Adoption : 1992

12. Preparation consisting of 51 % refined and hydrogenated coconut oil and 49 % skimmed milk powder, used for the manufacture of various food preparations (e.g., ice cream, biscuits and confectionery).
Adoption : 1995

13. Preparation consisting of 70 % butterfat, 15 % refined and hydrogenated coconut oil and 15 % fine sugar, used in the biscuit, chocolate and confectionery industries.
Adoption : 1995

14. Preparation consisting of 49 % butteroil, 44 % skimmed milk powder and 7 % coconut oil, used in the ice cream industry.
Adoption : 1995

15. Cheese fondue, a food preparation made from cheese mixed with white wine, water, starch, kirsch brandy and an emulsifying agent.
Adoption : 1996

16. Preparations in the form of granules, consisting of around 94 % by weight of sugar (saccharose and dextrose) and flavouring of plant extracts. They also contain ascorbic acid or citric acid or both. They are intended to be consumed as beverages (“teas”) after mixing with water.
Adoption : 1996

17. Mixture of sodium chloride and potassium chloride with a small amount of magnesium carbonate (anti-caking agent), put up for retail sale, in salt cellars with a net content of 350 g or in 1-gram sachets. This product is used, generally by individuals on low-salt diets, as a replacement for table salt.
Adoption : 1996

18. Herbal “tea”consisting of a mixture of parts of plants, spices, algae and potassium sodium tartrate, with laxative, diuretic and carminative properties, used for making herbal infusions.
Adoption : 1998

19. Aloe vera tablets, put up for retail sale in a container of plastics (e.g., 60 tablets), consisting of 3 % aloe vera powder (containing 0.11 % aloin) and excipients : calcium hydrogen phosphate, purified talc, magnesium stearate, hypromellose and propylene glycol. Used as a nutritional supplement, it is claimed in the product packaging or literature to help build resistance to the common cold and to give relief from stomach disorders such as constipation and indigestion.
Adoption : 1998

20. Dry solid food preparationconsisting of 69 % sugar, 29 % milk powder and 2 % dextrin, used in the manufacture of food and beverage preparations.
Adoption : 1999

21. Vitamin C preparation (500 mg per tablet) put up for retail sale in a container holding 130 tablets, containing ascorbic acid, corn starch, cross-linked carboxymethyl cellulose sodium, cellulose, rose hips, stearic acid, lemon bioflavonoid complex, magnesium stearate and acerola. According to the label, the product is not intended to diagnose, treat, cure or prevent any disease.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2002

22. Non-dairy creamer, milk substitute for use in hot beverages, in the form of a powder consisting of 55 % glucose syrup, 22 % emulsified solid vegetable fat, 18 % skimmed milk powder, 3 % water and 2 % stabiliser (E340).
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2002

23. Cough-syrup in the form of an aqueous solution of an alcoholic strength by volume of 1.8 % vol, put up in a container of 100 ml (130 g). The product consists of honey, plant tinctures, glucose syrup, invert sugar syrup, cherry aroma, rose oil, sodium benzoate and purified water. According to the label, the product is recommended to be used against respiratory catarrhal diseases and difficulty of bronchial mucus secretion. The content of active medicinal ingredients is, however, not sufficient to provide a recognisable and clinically proven therapeutic or prophylactic effect.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 1 (a) to Chapter 30) and 6.
Adoption : 2005

24. A preparation known as “coconut milk” consisting of coconut flesh extract (57 %) and water (43 %), used for culinary purposes. The product is put up for retail sale in cans.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2009

25. Bakery additive presented in the form of a free-flowing white powder consisting of sorbic acid covered by a very thin layer of hydrogenated vegetable oil and mono-glycerides, manufactured by a process referred to as “microencapsulation”; a controlled release mechanism ensures that the sorbic acid is not released from its encapsulate until after the yeast has finished working, e.g., bread is baked past 60 °C.
It is specifically intended to be used as a preservative by being added in small proportions to long-life bakers’ wares to prevent the growth of mould, yeast and fungi.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 1 (b) to Chapter 38) and 6.
Adoption : 2011

26. Bakery additive presented in the form of a free-flowing white powder consisting of calcium propionate covered by a very thin layer of hydrogenated vegetable oil and mono-glycerides, manufactured by a process referred to as “microencapsulation”; a controlled release mechanism ensures that the calcium propionate is not released from its encapsulate until after the yeast has finished working, e.g. ,bread is baked past 60°°C.
It is specifically intended to be used as a preservative by being added in small proportions to long-life bakers’ wares to prevent the growth of mould, yeast and fungi.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 1 (b) to Chapter 38) and 6.
Adoption : 2011

27. Preparation in the form of a mixture of granules and powder, consisting of 92 % by weight of sugar, 6 % by weight of blackcurrant powder, anti-caking agent, citric acid and blackcurrant flavouring. The product is put up in small sachets containing 32 g which are packed in a small paperboard container holding 10 sachets. It is intended to be consumed as a beverage after mixing with hot water.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2011

28. Tablets containing salt, sugar, concentrate of lemon, black salt, cumin seeds, black pepper, dry ginger, long pepper and ammonium chloride, put up for retail sale in a container holding 120 tablets. The product is used to aid digestion, especially after a meal.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2014

29. Preparation obtained by spray-drying green apple purée to which maltodextrin has been added as a carrier agent in a quantity such that it constitutes 57 % by weight of the final product. It is presented in powder form, is entirely soluble in water and is intended to be added to foodstuffs, e.g., milk powder.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2015

30. Preparation obtained by spray-drying spinach juice to which potassium carbonate (an acidity regulator) and maltodextrin (a carrier agent) have been added. The quantity of maltodextrin constitutes 70 % by weight of the final product. It is presented in powder form, is entirely soluble in water and is intended to be added to foodstuffs, e.g., vegetable soups and sauces.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2015

31. Food preparation in the form of dried powdered alcohol, consisting of ethyl alcohol (30.5 % by weight) and dextrin (69.5 % by weight), and having a moisture content of 2.5 (±1.5) % by weight. It is obtained by spray-drying, and the dextrin is used as a carrier agent (an excipient) for the ethyl alcohol. It is easily soluble in water and is intended to be used in various food preparations.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2016

32. Non-dairy cream in liquid form consisting mainly of water, hardened vegetable oil and sugar, with a creamlike colour, used as decoration and filling for cakes, desserts, mousse, etc., as substitute for whipped cream. It is presented in a 1-litre packaging.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2016

33. Rose hip juice in the form of a brown viscous concentrated liquid, made of 100 % rose hips. The product is obtained by milling the fruits with added water, and subsequent heat treatment and pressing, filtration, pasteurization, concentration and sterilization. It is intended to be used as raw material for the manufacture of beverages and food stuffs.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2016

34. Black mulberry leaves cut into small pieces, produced by steaming, fermentation with fungi, drying and roasting. The leaf pieces are put up in small sachets (tea bags), containing 2 grams. The product is intended to be consumed as a beverage after infusing in hot water.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2017

35. Black mulberry leaves cut into small pieces, produced by steaming, fermentation with fungi, drying and roasting. The leaf pieces are presented in 30 kg bulk containers made of woven fabrics. The product is intended to be consumed as a beverage after infusing in hot water.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2017

36. A product consisting of ethyl esters of highly concentrated omega-3 fatty acids EPA (eicosapentaenoic acid) and DHA (docosahexaenoic acid) produced from raw anchovy oil. Vitamin E (tocopherol) has been added to the product as an antioxidant.
The raw anchovy oil has undergone the manufacturing steps of deacidification, ethyl esterification, distillation, filtration, bleaching and deodorization.
The product is presented in barrels and will be used in the manufacture of food supplements.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinion 1516.10/1.
Adoption : 2018

37. Preparation in powder form which contains 33.3 % of nicotinamide (niacinamide) finely dispersed in a matrix consisting of a mixture of mono- and diglycerides of edible fatty acids. The matrix masks the characteristic bitter taste
of the nicotinamide without affecting its biological availability. Silicon dioxide is added as a flow agent in a proportion of 1 %. The product is used for food applications and food supplements.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 1 (f) to Chapter 29) and 6.
Adoption : 2019

 

2202.99 1. Peach nectar and apricot nectar consisting of crushed and strained (homogenised) whole fruits (peeled and with the stone removed) and about the same volume of added sugar syrup, used directly as a beverage.
Adoption : 19652. Aloe vera gel in the form of a liquid, put up for retail sale in a container of plastics (e.g., 1 litre), based on aloe vera gel as the main ingredient and containing additives such as sorbitol, ascorbic acid, citric acid, potassium sorbate, sodium benzoate, papain, xanthan gum and tocopherol. It is used as a health drink (between 60 and 120 ml twice daily) and it is claimed in the product packaging or literature to have effect against cholesterol, asthma, ulcers, constipation, cold, indigestion, diarrhoea, etc.
Adoption : 19983. Aloe vera drinking gel – pure in the form of a liquid, put up for retail sale in a container of plastics (e.g., 1 litre), containing 99.7 % pure aloe vera gel and small amounts of sodium benzoate, potassium sorbate and citric acid. It is used as a health drink (25 to 50 ml daily) and helps to provide a wide range of vitamins, minerals, enzymes and amino acids; it is claimed in the product packaging or literature to help build resistance to the common cold and to give relief from stomach disorders such as constipation and indigestion.
Adoption : 19984. Aqueous electrolyte solution, put up for retail sale in a container of plastics (e.g., 250 ml), containing dextrose, fructose, fruit flavours, potassium citrate, sodium chloride, colouring matter and water, intended to be used in measured doses, without any further preparation or dilution, for babies and children to restore fluids and minerals lost during diarrhoea or vomiting.
Adoption : 1998

5. Non-alcoholic beverage (gripe “water”), put up for retail sale in a bottle of 100 ml, containing sodium bicarbonate (50 mg per 5 ml) and terpeneless dill seed oil (2.15 mg per 5 ml). It is intended to be used in measured doses, without any further preparation or dilution, for babies and children for relief of gripe, excess acid and flatulence. The recommended dose, depending on the age of a child, varies between 2.5 ml and 15 ml up to eight times a day.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2007

6. Non-alcoholic beverage consisting of coconut juice (coconutwater) (80 %), water, sugar, citric acid and potassium metabisulphite. The product is put up for retail sale in cans of 400 ml.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2008

 

2205.10 1. Beverages called “Marsala all’uovo”, “Marsala alla mandorla” and “Crema di Marsala all’uovo”, with a basis of Marsala wine, flavoured with eggs (or almonds) and with aromatic materials.
Adoption :19602. Ginseng tonic, in the form of a free-flowing brownish liquid of an alcoholic strength by volume of 11.5 % vol, containing standardized highly-concentrated ginseng extract (about 9 mg/ml), bitter-orange syrup, sorbitol and wine of fresh grapes, and packed in glass flasks each containing 250 ml.
See also Opinions 1704.90/1 and 2106.90/7.
Adoption : 1987
2205.90 1. Beverages called “Marsala all’uovo”, “Marsala alla mandorla” and “Crema di Marsala all’uovo”, with a basis of Marsala wine, flavoured with eggs (or almonds) and with aromatic materials.
Adoption :19602. Ginseng tonic, in the form of a free-flowing brownish liquid of an alcoholic strength by volume of 11.5 % vol, containing standardized highly-concentrated ginseng extract (about 9 mg/ml), bitter-orange syrup, sorbitol and wine of fresh grapes, and packed in glass flasks each containing 250 ml.
See also Opinions 1704.90/1 and 2106.90/7.
Adoption : 1987
2208.30 1. Malt whiskies and grain whiskies, with an alcoholic strength by volume of approximately 60 % vol, used as the basic ingredient in the manufacture of bottled whisky; they are diluted with purified water to obtain the desired alcohol strength.
Adoption : 1995
2208.90 1. (Deleted.)

2. Aqueous solutions of ethanol, put up as an assortment of 40 10-ml bottles, each labelled with a different name of a plant, flower, tree or combination thereof, of an alcoholic strength by volume of 20 to 27 %, containing a total of approximately 1 % by weight of sugars, fusel oil and other volatile matter, but having no detectable quantity of extracts of plants, flowers or trees.
Adoption : 1995

3. Spirituous beverage of an alcoholic strength by volume of 30 % vol, containing by volume, 30 % of fermented apple juice (alcoholic strength by volume of 6 % vol), 29.4 % of ethyl alcohol (alcoholic strength by volume of 96 % vol), 2 % of ginger extract, and sugar (less than 0.90 %), caramel colouring and water.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2008

4. Neutral alcoholic base, of a kind used for the preparation of beverages, of an alcoholic strength by volume of 14 % vol, in the form of a clear, colourless, non-sparkling liquid exhibiting the smell and taste of ethanol. The product is obtained by fermentation of beer mash and subsequent cleaning and filtration and has lost the characteristics of the original fermented product.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2011

5. Neutral alcoholic base, of a kind used for the preparation of beverages, of an alcoholic strength by volume of 12 % vol, in the form of a clear, colourless liquid exhibiting the smell and taste of ethanol. The product is obtained by fermentation of fruit juices and subsequent clarification and filtration and has lost the characteristics of the original fermented product.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2011

6. Neutral alcoholic base, of a kind used for the preparation of beverages, of an alcoholic strength by volume of 21.9 % vol, in the form of a clear, colourless liquid exhibiting the smell and taste of ethanol. The product is obtained by mixing a fruit wine with a spirit and subsequent cleaning and filtration and has lost the characteristics of the original fermented product.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2011

 

2209.00 1. A selection of vegetable oil, vinegar and an oil and vinegar combination, each with added ingredients, in separate hourglass-shaped glass bottles, presented together on a specially designed frame of metal (a stand) and put up in a set for retail sale. Each bottle is a composite good and contains one of the following three product combinations :

– “Canola” oil (low erucic acid rape oil), chilli pepper and black pepper;

– “Canola” oil, balsamic vinegar, white vinegar and rosemary;

– white vinegar, chilli pepper, rosemary, apricots, salt, anti-oxidants and preservatives.

Application of GIRs 1 and 3 (c).
Adoption : 2007

 

2304.00 1. Defatted soy-bean flour, with a protein content, on a dry matter basis, of approximately 50 %, obtained by dehulling dried soya beans and subjecting them to steamheat treatment, solvent extraction and grinding. The flour is not textured and can be used either for human consumption or in animal feeds.
See also Opinion 2106.10/1.
Adoption : 1991
2308.00 1. Waste (“pellet-waste”) resulting from the cleaning of manioc roots before pelletisation, consisting of particles of manioc and siliceous sand (about 44 %) detached during the washing and brushing of the roots.
Adoption : 19692. Residue from the cleaning of colza seed prior to oil extraction, containing colza (mainly broken seed) and also a high percentage (about 50 %) of stray plant seeds and various other impurities, for use in animal feeding.
Adoption : 1969
2309.90 1. “Bread flour”, composed of dried and ground waste bread, unfit for human consumption and intended for animal feeding.
Adoption : 19602. Fodder supplements, being a mixture in approximately equal proportions, of vitamins of heading 29.36 and bran, for use as fodder supplements.
Adoption : 19613. Products used for making animal feeds, containing disodium hydrogenorthophosphate, calcium hydrogenorthophosphate and magnesium hydrogenorthophosphate, obtained by treating lightly calcined dolomite with phosphoric acid and then with soda lye.
Adoption : 19694. Forage additive, consisting of cultured raw lactobacilli standardized to 1 x 109 bacilli per gram, with starch as an excipient, used to prevent animal intestinal diseases and to improve digestion.
Adoption : 1991

5. Preparation, in powder form, containing choline chloride powder (approximately 50 % by weight), for use in animal feeding.
Adoption : 1993

6. Preparations for animal feeding containing vitamin B12 (approximately 1 % by weight) or vitamin H (approximately 2 % by weight) in a carrier or diluent.
See also Opinions 2936.21/1, 2936.28/1 and 2936.90/1.
Adoption : 1997

7. Preparation for animal feeding, presented in the form of microgranules, containing hydrogenated palm oil (89.45 %), crude soya lecithin (10 %), silicon dioxide (0.5 %) and a flavour enhancer (0.05 %). The preparation is used as a feed supplement for pigs, and is put up in sacks with a net weight of 25 kg or 800 kg.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2015

8. Preparation in powder form which contains 12.5 mg/g of vitamin D3 spray-dried and finely dispersed in a matrix of plant protein and maltodextrin. The vitamin D3 is stabilized with butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT). The product is used for animal nutrition in premixes, compound feeds, milk replacers and liquid diets.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 1 (f) to Chapter 29) and 6.
Adoption : 2019

 

2401.20 1. Tobacco mixture, consisting of (i) 75 % by weight of uncut stemmed leaves (“strip”) of cured Virginia, Burley and, in some instances, Oriental tobacco, and (ii) 25 % by weight of reconstituted tobacco. The strip tobacco leaves and the reconstituted tobacco are mixed together by controlled layering in a silo.
Application of GIRs 2 (b) and 3 (b).
Adoption : 2001
2402.20 1. “Beedies”, consisting of approximately 0.2 g of roughly cut, unblended tobacco wrapped in an ebony tree leaf used as a substitute for paper; presented in various lengths (about 6 to 8 cm), slightly conical in shape, they are held together by a thin string and smoked as cigarettes.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 1989
2403.19 1. Non-aromatic cut tobacco consisting of fermented, stemmed and stripped tobacco leaves which have been cut into narrow (about 1 mm wide) strips of varying lengths (up to 4 cm).
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2001
2404.11 1. Tobacco capsule (see Fig. 1), presented separately, designed for use in a specialized, electrically heated device consisting of a cartridge and a battery.
The tobacco capsule, in a cylindrical form (length – 22.9 mm, diameter – 9.5 mm/8.4 mm), comprises of an outer capsule of polypropylene filled with approximately 0.31 g of granulated reconstituted tobacco, water, flavour, potassium carbonate and formulation aid, and a mouthpiece of cellulose acetate. The total weight of the tobacco capsule is approximately 0.56 g.
The tobacco capsule is inserted into the end of the cartridge that contains a liquid consisting of propylene glycol, glycerol and water. After the cartridge has been connected to the battery, the tobacco capsule is placed in the mouth for inhaling. On inhaling, the sensor in the battery reacts and the inside of the cartridge is heated, which enables the liquid in the cartridge to be vaporized. By passing through the tobacco capsule (see Fig. 2). the vapour from the cartridge heats the granulated reconstituted tobacco and absorbs flavours and nicotine released from the granulated reconstituted tobacco. The nicotine containing aerosol (vapour) is thus produced without the combustion of tobacco.
Application of GIRs 1 (Notes 2 and 3 of Chapter 24) and 6.
Adoption : 2018Fig. 1 : Tobacco capsule and device (device not classified)
A Devise
B Tobacco Capsule
C Cartridge
D BatteryFig. 2 : Tobacco Capsule
A Outer capsule
B Tobacco vapour
C Mouthpiece filter
D Specially blended granulated reconstituted tobacco
E Vapour
F Cartridge 

 

2. Tobacco-containing product for inhalation (see Fig. 1), designed for use in a specialised, electrically heated device.Th is product has a cylindrical form (length of 45 mm, diameter of 7.3 mm) and is comprised of a tobacco plug, a hollow acetate tube, a polymer-film filter, a low-density cellulose acetate mouth-piece filter and outer and mouthend papers. The tobacco plug is manufactured from a powder containing different types of tobacco, binders andhumectants (water, guar gum and natural cellulose fibres), as well as glycerine to facilitate the generation of an aerosol. The tobacco plug may be wrapped in an aluminium co-laminated paper.
The total weight of the product is around 0.8 g while the weight of the tobacco plug is approximately 0.3 g.
The product is intended to be inserted into a device (See Fig. 2 for illustrative purposes only) that applies sensorcontrolled heat to it without provoking tobacco combustion. When placed in the mouth for inhalation, the product generates, following the heating, an aerosol containing nicotine.
Application of GIRs 1 (Notes 2 and 3 of Chapter 24) and 6.
Adoption : 2021

Fig. 1

A Hollow Acetate TubeB Tobacco PlugC Polymer-Film FilterD Mouth Piece FilterE Mouth-End PaperF Outer Paper

 

2404.12 1. Cartridge for an electronic cigarette, consisting of a plastic mouthpiece and a plastic tube containing an absorbing material saturated with a solution consisting of propylene glycol, glycerol, nicotine and ethyl alcohol. The cartridge is used in an electronic cigarette which heats and vaporises the solution in the cartridge to produce a vapour mist which is inhaled by the user of the cigarette.
Application of GIRs 1, 3 (b) and 6.
See also Opinions 3824.99/18 and 8543.70/5.
Adoption : 2011
2404.19 1. Cartridge for an electronic cigarette, consisting of a plastic mouthpiece and a plastic tube containing an absorbing material saturated with a solution consisting of propylene glycol, glycerol, tobacco volatile oil, vanilla, menthol, linalool, 2,5-dimethylpyrazine and 2-acetylpyrazine. The cartridge is used in an electronic cigarette which heats and vaporises the solution in the cartridge to produce a vapour mist which is inhaled by the user of the cigarette.
Application of GIRs 1, 3 (b) and 6.
See also Opinions 3824.99/19 and 8543.70/5.
Adoption : 2011
2404.91 1. Nicotine chewing gum, in the form of tablets containing 2 or 4 mg of nicotine bound to an ion-exchange resin, glycerol, a synthetic polymer, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogen carbonate, sorbitol and flavourings to simulate, in particular, the taste of tobacco smoke, used by persons wishing to give up smoking.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 1 (f) of Chapter 21) and 6
Adoption : 1996
2404.92 1. Transdermal administration system, used as an alternative source of nicotine by smokers who are attempting to stop smoking, comprising (i) a transparent, external protective film of plastics to prevent leakage of the active substance (nicotine); (ii) a small reservoir from which nicotine is released by absorption through the skin into the circulatory system; (iii) a control membrane (permeable to the active ingredient) to permit a continuous and controlled release of nicotine entering the body; (iv) an adhesive contact permeable to the active ingredient, enabling absorption to start at the moment of application; and (v) a removable protective film which keeps the system closed and intact until the time of application.
Adoption : 1997 + 1999
2501.00 1. Salt, agglomerated under pressure into blocks, consisting of sodium chloride (at least 95 %) with small quantities of added trace-elements of a kind found in certain natural forms of salt (such as magnesium, copper, manganese and cobalt), for use as salt licks for livestock.
Adoption : 1963
2506.10 Quartz, obtained by subjecting crushed alaskite ore, without changing its α -quartz structure, to a mechanical separation process, to an acid treatment in order to eliminate impurities and to a heat treatment in order to remove residual moisture that remains after the product has been washed or rinsed with water.
Adoption : 1996
2523.90 1. Hydraulic cements, consisting of Portland cement blended with more than 5 % by weight cementitious materials such as pozzolan, fly ash or limestone.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2019
2530.90 1. Waste and scrap from grindstones, polishing stones, etc., of agglomerated natural or artificial abrasives (heading 68.04), suitable solely for recovery of the abrasive.
Application of GRI 4.
Adoption : 19672. Free flowing white powder containing more than 99.2 % by weight of anhydrous disodium sulphate, obtained only by mechanical collection of thenardite (anhydrous disodium sulphate) formed naturally in the open air on the surface of mirabilite (disodium sulphate decahydrate) which crystallised from natural lake brine due to low temperature in winter. Prior to packing, the product is passed through a sieve with an aperture of 0.65 mm.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinion 2833.11/1.
Adoption : 2016
2614.00 1. Ilmenite ore, cin the form of a black or dark brown powder containing ilmenite (> 90 %), magnetite ( 0.3 %), sulphate ( 0.1 %) and with a particle size 45 µm for 99.5 % of the powder. It has not undergone any chemical treatment, only mechanical or physical operations such as grinding.
The product is used as a weighing agent to increase the density in offshore well drilling.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 2017
2710.12

— Light oils and preparations

 

1. Oils graphited, consisting of petroleum oils or of oils obtained from bituminous minerals containing, in stabilised suspension, approximately 0.04 to 0.2 % of graphite in the form of particles (mostly ranging in size between 0.1 and 0.5 micrometres (microns)).
Adoption : 19622. Motor Petrol with octane number 92, a preparation of petroleum oil, which is presented as a clear liquid, with a yellowish tint, intended for use in spark-ignition internal combustion piston engines. It is a mixture of components of different technological processes, namely petroleum straight-run distillation, catalytic reforming, alkylation, isomerisation of straight-run fractions, catalytic cracking and hydrocracking of vacuum gas oil.
The aromatic hydrocarbon content is 52 % by weight. It has the following physicochemical properties.
Density at 15 °C (ASTM D 1298) is 742.0 kg/m3.
Fractional composition (ISO 3405/ASTM D 86) is as follows: initial boiling point (IBP) 35 °С; final boiling point (FBP) 210 °С; 5 % vol. distilled at 54 °С; 90 % vol. distilled at 180 °C; 96 % vol. distilled at 210 °C.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6 (Subheading Note 4 to Chapter 27).
Adoption : 2019
2710.19

— Other

 

1. Petroleum products :
Distinguishing criteria for certain petroleum products of Ch. 27 : petroleum jellies, petroleum waxes, petroleum bitumens and petroleum oils (headings 27.12, 27.13 and 27.10).N.B. : The Annex to the present Opinion reproduces the criteria below in diagrammatic form.
Adoption : 1962(i) Products having a Congealing Point, as determined by the rotating thermometer method (ASTM D 938) :(a) Less than 30 °C (Oils).

(b) Not less than 30 °C. (See under (ii).)

(ii) Products specified at (i) (b) above, having a density at 70 °C :

(a) Not less than 0.942 g/cm3. (See under (iii).)

(b) Less than 0.942 g/cm3. (See under (iv).)

(iii) Products specified at (ii) (a) above, having a Needle Penetration at 25 °C, as determined by the method ASTM D 5 :

(a) Less than 400 (Bitumens).

(b) Not less than 400 (Oils)

(iv) Products specified at (ii) (b) above, having a Worked Cone Penetration at 25 °C, as determined by the method ASTM D 217 (*) :

(a) Not less than 350 (Oils).

(b) Less than 350 ((See under (v).)

(v) Products specified at (iv) (b) above, having a Cone Penetration at 25 °C, as determined by the method ISO 2137 (equivalent to the ASTM D 937):

(a) Not less than 80 (Petroleum jelly).

(b) Less than 80 (Petroleum waxes).

(*) If the sample proves too hard to be «worked», the Worked Cone Penetration (ASTM D 217) should be omitted, and the sample should be submitted directly to the Cone Penetration (ASTM D 937).

1. Oils graphited, consisting of petroleum oils or of oils obtained from bituminous minerals containing, in stabilised suspension, approximately 0.04 to 0.2 % of graphite in the form of particles (mostly ranging in size between 0.1 and 0.5 micrometres (microns)).
Adoption : 1962

2. Mixture in the form of a liquid of pale yellow to light brown colour, containing, by weight, kerosene (50 %) and paraffin (50 %). The paraffin consists of C9 – C15 saturated hydrocarbons obtained from deoxidized vegetable oils by hydrogenation. Less than 90 % by volume (including losses) of the product distils at 210 °C (ISO 3405 method (equivalent to the ASTM D 86 method)). It is used as a fuel for jet engines.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 to Chapter 27) and 6 (Subheading Note 4 to Chapter 27).
Adoption : 1962

3. Heavy distillates, liquid fuels, fuel oil 100, a preparation of petroleum oil, which is presented as a thick viscous liquid of dark brown colour fuel, intended for combustion in stationary steam boilers and industrial furnaces. It is made of petroleum refining residues with the addition of middle distillate fractions. The aromatic hydrocarbon content is 68 % by weight. It has the following physicochemical properties.
Kinematic viscosity at 50 °C (ISO 3104/ASTM D 445): 354 mm2/sec (cSt). Colorimetric characteristic with dilution 1: 100 (ASTM D 1500) : more than 8. Sulfur content (ISO 8754) : 2.23 % by weight. Flash point in open crucible (ASTM D 92) : 150 °C. Solidification temperature (ISO 3016) : 6 °C. Index of saponification (ISO 6293) : less than 4. Mass fraction of sulphate ash (ISO 3987) : less than 1 % by weight. Fractional composition (ISO 3405/ASTM D 86) is as follows : initial boiling point (IBP) 184 °С; final boiling point (FBP) 313 °С; output 18 % vol.; 1 % vol. distilled at 210 °С; 4 % vol. distilled at 250 °C; 14 % vol. distilled at 300 °C; 18 % vol. distilled at 313 to 350 °C.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2019

4. Low-viscosity marine vessel fuel, (a preparation of petroleum oil, which is presented as a transparent yellow oily liquid, intended for use in the engines of marine vessels, obtained from the distillate fractions of the straight-run distillation of petroleum and secondary
treatment processes. The aromatic hydrocarbon content is 65 % by weight. It has the following physicochemical properties.
Kinematic viscosity at 50 °C (ISO 3104/ASTM D 445): 4.30 mm2/sec (cSt). Colorimetric characteristics with dilution of 1: 100 (ASTM D 1500): 0. Sulphur content (ISO 8754): 0.03 % by weight. Flash point in open crucible: 117 °C. Flash point in closed crucible: 92°C. Fractional composition (ISO 3405/ASTM D 86) is as follows: initial boiling point (IBP) : 206 °С; final boiling point (FBP) 381 °С; output: 97 % vol.; 1 % vol. distilled at 210 °С; 9 % vol. distilled at 250 °C; 39 % vol. distilled at 300 °C; 79 % vol. distilled at 350 °C.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2019

 

2710.91

— Containing polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), polychlorinated terphenyls (PCTs) or polybrominated biphenyls (PBBs)

 

1. Petroleum products :
Distinguishing criteria for certain petroleum products of Ch. 27 : petroleum jellies, petroleum waxes, petroleum bitumens and petroleum oils (headings 27.12, 27.13 and 27.10).N.B. : The Annex to the present Opinion reproduces the criteria below in diagrammatic form.
Adoption : 1962(i) Products having a Congealing Point, as determined by the rotating thermometer method (ASTM D 938) :(a) Less than 30 °C (Oils).

(b) Not less than 30 °C. (See under (ii).)

(ii) Products specified at (i) (b) above, having a density at 70 °C :

(a) Not less than 0.942 g/cm3. (See under (iii).)

(b) Less than 0.942 g/cm3. (See under (iv).)

(iii) Products specified at (ii) (a) above, having a Needle Penetration at 25 °C, as determined by the method ASTM D 5 :

(a) Less than 400 (Bitumens).

(b) Not less than 400 (Oils)

(iv) Products specified at (ii) (b) above, having a Worked Cone Penetration at 25 °C, as determined by the method ASTM D 217 (*) :

(a) Not less than 350 (Oils).

(b) Less than 350 ((See under (v).)

(v) Products specified at (iv) (b) above, having a Cone Penetration at 25 °C, as determined by the method ISO 2137 (equivalent to the ASTM D 937):

(a) Not less than 80 (Petroleum jelly).

(b) Less than 80 (Petroleum waxes).

(*) If the sample proves too hard to be «worked», the Worked Cone Penetration (ASTM D 217) should be omitted, and the sample should be submitted directly to the Cone Penetration (ASTM D 937).

 

2710.99

— Other

 

1. Petroleum products :
Distinguishing criteria for certain petroleum products of Ch. 27 : petroleum jellies, petroleum waxes, petroleum bitumens and petroleum oils (headings 27.12, 27.13 and 27.10).N.B. : The Annex to the present Opinion reproduces the criteria below in diagrammatic form.
Adoption : 1962(i) Products having a Congealing Point, as determined by the rotating thermometer method (ASTM D 938) :(a) Less than 30 °C (Oils).

(b) Not less than 30 °C. (See under (ii).)

(ii) Products specified at (i) (b) above, having a density at 70 °C :

(a) Not less than 0.942 g/cm3. (See under (iii).)

(b) Less than 0.942 g/cm3. (See under (iv).)

(iii) Products specified at (ii) (a) above, having a Needle Penetration at 25 °C, as determined by the method ASTM D 5 :

(a) Less than 400 (Bitumens).

(b) Not less than 400 (Oils)

(iv) Products specified at (ii) (b) above, having a Worked Cone Penetration at 25 °C, as determined by the method ASTM D 217 (*) :

(a) Not less than 350 (Oils).

(b) Less than 350 ((See under (v).)

(v) Products specified at (iv) (b) above, having a Cone Penetration at 25 °C, as determined by the method ISO 2137 (equivalent to the ASTM D 937):

(a) Not less than 80 (Petroleum jelly).

(b) Less than 80 (Petroleum waxes).

(*) If the sample proves too hard to be «worked», the Worked Cone Penetration (ASTM D 217) should be omitted, and the sample should be submitted directly to the Cone Penetration (ASTM D 937).

 

2711.19

— Other

 

1. Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), consisting of a mixture of ethane (2.0 %); propane (66.3 %); n-butane (18.7 %); isobutane (11.7 %); n-pentane (0.1 %) and isopentane (1.2 %). This product is presented in a liquid state.
It is a product of the crude oil refining process and of natural gas processing.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2021
2712.10

– Petroleum jelly

 

1. Petroleum products :
Distinguishing criteria for certain petroleum products of Ch. 27 : petroleum jellies, petroleum waxes, petroleum bitumens and petroleum oils (headings 27.12, 27.13 and 27.10).N.B. : The Annex to the present Opinion reproduces the criteria below in diagrammatic form.
Adoption : 1962(i) Products having a Congealing Point, as determined by the rotating thermometer method (ASTM D 938) :(a) Less than 30 °C (Oils).

(b) Not less than 30 °C. (See under (ii).)

(ii) Products specified at (i) (b) above, having a density at 70 °C :

(a) Not less than 0.942 g/cm3. (See under (iii).)

(b) Less than 0.942 g/cm3. (See under (iv).)

(iii) Products specified at (ii) (a) above, having a Needle Penetration at 25 °C, as determined by the method ASTM D 5 :

(a) Less than 400 (Bitumens).

(b) Not less than 400 (Oils)

(iv) Products specified at (ii) (b) above, having a Worked Cone Penetration at 25 °C, as determined by the method ASTM D 217 (*) :

(a) Not less than 350 (Oils).

(b) Less than 350 ((See under (v).)

(v) Products specified at (iv) (b) above, having a Cone Penetration at 25 °C, as determined by the method ISO 2137 (equivalent to the ASTM D 937):

(a) Not less than 80 (Petroleum jelly).

(b) Less than 80 (Petroleum waxes).

(*) If the sample proves too hard to be «worked», the Worked Cone Penetration (ASTM D 217) should be omitted, and the sample should be submitted directly to the Cone Penetration (ASTM D 937).

LIn

2712.20

– Paraffin wax containing by weight less than 0.75 % of oil

 

1. Petroleum products :
Distinguishing criteria for certain petroleum products of Ch. 27 : petroleum jellies, petroleum waxes, petroleum bitumens and petroleum oils (headings 27.12, 27.13 and 27.10).N.B. : The Annex to the present Opinion reproduces the criteria below in diagrammatic form.
Adoption : 1962(i) Products having a Congealing Point, as determined by the rotating thermometer method (ASTM D 938) :(a) Less than 30 °C (Oils).

(b) Not less than 30 °C. (See under (ii).)

(ii) Products specified at (i) (b) above, having a density at 70 °C :

(a) Not less than 0.942 g/cm3. (See under (iii).)

(b) Less than 0.942 g/cm3. (See under (iv).)

(iii) Products specified at (ii) (a) above, having a Needle Penetration at 25 °C, as determined by the method ASTM D 5 :

(a) Less than 400 (Bitumens).

(b) Not less than 400 (Oils)

(iv) Products specified at (ii) (b) above, having a Worked Cone Penetration at 25 °C, as determined by the method ASTM D 217 (*) :

(a) Not less than 350 (Oils).

(b) Less than 350 ((See under (v).)

(v) Products specified at (iv) (b) above, having a Cone Penetration at 25 °C, as determined by the method ISO 2137 (equivalent to the ASTM D 937):

(a) Not less than 80 (Petroleum jelly).

(b) Less than 80 (Petroleum waxes).

(*) If the sample proves too hard to be «worked», the Worked Cone Penetration (ASTM D 217) should be omitted, and the sample should be submitted directly to the Cone Penetration (ASTM D 937).

2712.90

– Other

 

1. Micro-crystalline waxes (petroleum waxes) containing very small quantities of dopes such as polyisobutylene.
Adoption : 19602. Petroleum products :
Distinguishing criteria for certain petroleum products of Ch. 27 : petroleum jellies, petroleum waxes, petroleum bitumens and petroleum oils (headings 27.12, 27.13 and 27.10).N.B. : The Annex to the present Opinion reproduces the criteria below in diagrammatic form.
Adoption : 1962(i) Products having a Congealing Point, as determined by the rotating thermometer method (ASTM D 938) :

(a) Less than 30 °C (Oils).

(b) Not less than 30 °C. (See under (ii).)

(ii) Products specified at (i) (b) above, having a density at 70 °C :

(a) Not less than 0.942 g/cm3. (See under (iii).)

(b) Less than 0.942 g/cm3. (See under (iv).)

(iii) Products specified at (ii) (a) above, having a Needle Penetration at 25 °C, as determined by the method ASTM D 5 :

(a) Less than 400 (Bitumens).

(b) Not less than 400 (Oils)

(iv) Products specified at (ii) (b) above, having a Worked Cone Penetration at 25 °C, as determined by the method ASTM D 217 (*) :

(a) Not less than 350 (Oils).

(b) Less than 350 ((See under (v).)

(v) Products specified at (iv) (b) above, having a Cone Penetration at 25 °C, as determined by the method ISO 2137 (equivalent to the ASTM D 937):

(a) Not less than 80 (Petroleum jelly).

(b) Less than 80 (Petroleum waxes).

(*) If the sample proves too hard to be «worked», the Worked Cone Penetration (ASTM D 217) should be omitted, and the sample should be submitted directly to the Cone Penetration (ASTM D 937).

  • Add comment
  • Add tag

 

2714.90

– Other

 

1. Dehydrated and pulverised natural bitumen dispersed in water and containing a small amount of an emulsifier (surfactant) added solely to facilitate safety, handling or transport.
Adoption : 1995
2715.00

Bituminous mixtures based on natural asphalt, on natural bitumen, on petroleum bitumen, on mineral tar or on mineral tar pitch (for example, bituminous mastics, cut-backs).

 

1. Roof-covering product consisting of a solution of asphalt with added asbestos, mineral fillers and tung oil.
Adoption : 19642. Coating for roofs, outer walls and metal surfaces consisting of a solution of asphalt with added asbestos fibres and aluminium pigment.
Adoption : 1965
2811.22

— Silicon dioxide

 

1. Silica fume, composed of ultrafine amorphous silicon dioxide particles (not less than 80 % by weight), formed as a by-product during the manufacture of silicon or ferrosilicon alloys. The main impurities include carbon, silicon, silicon carbide and oxides of alkaline metals. The product typically contains more than 90 % silica. Depending on the operational parameters, lower grades of silica are available. The total amount of impurities will not exceed 20 % by weight.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 1 (a) to Chapter 28) and 6.
Adoption : 2018
2825.30

– Vanadium oxides and hydroxides

 

1. Products with a high content of vanadium pentoxide, commercially known as “fused vanadium oxides”, obtained by roasting mechanically concentrated ores such as carnotite with sodium carbonate and sodium chloride, lixiviation of the sodium vanadates thus produced with water, precipitation with sulphuric acid of the vanadium pentoxide; filtration and fusion.
Adoption : 1963
2831.10

– Of sodium

 

1. Sodium acetaldehyde sulphoxylate containing about 8 to 10 % sodium sulphite and about 4 to 7 % sodium sulphate, whether or not treated with ammonia.
Adoption : 1961
2833.11

— Disodium sulphate

 

1. Free flowing white powder containing more than 98.5 % by weight of anhydrous disodium sulphate. It is obtained from a mixture of mirabilite (disodium sulphate decahydrate) and thenardite (anhydrous disodium sulphate) formed in the open air as a result of natural dehydration, which is collected and sent to a factory where it goes through melting (removing water), centrifugation and drying processes.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinion 2530.90/2.
Adoption : 2016
2841.90

– Other

 

1. Lithium cobalt dioxide (LiCoO2), in the form of black powder, generally used in the positive electrodes of lithium-ion batteries.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2012
2842.10

– Double or complex silicates, including aluminosilicates whether or not chemically defined

 

1. Synthetic sodium aluminosilicates, consisting of one molecular species whose composition is defined by a constant ratio of elements (sodium, aluminium and silicon) and can be represented by a definitive structural diagram, and having a crystal lattice of repeating unit cells.
Adoption : 19952. Synthetic sodium aluminosilicates, amorphous or crystalline, having a random structure containing varying elemental ratios of sodium, aluminium and silicon and whose composition cannot be defined by a constant ratio of elements.
Adoption : 1995
2901.10

– Saturated

 

1. Separate isomers and mixtures of isomers of saturated acyclic hydrocarbons :

(i) Separate isomers not less than 95 % pure (*).

(ii) Mixtures of isomers containing not less than 95 % (*) of a single isomer.

See also Opinion Ch. 27/1.
Adoption : 1969 + 1974

(*) Calculated on the dry product, by reference to volume for gaseous products and to weight for non-gaseous products.

 

2901.23

— Butene (butylene) and isomers thereof

 

1. Separate isomers and mixtures of isomers (including stereoisomers) of monoethylenic or polyethylenic acyclic hydrocarbons :

(i) Separate isomers not less than 90 % pure (*).

(ii) Mixtures of stereoisomers, containing not less than 90 % (*) of stereoisomers of a specific hydrocarbon.

(iii) Mixtures of other isomers containing not less than 90 % (*) of a single isomer.

See also Opinions Ch. 27/2 and 27/3.
Adoption : 1974

(*) Calculated on the dry product, by reference to volume for gaseous products and to weight for non-gaseous products.

 

2901.24

— Buta-1,3-diene and isoprene

 

1. Separate isomers and mixtures of isomers (including stereoisomers) of monoethylenic or polyethylenic acyclic hydrocarbons :

(i) Separate isomers not less than 90 % pure (*).

(ii) Mixtures of stereoisomers, containing not less than 90 % (*) of stereoisomers of a specific hydrocarbon.

(iii) Mixtures of other isomers containing not less than 90 % (*) of a single isomer.

See also Opinions Ch. 27/2 and 27/3.
Adoption : 1974

(*) Calculated on the dry product, by reference to volume for gaseous products and to weight for non-gaseous products

 

2901.29

— Other

 

1. Separate isomers and mixtures of isomers (including stereoisomers) of monoethylenic or polyethylenic acyclic hydrocarbons :

(i) Separate isomers not less than 90 % pure (*).

(ii) Mixtures of stereoisomers, containing not less than 90 % (*) of stereoisomers of a specific hydrocarbon.

(iii) Mixtures of other isomers containing not less than 90 % (*) of a single isomer.

See also Opinions Ch. 27/2 and 27/3.
Adoption : 1974

(*) Calculated on the dry product, by reference to volume for gaseous products and to weight for non-gaseous products.

 

2905.49

— Other

 

1. Glycerol esters (e.g., glyceryl benzenesulphonate), formed by the reaction of acidfunction organic compounds of heading 29.04 with glycerol of subheading 2905.45.
Adoption : 1996
2908.99

— Other

 

1. Antimony(III)bis(disodium sulphocatechol).
Adoption : 1957
2918.19

— Other

 

1. 12-Hydroxystearic acid, not less than 90 % pure.
See also Opinion 3823.19/2.
Adoption : 1995
2921.19

— Other

 

1. N-Methyltaurine, sodium salt, in the form of an aqueous slurry.
Adoption : 1964
2922.19

— Other

 

1. Meclofenoxate (INN) (2-dimethylaminoethyl p-chlorophenoxyacetate), being an ester of an amino-alcohol (2-dimethylaminoethanol) which contains only one kind of oxygen function (alcohol-function).
Adoption : 1994 + 1995;
2924.19

— Other

 

1. Dimethylol urea in aqueous solution, whether or not containing formaldehyde resulting from dissociation of the product, used as a textile dressing :
Without added perfume.
See also Opinion 3809.91/1.
Adoption : 1964
2924.29

— Other

 

1. Diflubenzuron (N-[[4-chlorophenyl)amino]carbonyl]-2, 6-difluorobenzamide), a cyclic ureide generally used in the manufacture of insecticides.
Adoption : 1995
2933.69

— Other

 

1. Trimethylol melamine in aqueous solution, whether or not containing formaldehyde resulting from dissociation of the product, used as a textile dressing :
Without added perfume.
See also Opinion 3809.91/2.
Adoption : 1964
2934.99

— Other

 

1. Pradefovir (INN) ((2R,4S)-2-{[2-(6-amino-9H-purin-9-yl)ethoxy]methyl}-4-(3-chlorophenyl)-1,3,2λ5-dioxaphos-phinan-2-one), being a cyclic ester of a dihydric alcohol with phosphonic acid, which contains a fused pyrimidine ring (purine) in its structure.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 7 to Chapter 29) and 6.
Adoption : 2007
2936.21

— Vitamins A and their derivatives

 

1. Preparations consisting of vitamin A (approximately 15 % to 17 % by weight) stabilised in a matrix with antioxidants or other additives for preservation or transport.
See also Opinions 2309.90/6, 2936.28/1 and 2936.90/1.
Adoption : 1997
2936.23

— Vitamin B2 and its derivatives

 

1. Preparation in powder form which contains 80 % of riboflavin (vitamin B2) finely dispersed in a matrix of dextrin. The product is used for animal nutrition in premixes and compound feeds.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 1 (f) to Chapter 29) and 6.
Adoption : 2019
2936.28

— Vitamin E and its derivatives

 

1. Preparations consisting of vitamin E (approximately 50 % by weight) stabilised in a matrix and other additives or adsorbed on amorphous silica for preservation or transport.
See also Opinions 2309.90/6, 2936.21/1 and 2936.90/1.
Adoption : 19972. Preparation in powder form which contains 50 % of DL-alpha-tocopheryl acetate adsorbed on silicon dioxide. The product is used for animal nutrition in premixes and compound feeds.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 1 (f) to Chapter 29) and 6.
Adoption : 20193. Preparation in powder form which contains 50 % of DL-alpha-tocopheryl acetate finely dispersed in a matrix of modified food starch and maltodextrin. Silicon dioxide is added as a flow agent in a proportion of 1 %. The product is used for animal nutrition in milk replacers and liquid diets, and where stability may be critical, e.g., aggressive premixes (pH > 10) and canned pet food.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 1 (f) to Chapter 29) and 6.
Adoption : 2019 
2936.29

— Other vitamins and their derivatives

 

1. Nicotinic acid (“niacin”), also known as vitamin B3, is an organic compound with the formula C6H5NO2 and, depending on the definition used, one of the 20 to 80 essential human nutrients. This colourless, water-soluble solid is a derivative of pyridine, with a carboxyl group (COOH) at the 3-position (see chemical structure below).
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinion 2936.29/2.
Adoption : 20182. Nicotinamide (“niacinamide”), also known as vitamin B3, is an organic compound with the formula C6H6N2O and, depending on the definition used, one of the 20 to 80 essential human nutrients. This colourless, water-soluble solid is a derivative of pyridine, with a carboxamide group (CONH2). Nicotinic acid and nicotinamide are convertible to each other (see chemical structure below).
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinion 2936.29/1.
Adoption : 20183. Preparation in powder form which contains 80 % of folic acid finely dispersed in a matrix of dextrin. The product is used for animal nutrition in premixes and compound feeds.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 1 (f) to Chapter 29) and 6.
Adoption : 2019 
2936.90

– Other, including natural concentrates

 

1. Preparations consisting of a mixture of vitamins A and D3 (approximately 15 to 17 % by weight) stabilised in a matrix with antioxidants for preservation or transport.
See also Opinions 2309.90/6, 2936.21/1 and 2936.28/1.
Adoption : 1997
3002.12

— Antisera and other blood fractions

 

1. Blood fractions in the form of powders, obtained by separating the plasma from edible beef or pig blood. The plasma is then run through a spray dryer at low temperatures to preserve the cell structure and nutritional value of the products. The products, containing about 70 % of protein, are used in small quantities (1-5 % of finished product weight) in foodstuffs, as functional proteins or for their waterbinding capacity, gel strength, etc.
Adoption : 1991
3002.13

— Immunological products, unmixed, not put up in measured doses or in forms or packings for retail sale

 

1. Interferon, a protein produced by the body’s cells as a defensive response to viruses or other substances and which inhibits cell growth or multiplication of various infectious agents and modulates immune functions.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6 (Subheading Note 1 (a) to Chapter 30).
Adoption : 19952. Peginterferon alfa-2a (INN), mono ( N2,N6-dicarboxy-L-lysil)interferon alfa-2a, diesters with polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether. Pegylation occurs at one lysine residue at position 31, 121, 131 or 134. The molecular mass of the pegylated part may be indicated in the product name (INN) by adding a number, for example : peginterferon alfa-2a (40 KD). This product is an immunomodulator used in medicine to treat hepatitis B or hepatitis C.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6 (Subheading Note 1 (a) to Chapter 30).
Adoption : 20093. Peginterferon alfa-2b (INN), monocarboxyinterferon alfa-2b, diesters with polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether. Pegylation occurs at one nitrogen atom of either the cysteine residue at position 1 or at one of the lysine residues at position 31, 121 or 134. The molecular mass of the pegylated part may be indicated in the product name (INN) by adding a number, for example : peginterferon alfa-2b (12 KD). This product is an immunomodulator used in medicine to treat chronic hepatitis C.
AApplication of GIRs 1 and 6 (Subheading Note 1 (a) to Chapter 30).
Adoption : 20094. Pegfilgrastim (INN) (N-(3-hydroxypropyl)methionylcolony-stimulating factor (human), 1-ether with α-methyl-ω-hydroxypoly(oxyethylene)), a form of filgrastim (INN) (a human granulocyte colony-stimulating factor (G-CSF)) of sustained duration, produced by a covalent attachment of a single 20 kDa poly(ethylene glycol) molecule to the amino-terminal methionine residue of the filgrastim polypeptide chain by a reaction called reductive amination. Pegfilgrastim, like filgrastim, belongs to a class of substances which regulates the proliferation and maturation of neutrophils in the bone marrow, helping so to re-establish the body’s effective defence system against bacterial infections in cases of neutropenia.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6 (Subheading Note 1 (a) to Chapter 30).
Adoption : 2008

 

3002.90

– Other

 

1. Products, in bulk, based on cultures of lactic acid bacilli, containing as the excipient or carrier either calcium carbonate and lactose, or starch and lactose, or sucrose and polysaccharides. These products are used as ingredients in medicaments or as animal feed additives for disorders and for improving digestion.
Adoption : 1996
3003.20

– Other, containing antibiotics

 

1. Preparation for use in animal feeding to prevent coccidiosis in broiler chickens caused by Eimeria spp. The preparation is presented in the form of free-flowing powder composed of maduramicin ammonium (maduramicin as ammonium salt) (0.75 %), nicarbazin (8 %) (active ingredients) and corn cob (carrier). It is packaged in 25 kg bags and must be mixed into feed at a dosage of 500 g per tonne of feed.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20192. Preparation for use in animal feeding for the prevention and control of coccidiosis in broiler chickens caused by Eimeria spp. The preparation is presented in the form of white to off-white powder composed of robenidine hydrochloride (10 %) (active ingredient) and calcium carbonate (carrier). It is packaged in 25 kg bags and must be mixed into feed at a dosage of 350 to 500 g per tonne of feed.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2019
3003.90

– Other

 

Calcium borogluconate, commercial (mixture of calcium gluconate and boric acid for therapeutic purposes).Adoption :1957
3004.20

– Other, containing antibiotics

 

1. Bone graft substitute made from medical grade calcium sulfate containing 4 % tobramycin sulfate. This product is in the form of uniformly shaped cylindrical pellets (4.8 mm in diameter), put up for sale in 5 cc, 10 cc and 20 cc sterile bottles.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2002
3004.39

— Other

 

1. Transdermal administration system, used for treating hormone deficiency during menopause, comprising (i) a transparent, external protective film of plastics to prevent leakage of the active substance (17ß-estradiol); (ii) a small reservoir from which 17ß-estradiol is released by absorption through the skin into the circulatory system; (iii) a control membrane (permeable to the active substance) to permit a continuous and controlled release of 17ß-estradiol entering the body; (iv) an adhesive contact permeable to the active substance, enabling absorption to start at the moment of application; and (v) a removable protective film which keeps the system closed and intact until the time of application.
Adoption : 1999
3004.50

– Other, containing vitamins or other products of heading 29.36

 

1. Liquid preparation composed of ferric ammonium citrate, vitamine B12, folic acid, sorbitol solution, alcohol (3.61 %), raspberry flavour and adequate proportions of different vitamins, used as a blood builder in the treatment of nutritional or hypochromic anaemia.
Adoption : 1996
3004.90

– Other

 

1. Calcium borogluconate, commercial (mixture of calcium gluconate and boric acid for therapeutic purposes).
Adoption :19571. Transdermal administration system, used by angina patients for regulating the heartbeat, comprising (i) a transparent, external protective film of plastics to prevent leakage of the active substance (nitroglycerol); (ii) a small reservoir from which nitroglycerol is released by absorption through the skin into the circulatory system; (iii) a control membrane (permeable to the active substance) to permit a continuous and controlled release of nitroglycerol entering the body; (iv) an adhesive contact permeable to the active substance, enabling absorption to start at the moment of application; and (v) a removable protective film which keeps the system closed and intact until the time of application.
Adoption : 19992. Medicament in the form of pills, consisting of plant extracts (of valerian root and hop cones), maltodextrin, colourings and excipients. According to the label, the product is recommended to be used as a remedy against agitation (two to four pills daily) or sleep disorders (one pill daily). The product contains a sufficient quantity of active ingredients to provide curative or prophylactic effect against disorders such as insomnia or sleeplessness. It is put up for retail sale in packages of, e.g., 60 pills.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20123. Medicament used for treating obesity, in the form of capsules, containing orlistat (INN) (120 mg per capsule), gelatine, indigo carmine (E132) and titanium dioxide (E171). The capsule shell contains the following inactive ingredients : microcrystalline cellulose, sodium starch glycollate, povidone, sodium lauryl sulphate and talc.
This product should be administered in combination with a reduced-calorie diet for the treatment of obese or overweight patients who are at risk from, e.g., type 2 diabetes, hypertension and hyperlipidemia. The product contains a sufficient quantity of active ingredients to provide a curative or prophylactic effect against obesity.
The product is put up for retail sale in a container of plastics holding 90 capsules.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2013

4. Medicament in the form of pre-filled syringes of 20 mg/2 ml, in a sterile pack, consisting of a viscoelastic solution of sodium hyaluronate. One millilitre isotonic solution (pH 7.3) contains 10 mg of sodium hyaluronate obtained by fermentation (1 %), sodium chloride, disodium phosphate, sodium dihydrogen phosphate and water for injections into the joint cavity.
Its indications for use are to relieve pain and improve mobility in cases of degenerative and traumatic changes of the knee joint and other synovial joints. The product improves the viscoelastic properties of synovial fluid with intra-articular injections of highly purified hyaluronic acid.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2015

5. Medicament in the form of pre-filled syringes of 40 mg/2 ml, in a sterile pack, consisting of a viscoelastic solution of sodium hyaluronate. One millilitre isotonic solution (pH 7.3) contains 20 mg of sodium hyaluronate obtained by fermentation (2 %), sodium chloride, disodium phosphate, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, mannitol and water for injections into the joint cavity.
Its indications for use are to relieve pain and improve mobility in cases of degenerative and traumatic changes of the knee joint and other synovial joints. The product improves the viscoelastic properties of synovial fluid with intra-articular injections of highly purified hyaluronic acid.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2015

6. Bone graft substitute, in granular form, recommended for filling bone defects and bone augmentation in, for example, regenerative dentistry, such as for implantology, periodontology, and for reconstitution of the alveolar ridge of the jaw.
The product only consists of hydroxyapatite which is a composite of an inorganic nature from the group of calcium orthophosphates. The product is put up in packings for retail sale.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2017

7. White sodium bicarbonate powder, chemical formula NaHCO3, packaged in a cartridge or in a plastic bag with a content of 550 to 900 g. This product is only to be used in combination with an acid concentrate for bicarbonate dialysis in the given dilution according to a physician prescription. The packaging of the product is specially designed to be directly connected to a dialysis machine for the purpose of removing urea and other wastes from the blood. Each cartridge or bag is used for a single dialysis session.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018

 

3005.90

– Other

 

1. Gauze for medical use, made from 100 % cotton plain woven fabric, white, smooth-textured, weighing 15 g/m2. The fabric (90 m x 90 cm), folded in half lengthwise (apparent width 45 cm) is put up for retail sale in rolls weighing approximately 1,200 g. The rolls are wrapped in two layers of paper (one blue, one white). According to the label, the gauze is intended for hospital use and is not sterilized.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 to Section VI and Note 1 (e) to Section XI) and 6.
Adoption : 2015
3006.70

– Gel preparations designed to be used in human or veterinary medicine as a lubricant for parts of the body for surgical operations or physical examinations or as a coupling agent between the body and medical instruments

 

1. Gel preparations consisting of propylene glycol, hydroxyethylcellulose, paraben and water, used for gynaecological and surgical lubrication or for electrocardiography (ECG), cystoscopic work or diagnostic ultrasound scanning.
Adoption : 1997
3102.40

– Mixtures of ammonium nitrate with calcium carbonate or other inorganic non-fertilising substances

 

1. Nitrogenous fertiliser, in the form of granules, consisting mainly of ammonium nitrate mixed with small amounts of calcium magnesium carbonate (having the function of a stabiliser and an anti-caking agent), magnesium nitrate (stabiliser) and water, presented in 50 kg bags.
Adoption : 1998
3203.00

Colouring matter of vegetable or animal origin (including dyeing extracts but excluding animal black), whether or not chemically defined; preparations as specified in Note 3 to this Chapter based on colouring matter of vegetable or animal origin.

 

1. Colouring product for wine or other beverages, with an alcoholic content by volume of about 10 % vol, a dry extract content of 74.5 g/l and an abnormally high oenocyanin content giving a pigmentation forty to fifty times more intense than that of natural red wine having normal oenological properties.
Adoption : 19642. Echinenone.
Adoption : 19713. Torularhodin.
Adoption : 19714. Colouring product for foodstuffs, consisting of concentrated elderberry juice mechanically processed to increase the natural pigment content (polyphenols and anthocyanins), and in which the balance of other constituents as found in the natural juice (e.g., glucose, fructose, amino-acids) is upset.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 2006

 

3206.11

— Containing 80 % or more by weight of titanium dioxide calculated on the dry matter

 

1. Titanium dioxide of the anatase type, not surface treated, manufactured by the sulphate process, with the addition of a small amount of compounds of phosphorus, potassium and antimony before calcination in order to obtain a white powdered end product with desired physical properties (stable crystal structure, desired crystal modification, specific size and shape of particles) which is particularly suitable for specific use as a pigment.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 1 (a) to Chapter 28) and 6.
Adoption : 2005
3207.10

– Prepared pigments, prepared opacifiers, prepared colours and similar preparations

 

1. Ceramic inks for inkjet devices, consisting of a suspension of 25 to 50 % by weight of inorganic pigments (e.g., cobalt aluminate, zinc iron chromite, nickel-titanium antimony) in organic solvents (40 to 70 % by weight). The product is used by the ceramics industry in digital applications with inkjet devices to produce a coloured or opaque surface in the course of ceramic firing.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2017
3207.30

– Liquid lustres and similar preparations

 

1. Preparations consisting of fine dispersions of silver metal obtained by reduction, in collodion or in terpineol, for use on mica or on glass, by spray or through a silk screen, at about 580 °C, in the ceramic and electrical industries (e.g., for printed circuits).
Adoption : 1960
3208.10

– Based on polyesters

 

1. Solution of a modified alkyd resin, containing white spirit (93.95 % by weight) and alkyd resins (6.05 % by weight). This solution is presented in metal drums of 200 litres or in bulk.
It is used in varnishing and painting products (e.g., as a binder in compositions for wood impregnation and decoration or to modify the composition of paints and varnishes).
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 4 to Chapter 32) and 6.
Adoption : 20162. Solution of a modified alkyd resin, containing white spirit (98.88 % by weight) and alkyd resins (1.12 % by weight). This solution is presented in metal drums of 200 litres or in bulk.
It is used in varnishing and painting products (e.g., as a binder in compositions for wood impregnation and decoration or to modify the composition of paints and varnishes).
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 4 to Chapter 32) and 6.
Adoption : 2016
3208.20

– Based on acrylic or vinyl polymers

 

1. Alcoholic solution of a copolymer resin, containing ethyl alcohol (93.5 – 97.5 % by weight), isopropyl alcohol (0.5 – 1 % by weight), diethyl phthalate (0.1 – 0.2 % by weight) and a copolymer solution (4 – 4.5 % by weight). The copolymer solution is composed of ethyl alcohol (50 – 70 % by weight) and polyvinylpyrrolidone-vinyl acetate copolymer (30:70).
The product is a transparent liquid presented in metal drums with a nominal volume of 200 litres or in plastic containers with a nominal volume of 1000 litres. It is used as raw material in the production of hair sprays
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 4 to Chapter 32) and 6.
Adoption : 2019
3208.90

– Other

 

1. One-component wet process polyurethane resin containing polyol (15 % by weight), isocyanate (7 % by weight), glycol (8 % by weight) and dimethylformamide (70 % by weight), used in the production of artificial leather.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 4 to Chapter 32 and Note 2 (e) to Chapter 39) and 6.
Adoption : 2003
3214.10

– Glaziers’ putty, grafting putty, resin cements, caulking compounds and other mastics; painters’ fillings

 

1. Preparations for hermetically sealing metal cans, consisting of an aqueous dispersion with the following composition : styrene-butadiene rubber, colouring matter, plasticizer, fillers, binders and an antioxidant.
Adoption : 19962. Polyurethane foam (sealing foam) based on plastics containing, among other additives, fire retardants and propellant gases, in the form of a dark brown liquid, presented for retail sale in a pressurised can (750/1000 ml). The pressurised can is emptied by applying pressure on the valve, during which the self-expanding foam is released, becoming white under atmospheric conditions. Once released, the foam hardens after 10 minutes. It is used for mounting window and door frames, filling cavities, sealing openings in roof construction and insulation materials, creating soundproof screens, filling cavities around pipes, fixing and insulating wall panels, roof tiles, etc.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2009
3214.90

– Other

 

1. “Cement paint, consisting of a mixture of white Portland cement (70 to 95 % by weight), colouring matter, a setting accelerator, a water-repellent agent and sometimes mineral powders (e.g., hydrated lime and washed chalk), and used, after mixing with water, as an outdoor or indoor paint for brickwork, concrete, etc.
Adoption : 1963
3215.11

— Black

 

1. Preparation consisting of synthetic wax with added colours and, in some cases, calcium carbonate (filler), used after melting for printing transfer paper by means of a roller printing machine of conventional type; the negative printed characters or designs thus obtained are subsequently applied to the textile articles by hot pressing.
Adoption :1965
3215.19

— Other

 

1. Preparation consisting of synthetic wax with added colours and, in some cases, calcium carbonate (filler), used after melting for printing transfer paper by means of a roller printing machine of conventional type; the negative printed characters or designs thus obtained are subsequently applied to the textile articles by hot pressing.
Adoption :1965
3302.10

– Of a kind used in the food or drink industries

 

Preparation consisting of odoriferous substances (approximately 2 %), citrus concentrate (46 %), citric acid (acidulant) (19 %), ascorbic acid (antioxidant) (1 %), other food additives (locust bean gum (stabiliser), sodium benzoate (preservative) and beta-carotene (colour)) (less than 1 %) and water, used in the manufacture of non-alcoholic beverages.
The preparation contains all odoriferous substances necessary for the final product, i.e., an orange-flavoured soft drink.
Application of GIR 1 (Note 2 to Chapter 33 and the second part of the text of heading 33.02) and GIR 6.Adoption : 2003
3302.90

– Other

 

1. Preparation with a basis of odoriferous substances in alcoholic solution, consisting of ethyl alcohol with an alcoholic strength by volume of 96.1 % (99.47 % by weight), odoriferous substances (0.5 % by weight), diethyl phthalate (denaturant and fixative for the odoriferous substances) (0.02 % by weight), and brilliant green (Green S, E-142) (dye, antiseptic and disinfectant) (0.003 % by weight).
The odoriferous substances consist mainly of limonene (approximately 80 % by weight), citral, linalool and geraniol isolated from essential oils. The product is used as a raw material in the manufacture of perfumes, eau de Cologne, etc.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 to Chapter 33) and 6.
Adoption : 2016
3304.10

– Lip make-up preparations

 

1. Lipstick preparation, constituting a pink, unctuous substance, consisting of several ingredients, intended to be used, with or without the addition of perfume, for moulding into lipsticks.
Adoption : 1961
3304.99

— Other

 

1. Natural mineral water, compressed in spray cans by natural and neutral gases, for use in skin care (spraying, hydromassage, etc.).
Adoption : 19672. Pure petroleum jelly put up in a retail packing (small jar or tin) with indications on the labelling that it soothes chapped skin and lips, soothes minor burns and scrapes, helps prevent nappy rash and removes eye make-up.
Adoption : 1994
3305.10

– Shampoos

 

1. “Medicated shampoos” in the form of viscous liquids or pastes, consisting of 2.5 % by weight of selenium disulphide in a detergent suspension, whether or not perfumed, intended for the treatment of seborrhea and dandruff.
Adoption : 19762. Shampoo containing 1.10 % depallethrin (active ingredient), 4.40 % piperonyl butoxide (synergist for the active ingredient), anionic, non-ionic and amphoteric surface-active agents, sodium benzoate (preservative), citric acid and water. The product is packaged for retail sale in a 125-ml plastics bottle, which itself is packaged in a paperboard box. Both the bottle and box indicate that the product is a “shampoo for treating lice and nits on the scalp (head lice)” and that it is used in the same manner as other shampoos.
Application of GIR 1, Note 1 (e) to Chapter 30 and Note 3 to Chapter 33.
Adoption : 1999
3306.10

– Dentifrices

 

1. Preparation in the form of paste, consisting of 2.2 % free fluoride ion (from sodium fluoride), 0.1 M phosphate, recrystallised kaolinite, flavouring and excipient, intended to be applied only by a dentist for anti-caries, prophylactic treatment and for cleaning and polishing the teeth.
Adoption : 19782. Preparation in the form of paste; consisting of vegetable essence 1.15 g, silica (SiO2) 55 g, thymol 0.25 g and excipient up to 100 g, intended to be applied usually by a dentist for removal of tartar and final polishing of fillings.
Adoption : 1978
3306.90

– Other

 

1. Antiseptic solution consisting, inter alia, of boric acid, thymol, eucalyptol and benzoic acid, intended to aid dental and oral hygiene, to prevent bad breath and plaque formation, but having only subsidiary therapeutic or prophylactic properties.
Adoption : 19902. Anti-plaque preparation in the form of a liquid, intended to remove plaque and give lustre to the teeth; it is used by rinsing, before the teeth are brushed with a toothbrush and a dentrifrice.
Adoption : 1993
3307.90

– Other

 

1. Sterile solution of sodium chloride (0.9 %) with no preservatives, recommended for babies, children and adults for instillations or cleaning of nasal cavities or eyes and for eye baths. The product is presented in boxes containing twelve plastic vials (5 ml each).
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20072. Physiological, sterilized and micro-diffused solution of sea water, which is naturally rich in mineral salts and marine oligo-elements. It is an isotonic solution consisting of 31.82 % sea water and no preservatives, with an inert propellant (nitrogen), put up in a 100 ml metal spray can with a nozzle on the top, packed in a paper box. The product is recommended for babies, children and adults for the daily cleaning of nasal cavities, to moisten dry nasal cavities, or as a complement to treatments for ear/nose/throat complaints.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20073. Sampler for fragrance containing essential oils, consisting of two layers of transparent polyester film which are glued together. One side of the bottom layer is self-adhesive and backed with a supporting paper. This product contains essential fragrance oils deposited between the two film layers which pull apart and reseal to deliver a multiple sample of olfactory fragrance trials, up to 25 times. The essential fragrance oils are not perfumes and only mimic the scent of the perfume that is the subject of the advertisement.
The product may have printed on its surface publicity material and indications about its use (e.g., Eau de Toilette, Tonic Body Lotion, Deodorant). It is intended to be incorporated onto a magazine page or card to form an integral part of an advertisement.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 to Section VI and Note 4 to Chapter 33) and 6.
Adoption : 2010 
3401.30

– Organic surface-active products and preparations for washing the skin, in the form of liquid or cream and put up for retail sale, whether or not containing soap

 

1. Organic surface-active preparations, not containing soap but sometimes referred to as “liquid soaps, in the form of liquid or cream, put up for retail sale for washing the skin.
Adoption : 19972. A white coloured cream put up for retail sale in a bottle made of plastics (150 ml) containing organic surface-active agents for washing and moisturizing the skin. The cream is applied to the skin and then rinsed off with water.
The surface-active agents contained in the product are disodium cocoamphodiacetate and PEG-100 stearate.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20183. A clear brown coloured gel, with brown grains of finely ground walnut husks, put up for retail sale in a bottle made of plastics (250 ml) containing organic surface-active agents for washing and exfoliating the skin. The gel is applied to the skin and then rinsed off with water.
The surface-active agents contained in the product are sodium C14-16 olefin sulphonate, ammonium laureth sulphate, cocamidopropyl betaine, sodium methyl oleoyl taurate, and PEG/PPG-18/18 dimethicone.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018 
3402.31

— Linear alkylbenzene sulphonic acids and their salts

 

1. Dodecylbenzenesulphonic acids used, either after neutralisation or directly, by reason of their surface-active properties, in electroplating, pickling, derusting, degreasing, flotation and emulsion polymerisation, etc.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6
Adoption : 1963
3402.42

— Non-ionic

 

1. Polyols, having the character of non-ionic surfactants, used as surfactants and also for the manufacture of polyurethane foams.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6
Adoption : 19612. Polyols, having the character of non-ionic surfactants, obtained by the sequential addition of propylene and ethylene oxides to ethylenediamine, and used as surfactants and also for the manufacture of polyurethane foams.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6
Adoption : 1961
3402.50

– Preparations put up for retail sale

 

1. Preparation in liquid form, consisting of sodium hypochlorite, sodium chloride, sodium hydroxide, amine oxide, sodium laurate, perfume, silica, dye and water, put up in packing for retail sale and generally used as a cleaner and disinfectant for lavatories, sinks, etc.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6
Adoption : 1995
3402.90

– Other

 

1. Surface-active preparation consisting of an alkyltrimethylammonium chloride dissolved in isopropanol and used, in particular, as a gel sensitiser in foam rubber manufacture.
Adoption : 1968
3404.90

– Other

 

1. Hydrogenated and texturised jojoba (Simmondsia chinensis) seed oil, in the form of solid waxy beads measuring approximately 0.15 mm to 1 mm in diameter, used as scrubbing particles in skincare and cosmetic preparations.
Application of GIR 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2009
3504.00

Peptones and their derivatives; other protein substances and their derivatives, not elsewhere specified or included; hide powder, whether or not chromed.

 

1.Concentrated milk protein preparation consisting of 92 % milk proteins (77 % casein and 15 % whey proteins), by weight, calculated on the dry matter, fat (less than 1.5 %), ash (less than 4.5 %) and water (less than 6 %). The product is used for the protein enrichment of various food preparations.
Application of GIR 1.Adoption : 20082.Milk protein concentrate, obtained directly by membrane separation from milk proteins, consisting of 86 % milk proteins (80 % casein and 20 % whey proteins), by weight, calculated on the dry matter, ash (7.4 %), water (5.1 %), lactose residues (1 %) and fat (0.5 %). This product is used for making milk products.
Application of GIR 1.Adoption : 2009
3505.10

– Dextrins and other modified starches

 

1. Amphoteric corn starch based on cationic corn starch with amine functionality to which a specific amount of phosphate has been added. The product contains, by weight, phosphorus (0.3872 %) and silicon (0.000392 %). Some of the added phosphate reacts with and is bound to the starch to provide an anionic substituent to the cationic modified starch. Some of the added phosphate remains unbound within the resulting product. Both the anionic groups and unbound phosphate provide a specific function to the final product for its use in the papermaking process. The product is of a kind used in acid papermaking processes, where high amounts of alum are added to the wet end of the papermaking machine.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20032. Cationic corn starch to which a defoamer has been added (0.185 % by weight). The product is designed to be used in the papermaking industry, to be applied at the size press or calender stack, as a surface sizing agent.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2003
3506.10

– Products suitable for use as glues or adhesives, put up for retail sale as glues or adhesives, not exceeding a net weight of 1 kg

 

1.Thread locker, a pale blue liquid, presented in plastic bottles of 50 ml with a dosage spout. It is used to seal and assemble parts which may need to be disassembled at some future date.
It is a compound of polyglycol dimethacrylate, polyglycol dioctanoate, saccharin, cumene hydroperoxide, polyvinyl acetate and silica.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6Adoption : 2009
3602.00

Prepared explosives, other than propellent powders.

 

1. Prepared explosive, consisting of dense, and very pure (non-porous), white, high-quality granules, containing : ammonium nitrate : 98 % min. (nitrogen content : 34 % min.), magnesium nitrate : 1.0 % – 1.6 % and combustible material : 0.2 % max.
This product is emulsified in inert mineral oils, and is intended for use as an explosive.
It is put up in 1250 kg sacks.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 20172. Prepared explosive, consisting of white, porous granules, containing : ammonium nitrate : 98 % min. (nitrogen content : 34 % min.), combustible material : 0.2 % max and a coating agent : 0.1 % max.
This product is the base material for the manufacture of ANFO (Ammonium Nitrate Fuel Oil), used for civil explosives (mining or civil engineering sites).
It is put up in 1250 kg sacks.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 2017
3701.30

– Other plates and film, with any side exceeding 255 mm

 

1. Plates, unexposed, consisting of a sheet of sensitised copper foil bonded to an in sulating backing, for the fabrication of electric circuits by printing and chemical etching.
Adoption : 19631. Plates, presensitised, unexposed (dimensions : 550 mm x 650 mm x 0.3 mm, 605 mm x 730 mm x 0.3 mm and 743 mm x 925 mm x 0.3 mm), each consisting of an electrochemically grained sheet of aluminium coated with ultraviolet (UV) light sensitive chemicals (a mixture of organic resins (phenolic) and diazo compounds).
When exposed with UV light through a negative or positive film, developed and processed, the plates will be used for offset printing.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6
Adoption : 2015
3701.99

— Other

 

1. Plates, unexposed, consisting of a sheet of sensitised copper foil bonded to an in sulating backing, for the fabrication of electric circuits by printing and chemical etching.
Adoption : 1963
3705.00

Photographic plates and film, exposed and developed, other than cinematographic film.

 

1. Colour photographic transparencies (diapositives), arranged around a disc of paperboard, metal, plastics, etc., with a centre hole and notches, for insertion in a suitable designed stereoscope, the scenes being changed by rotating the disc.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 1965
3801.20

– Colloidal or semi-colloidal graphite

 

1. Colloidal and semi-colloidal graphite, in dispersion in mineral oil, being products containing 70 % or more of mineral oil, graphite particles (in a proportion of 2 to 30 %) and, in certain cases, stabilisers, used mainly for the preparation of graphited oils or for forming graphited surfaces, the graphite being the basic constituent.
Adoption : 1963
3802.90

– Other

 

1. Acid-added clay product obtained by the controlled addition of sulfuric acid to natural palygorskite (attapulgite)-smectite clay. after the addition of sulfuric acid, the resulting bleaching clay product has been dried and comminuted to a desired particle size, but has not been washed with water.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2002
3808.59

— Other

 

1. Intermediate preparation containing as its sole active ingredient approximately 75 % by weight of carbofuran (2,3-dihydro-2,2-dimethyl-7-benzofuranyl methyl carbamate) and possessing insecticidal properties, used to manufacture insecticides which may have subsidiary use as nematocides.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6 (Subheading Note 1 to Chapter 38).
Adoption : 1986
3808.61

— In packings of a net weight content not exceeding 300 g

 

1. Antiparasite lotion containing 1.0 % permethrin (active ingredient), 0.5 % malathion (active ingredient), 4.0 % piperonyl butoxide (synergist for the active ingredient), isododecane and propellant gas HFA134a. The product is packaged for retail sale in a 125-ml bottle of plastics, which itself is packaged in a paperboard box. Both the bottle and box indicate that the product is recommended for treating lice and nits on the scalp (head lice) and that it should be applied once only onto the scalp on dry hair in a ventilated place. After the product is used, the head should be washed with a gentle shampoo that makes removal of the dead nits easier.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6 (Subheading Note 2 to Chapter 38).
Adoption : 2012
3808.91

— Insecticides

 

1. Antiparasite lotion containing 1.8 % depallethrin (active ingredient), 7.2 % piperonyl butoxide (synergist for the active ingredient), isododecane and propellant gas HFA134a. The product is packaged for retail sale in a 125 ml bottle of plastics, which itself is packaged in a paperboard box. Both the bottle and box indicate that the product is recommended for treating lice and nits on the scalp (head lice) and that it should be applied once only onto the scalp on dry hair in a ventilated place. After the product is used, the head should be washed with a gentle shampoo that makes removal of the dead nits easier.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20122. Collar for dogs, of plastics, impregnated with an insecticide and an acaricide, to protect dogs against fleas and ticks. The collar measures approximately 48 cm in length, 1.4 cm in width and 0.2 cm in thickness. The collar is pointed at one end and has a moulded slide buckle at the other end to attach the collar around the neck of a dog. The product is packed in a bag of plastics and put up in a box of paperboard for retail sale.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2013
3808.92

— Fungicides

 

1. Preparations put up for retail sale in 300-ml aerosol containers, containing anti-fungal agents (1.2 % by weight), perfume, kerosene, ethyl alcohol and isobutane (propellant) and, in some preparations, diethyl phthalate. Used in hospitals, surgical theatres, offices, schools, sick-rooms, etc., to safeguard against the propagation of fungi.
Adoption : 1999
3808.93

— Herbicides, anti-sprouting products and plant-growth regulators

 

1. Intermediate preparation for herbicides, , in the form of a brown, clear to slightly turbid aqueous solution containing paraquat dichloride (N,N’-dimethyl-4,4’-bipyridinium dichloride) (44.16-48.58 %), an emetic (PP796 : max. 0.1 %) and colouring matter. The preparation requires further compounding to produce ready-made products.
The product is presented in drums or in bulk.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 1 (a) to Chapter 38) and 6.
Adoption : 2017
3808.94

— Disinfectants

 

1. Preparations consisting of a mixture of formic acid and propionic acid, with or without the addition of ammonium formate, diluted in water, used in the manufacture of animal feeds for their antimicrobial properties to control undesirable microorganisms such as bacteria (e.g., salmonella), yeasts or moulds.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 1999
3809.91

— Of a kind used in the textile or like industries

 

1. Dimethylol urea in aqueous solution, whether or not containing formaldehyde resulting from dissociation of the product, used as a textile dressing :
With added perfume.
See also Opinion 2924.19/1.
Adoption : 1964
2. Trimethylol melamine in aqueous solution, whether or not containing formaldehyde resulting from dissociation of the product, used as a textile dressing :
With added perfume.
See also Opinion 2933.69/1.
Adoption : 1964
3. Mixtures of addition compounds of low molecular weight presenting various degrees of methylolisation, sometimes containing free formaldehyde and whether or not etherified (such as : monomethylol and dimethylol ureas; trimethylol and pentamethylol melamines; dimethylol ethyleneurea and etherified polymethylol melamine), used as textile dressings
Adoption : 19674. Mixtures of two diazonium salts diluted to standard strength by the addition of sodium sulphate and sodium chloride, and producing, with a coupler, on certain textile fibres, an insoluble dye the shade of which would be unobtainable with a single diazonium salt.
Adoption : 1961

5. Preparation put up for retail sale in plastic bottles (75 ml to 5 l), presented in the form of an opaque viscous scented liquid, containing a quaternary surfactant agent (ammonium triethanol dialkyl ester methosulfate, acrylamide polymer and ammonium acrylate) (4 %), fragrance, mineral oil, polymer, trialkyl amin phosphonic acid (adjuvant), lactic acid (reinforcing), colorants and water (95 %). It is used to prevent static cling and make clothes softer. It is added to a load of laundry on the final rinse.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2010

 

3814.00

Organic composite solvents and thinners, not elsewhere specified or included; prepared paint or varnish removers.

 

1. Solvent obtained as a by-product of Fischer-Tropsch synthesis, consisting of 63 – 65 % vol ethyl alcohol, 35 – 37 % vol isopropyl alcohol and a maximum of 1 % vol C3/C4 alcohols.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 20032. Organic solvent presented as a colorless, clear, homogenous liquid without solid contaminations, containing : xylene (88.23 %), toluene (0.55 %), methyl isobutyl ketone (7.68 %) and other products (3.50 %).
It is used for breeding mastics, primers, paints, varnishes, adhesives, etc.
It is presented in barrels of 20 liters.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 20173. Clear transparent liquid consisting of white spirit (57 %), decahydronaphthalene (DHN 35 %), benzyl alcohol (5 %) and ethylhexanol (3 %), presented in steel drums of 200 litres. The product is used in the preparation of varnishes and paints or as degreasing preparations for machinery parts, etc.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 2019 
3820.00

Anti-freezing preparations and prepared de-icing fluids.

 

1. Concentrate of anti-freezing fluid consisting essentially of ethyl alcohol and water mixed with small amounts of anionic surface-active agent, methyl ethyl ketone, colouring matter and, depending upon the formulation, monoethylene glycol; it is intended for windscreen defrosting or windscreen cleaning after dilution with water.
Application of GIR 3 (c).
Adoption : 1998
3822.12

— For Zika and other diseases transmitted by mosquitoes of the genus Aedes

 

1. Diagnostic kit for detecting the Zika virus consisting of an in vitro assay based on the quantitative detection of Zika virus RNA through reverse transcription followed by real-time polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR).
The product consists of the following components :(i) PCR Solution : Primer, probe, TRIS-HCl;(ii) Mix Taq : Polymerase, dNTPs, MgCl2;(iii) Mix Buffer : TRIS-HCl;

(iv) PCR Solution CI : Primer, probe, TRIS-HCl;

(v) Internal Control : Plasmid, TRIS-HCl;

(vi) Negative Control : TRIS-HCl;

(vii) Standard A (2 x 105 copies/μL) : Plasmid, TRIS-HCl, EDTA;

(viii) Diluent : TRIS-HCl, EDTA;

(ix) Water : DNase/RNase free water; and

(x) Usage instructions (manual).

The product should be used with RNA samples extracted from serum, plasma, urine, cerebrospinal fluid and amniotic fluid.

The RT-PCR method is used to amplify the pathogen RNA. A thermocycler for RT-PCR is used to amplify and detect the fluorescent probe. Software calculates the Zika Virus RNA concentration, expressed in copies/μL, using the standard curve generated from the quantitative standard, contained in the kit.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2017

2. Diagnostic kit for detecting the Zika virus consisting of an ELISA (enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay) test kit that provides a semiquantitative in vitro assay for human antibodies of the immunoglobulin class IgM against Zika virus in serum.
The product consists of the following components :

(i) Microplate wells coated with recombinant non-structural protein (NS1) of Zika virus, in the form of 12 microplate strips each containing 8 individual break-off wells in a frame;

(ii) Calibrator (IgM, human);

(iii) Positive control (IgM, human);

(iv) Negative control (IgM, human);

(v) Enzyme conjugate peroxidase-labelled anti-human IgM (goat);

(vi) Sample buffer containing IgG/RF-Absorbent (Anti-human IgG antibody preparation obtained from goat);

(vii) Wash buffer;

(viii) Chromogen/substrate solution TMB/H2O2;

(ix) Stop solution 0.5 M sulphuric acid;

(x) Protective foil;

(xi) Test instruction; and

(xii) Quality control certificate.

In the first reaction step, diluted patient samples are incubated in the wells. In the case of positive samples, specific IgM (also IgA and IgG) antibodies will bind to the antigens. To detect the bound antibodies, a second incubation is carried out using an enzyme-labelled anti-human IgM (enzyme conjugate) catalysing a colour reaction.

The kit is suitable for the serodiagnosis of acute and past Zika virus infections.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinion 3822.00/1.
Adoption : 2017

3. Diagnostic kit for detecting the Chikungunya virus consisting of a ELISA (enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay) test kit that provides a semiquantitative in vitro assay for human antibodies of the immunoglobulin class IgM against chikungunya virus in serum or plasma for the diagnosis of chikungunya fever, and differential diagnosis of haemorrhagic fever.
The product consists of the following components :

(i) Microplate wells coated with recombinant chikungunya virus antigens, in the form of 12 microplate strips each containing 8 individual break-off wells in a frame;

(ii) Calibrator (IgM, human);

(iii) Positive control (IgM, human);

(iv) Negative control (IgM, human);

(v) Enzyme conjugate peroxidase-labelled anti-human IgM (goat),

(vi) Sample buffer containing IgG/RF-Absorbent (Anti-human IgG antibody preparation obtained from goat);

(vii) Wash buffer;

(viii) Chromogen/substrate solution TMB/H2O2;

(ix) Stop solution 0.5 M sulphuric acid;

(x) Protective foil;

(xi) Test instruction; and

(xii) Quality control certificate.

In the first reaction step, diluted patient samples are incubated in the wells. In the case of positive samples, specific IgM (also IgA and IgG) antibodies will bind to the antigens. To detect the bound antibodies, a second incubation is carried out using an enzyme-labelled anti-human IgM (enzyme conjugate) catalysing a colour reaction.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinion 3822.00/1.
Adoption : 2017

 

3822.19

— Other

 

1. Hemolysis washing solution, a liquid preparation which contains sodium azide, phosphate and surfactant, put up in 2-litre bottles. The main function of this solution is to lyse the cell membrane of erythrocytes, and release small hemoglobin fractions that will then pass a High-Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) column.
It is used in combination with other substances as an in vitro diagnostic reagent, for measuring hemoglobin A1c (HbA1c) in human whole blood.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20192. Diagnostic kit for in vitro detection of the HIV virus in human blood, sera or plasma by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA). The principal components of the kit are (i) microplate wells coated with purified HIV-I and HIV-II antigens and (ii) a peroxidase conjugate consisting of anti-human IgG and IgM goat antibodies. Any existing HIV antibodies in the test sera or plasma specimens introduced into the microplate wells bind to the HIV antigens during a 30-minute incubation period at 40 °C. Following washing of the wells with a special washing solution to remove unbound substances, the conjugate is added to the wells and incubation occurs for an additional 30 minutes. Following further washing and drying to remove unbound conjugate, a chromogen solution is added, and a colourgenerating reaction is left to develop at room temperature for 30 minutes, at the end of which time a stopping solution is added. The optical density of each well is measured within 30 minutes after the reaction is stopped and serves to indicate whether and how much HIV-specific antibodies occur in the test specimens.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 1998
3823.19

— Other

 

1. Mixtures of trialkylacetic acids having 9 to 11 atoms of carbon.
Adoption : 19942. 12-Hydroxystearic acid, less than 90 % pure.
See also Opinion 2918.19/1.
Adoption : 1995
3824.99

— Other

 

1. Preparation containing, besides numerous other secondary constituents, sodium pyrophosphate and triphosphate, an optical bleach, and a very small quantity of an anionic surface-active agent, for use in the manufacture of a washing preparation, by adding, e.g., detergents.
Adoption : 1969 + 19942. Combined emulsifier and stabiliser in the form of a powder, consisting mainly of a mixture of mono-, di- and tri-, fatty acid esters of glycerol (the triglyceride content of which is a residue of the manufacturing process), sodium carboxymethylcellulose, guar gum, carrageenan, sodium alginate and locust bean gum, intended to be added in small proportions (less than 1 %) to ice cream and soft ice to improve the texture and consistency.
Adoption : 1992 + 19943. Antibiotic concentrate in the form of a white, micronised powder, containing nisin (an antibiotic) (approximately 2.3 %), 74 % sodium chloride and 17 % milk proteins (a residue from the manufacturing process of nisin), used in food manufacture to prevent the growth of bacteria.
Adoption : 1992 + 19944. Lipstick base not containing colouring matter or perfume, consisting of a homogenised mixture of certain ingredients, intended to be used, after the addition of colouring matter and perfume, for moulding into lipsticks.
Adoption : 1992 + 1994

5. Synthetic sodium aluminosilicates, crystalline, whether or not having a constant ratio of elements, but containing binders.
Adoption : 1995

6. Synthetic calcium silicates, amorphous, having a random structure containing varying elemental ratios of calcium and silicon and whose composition cannot be defined by a constant ratio of elements.
Adoption : 1995

7. Natural calcium bentonite mixed with small amounts (1 % to 4 % by weight) of sodium carbonate (soda ash), which, when treated with water at the time of use, undergoes an ion-exchange transformation from calcium bentonite to sodium bentonite, the latter being preferred for applications requiring high swelling capacity in water (e.g., oil-well drilling muds, cement slurries for oil-well casings, etc.).
Adoption : 1998

8. Disposable hand or foot warmer, comprising a porous, plastics-coated nonwoven sachet which contains, principally, iron powder, an oxidation catalyst, an oxidation promoter and moisture absorbents, and is packaged in an airtight wrapping. Upon contact with ambient air after removal of the exterior wrapping, the iron powder is steadily oxidised in a reaction which generates heat (exothermic reaction) over a period of 5 to 7 hours, for warming the hands or feet during cold-weather activities.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 1999

9. Mixture of two types of bentonite clay, obtained through a patented process which involves blending magnesium and aluminium based clays in predetermined ratios, the addition of water to create a slurry, the disintegration of the clays in a ball mill in order to remove some impurities, centrifugation to remove additional impurities and then drum-drying the mixture in order to obtain an end product with desirable properties that did not exist in the natural state.
Application of GIR 1 and Note 1 to Chapter 25.
Adoption : 2000

10. Bleach activator in the form of granules, consisting of tetraacetylethylenediamine (> 90 % by weight) as the active component, sodium carboxymethylcellulose (< 8 %) as the binding agent, inert pigment (< 0.5 %) for aesthetic reasons and water (< 2 %). The product is used in detergent formulations.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2001

11. Mixture of two inorganic oxides, obtained through a patented process which involves blending yttrium oxide and a small amount of another inorganic oxide (other than of rare-earth metal or of scandium) in predetermined ratios, briquetting or pelletising, sintering, milling and then sieving the mixture in order to obtain a powdered end product with desired physical properties (surface area, particle size, density and melting point) which is particularly suitable for specific use.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 1 (a) to Chapter 28) and 6.
Adoption : 2004

12. Liquid micronutrient preparation for plants, containing manganese (14 %), zinc (13 %), copper (0.75 %), water and trace amounts of nitrogen and potassium. It is to be applied on the surface of seeds prior to planting, to assist in seed germination and growth in soils deficient in zinc, copper or manganese.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2005

13. Emulsifier in the form of a powder, consisting of diacetyl tartaric acid ester of vegetable mono- and diglycerides and tricalcium phosphate (10 %), intended to be used as volume improver in powdered bread preparations and flour mixes.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2007

14. Emulsifier in the form of a powder, consisting of diacetyl tartaric acid ester of monoglycerides and calcium carbonate (20 %), intended to be used as volume improver in powdered bread preparations and flour mixes.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2007

15. Correction tape, being a writing or typewriting correction device, consisting of a plastic dispenser which contains a roll of correction ribbon on a supply reel and a take-up reel designed to take up expended ribbon.
The correction ribbon is composed of a white pigment coating film applied on the surface of the ribbon. The coating film is applied by pressing a transfer head protruding from the dispenser firmly against the surface of the part to be corrected and sliding it on the surface until the part is covered; then lifting the transfer head straight up.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 3 (d) to Chapter 38) and 6.
Adoption : 2008

 

16. Liquid nutrient preparation for plants, presented in containers of 20 litres as a water-soluble, dark brown liquid, containing L-α amino acids (proline, glycine, alanine, arginine) (5 % by weight), water-soluble zinc (4.5 % by weight), and water. It is based on organic molecules and is used in agriculture by either direct application to the soil or to the plant foliage, to replenish some essential amino acids and zinc in certain kinds of crops which can be depleted during adverse climatic conditions (e.g., drought, low temperatures, action of the wind) or during critical periods for crops (e.g., transplanting, start of fruit development).
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2009

17. Mixture, in liquid (syrup) form, containing maltitol (50 – 55 % by weight), sorbitol (D-glucitol) (less than 8 % by weight), water and trace amounts of reducing sugars (less than 0.2 % by weight). The mixture is obtained from potato or corn starch by partial catalytic hydrogenation (the reaction being deliberately interrupted) of maltose syrups or high maltose syrups.
It is intended to be used as a sugar substitute in the production of, e.g., dietary preparations, pharmaceutical products, cosmetics, or chewing gum.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2016

18. Crude palm fatty acid – Light yellow coloured semisolid with an upper small layer of reddish brown coloured liquid at 28°C. The product consists basically of triglycerides, diglycerides, monoglycerides and free fatty acids (11.8 % – 22.6 %). The glyceride profile is as follows: triglycerides (81.36 %), diglycerides (13.28 %) and monoglycerides (3.63 %). For the main free fatty acids, the average profile is as follows: palmitic acid (40 %), oleic acid (42 %) and linoleic acid (10 %). The product is consistent with a blend of refined, bleached and deodorised (RBD) palm oil with palm fatty acid distillate. It is intended to be subjected to a refining process in order to obtain edible RBD Palm Olein.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018

19. Dental zirconia block, round, measuring 98 mm in diameter and 14 mm in height. It is composed mainly of zirconium oxide with minor amounts of other metal oxides. After import, the product will be processed through dental laboratories or by dental professionals. Before use in dentistry, the block requires several procedures, such as milling, colouring, sintering and glazing to take its final form as artificial teeth or dental restorations.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2019

 

20. Dental zirconia block, with measurements of (L x W x H) 89 x 71 x 16 mm. It is composed mainly of zirconium oxide with minor amounts of other metal oxides. The product is mainly used in prosthetic dental treatment. After import, the product will be processed through dental laboratories or by dental professionals. Before use in dentistry, the block requires several procedures, such as milling, sintering, polishing and glazing to take its final form as artificial teeth or dental restorations.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2019

 

3901.40

– Ethylene-alpha-olefin copolymers, having a specific gravity of less than 0.94

 

1. White granules consisting of 80 % linear low-density polyethylene and 20 % natural silica, having a specific gravity of 0.92. The product is obtained by an extrusion process after mixing and melting the two raw materials. The extruded material is cooled and cut into granules. It is presented in bags of 25 kg.
The product is used as an additive in the manufacture of articles of plastics to reduce the contact surface between two polyethylene films used mainly in the manufacture of supermarket bags.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6
Adoption : 2016
3905.91

— Copolymers

 

1. Granules, light yellow, consisting mainly of ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer (about 40 % by weight) and pregelatinised starch as a filler (about 45 % by weight); in the copolymer, the vinyl alcohol comonomer unit (74 % by weight) predominates over the ethylene comonomer unit (26 % by weight); used for making biodegradable film, sheets or moulded articles.
Adoption : 1995
3906.90

– Other

 

1. Copolymer of an acrylic ester and an acrylic amide, modified with formaldehyde, in aqueous dispersion stabilised by the addition of a small quantity of sulphoricinoleate.
Adoption : 1964
3907.29

— Other

 

1. Polyamide-polyether polycondensate, a block copolymer, obtained by the polymerisation of a polyamide with carboxylic terminals (Polyamide-6,6 polymerised with an excess of adipic acid) and a polyether which has hydroxyl terminals (poly(oxyethylene) (polyethylene glycol)), in which the weight of the monomer units derived from ethylene oxide is greater than the weight of the monomer units derived from hexamethylenediamine and adipic acid taken together.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6
Adoption : 1992The polymer in question has the following structure :A ester linkageB polyamideC polyetherD average values2. Polyether polyol copolymer, in a clear colourless liquid form, composed of the monomer units of oxypropylene and oxyethylene in a ratio of about three to one, and having an average molecular weight of about 2,000, used as an intermediate product in the manufacture of polyurethane.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6
Adoption : 1996

 

3911.90

– Other

 

1. Polymers of cashew nutshell liquid (CNSL), being viscous products obtained by polymerising only the unsaturated olefinic chain of the CNSL utilizing acid catalysis and heat; the manufacturing process did not involve the phenol group contained in the structure of the components of the CNSL; used as part of the binder system in friction formulations for brake shoes and clutch facings.
Adoption : 19892. Friction particles consisting of polymers of cashew nutshell liquid (CNSL), obtained by a manufacturing process involving two different types of reactions, namely an addition polymerisation process (olefinic in nature) and a cross-linking process (phenolic in nature) using chemicals, such as paraformaldehyde or hexamethylenetetramine, capable of forming methylene bridges; the presence of a long cross-linked aliphatic chain gives these polymers unique physical properties different from those of phenolic resins; used mainly in the manufacture of brake linings and clutch facings.
Adoption : 1989
3912.90

– Other

 

1. Cellulose powder, microcrystalline,white, obtained from alphacellulose by acid hydrolysis which breaks up the fibres, used as an excipient in the pharmaceutical industry or in the manufacture of dietetic low-calory preparations, as an adsorbant in column and thin layer chromatography, etc.
Adoption : 1965
3913.90

– Other

 

1. Polysaccharide, in the form of gum (xanthan gum), produced by the fermentation of glucose, sucrose, lactose or starch by the Xanthomonas campestris bacterium.
After a fermentation period, the polysaccharide is precipitated from a growth medium with isopropyl alcohol, dried, ground into a fine powder and added to a liquid medium to form the gum.
It is used as a food additive or rheology modifier, such as a food thickening agent or a stabiliser.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2014
3916.20

– Of polymers of vinyl chloride

 

1. Tubular profile shapes of poly(vinyl chloride), incorporating a fillister groove and a watertight sealing strip, reinforced internally by a core consisting of a steel tube (of a kind used for weather-stripping window-, door-, partition-, etc., frames).
Adoption : 1959
3917.21

— Of polymers of ethylene

 

Perforated tube of plastics (polyethylene), with a round internal cross section, with holes at specific intervals and equipped with built-in plastic drippers. The drippers have a special structure for pressure-compensation. The tube is specially designed and equipped to be used as a surface network in drip irrigation systems.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2016A Drip Irrigation System
B Control Station
C Surface Network
D Outlet Hole
E Cascade Labyrinth
3919.10

– In rolls of a width not exceeding 20 cm

 

1. Self-adhesive strips (105 cm x 27 mm x 1.8 mm) consisting of cellular plastics, combined with a single-coloured felt of synthetic textile fibres applied to one face of the strip, in which the felt is present merely for reinforcing purposes. These strips are bevelled, have tapered ends and an adhesive film on the textile side (1 cm wide) covered with protective paper. They are intended for covering tennis racket handles but are also suitable for improving the grip of tool handles, bicycle handlebars, etc.
Adoption : 19962. Self-adhesive reflective sheeting, consisting of a film of plastics embedded or sprinkled on the surface with small glass balls (microspheres) and coated on one face with an adhesive protected by a sheet of paper to be removed immediately prior to use; for the manufacture of sign posts or panels, advertising media or ornamental motifs, etc.
Adoption :1963 + 1977
3919.90

– Other

 

1. Self-adhesive reflective sheeting, consisting of a film of plastics embedded or sprinkled on the surface with small glass balls (microspheres) and coated on one face with an adhesive protected by a sheet of paper to be removed immediately prior to use; for the manufacture of sign posts or panels, advertising media or ornamental motifs, etc.
Adoption :1963 + 1977
3920.51

— Of poly(methyl methacrylate)

 

1. “Artificial marble”, rectangular sheets (thickness 1.27 cm or 1.91 cm, width 63.5 cm or 76.2 cm, length 307.3 cm or 368.3 cm), consisting, mainly, of poly(methyl metha-crylate) (33 % by weight) and aluminium hydroxide (66 % by weight).
Adoption : 1982
3920.99

— Of other plastics

 

1. Rectangular sheets of hardened casein, made by moulding in a press, clearly having the character of semi-products designed for transformation into other products (e.g., cutting- or stamping-out of button blanks), with slight bevel produced during moulding solely to facilitate removal from the mould.
Adoption : 1961
3921.90

– Other

 

1. Transmission or conveyor belts or belting, consisting of a band (composed of one layer, or of a number of superimposed layers glued together) of plastics, covered on one or both faces with a band of chrome leather serving solely to increase the adhesion.
Adoption : 1962 + 19642. Sheets, consisting of paper heavily impregnated with melamine resin, which fracture on folding due to their brittle nature and which have lost the essential character of paper, used in the manufacture of laminates.
Adoption : 19863. Laminated product made of textile and plastics, consisting of two sheets of transparent polyethylene film that make up the two outer layers of the laminated product and one inner fabric layer or core.
The inner fabric layer consists of four plies of Ultra High Molecular Weight Polyethylene (UHMW-PE) fibre tapes cross-plied at right angles.
The product is put up in rolls and is used for the production of ballistic (bulletproof) vests.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 1 (h) to Section XI) and 6.
Adoption : 20194. Trilaminated sheets, consisting of two outer layers of plastics and a middle layer of thin aluminium foil. Each layer has been fixed to the adjacent layer by adhesives. The plastics are non-cellular.
The sheets, presented in rolls, are used to manufacture flexible containers (sachets) for food, such as seasoning sauces.
One plastic layer is printed with images and information on the food, and the other plastic layer, in contact with the food, is transparent.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2019

 

3923.10

– Boxes, cases, crates and similar articles

 

1. Display container consisting of a combination of a tray of plastics and a dome lid of plastics, used for the display, packing or transport of food. This type of container can come in a variety of shapes.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20142. Container, of plastics, used for the display, packing or transport of food. It is closed along one edge and open on the other edges. This type of container can come in a variety of shapes.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20143. Box for chicken eggs, of plastics. It is closed along one edge and open on the other three edges.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20144. Disposable plastic cosmetic container made by injection moulding and intended for liquid colour cosmetics which are a mixture of oil with powder. Outer container: acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene resin (ABS). Internal container: polypropylene (PP). A mirror is attached to the inside of the lid of the outer container.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018

 

3923.40

– Spools, cops, bobbins and similar supports

 

1. Video or audio cassettes without magnetic tape, in the form of a plastic box containing two plastic spools, placed side by side.
The box and the spools form a whole in which the spools are functional : the winding and unwinding of the recording tape are effected totally by the recorder mechanism and the spools. The box merely serves as a container.
Application of Note 1 (c) to Section XVI.
Adoption : 1994
3923.90

– Other

 

1. Tubular containers with caps, made of plastics, of different lengths, diameters, colours and capacities, with one open end threaded and secured with a screw type cap and the other end also open but intended to be sealed with clamps, using a thermal process, after the containers are filled with the intended products. These containers are commonly used for packing cosmetic preparations for retail sale. Their outer surfaces present printed information about the products with which they will be filled, such as their brand names, ingredients, properties, licenses, etc.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20092. Tray, of plastics, with compartments to hold items fast. The article is without a lid and used for packing, e.g., of hard disk drives or electronic components.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20143. Tray, of plastics, without a lid, used for the packing of food.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2014 
3924.90

– Other

 

1. Article of plastics consisting of two bottles, fitted with screw-top closures, detachable drinking cups which can be screwed on, flexible tubes or straws and a carrying ring fitted with a strap and designed to keep the two bottles together. The article is intended to carry beverages.
Adoption : 19992. Drinking bottles of plastics, designed for insertion into a bottle clip on bicycles. They are fitted with screw-top closures, generally have a round base, and a capacity of between 600 and 750 ml. They may be double-layered with foil blanket-style insulating material in the air cavity which can maintain the temperature of the content during a certain period of time. Some bottles have a concave shape in order to facilitate their grip.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinions 3924.90/3 and 3924.90/4.
Adoption : 20133. Drinking bottle of plastics, having a dual chamber, fitted with screw-top closures, flexible tubes or straws and specially designed to be used on a bicycle. The main chamber has a capacity of 1,100 ml. The smaller inner chamber has a capacity of 470 ml and is removable for cleaning or freezing.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinions 3924.90/2 and 3924.90/4.
Adoption : 20134. Container of plastics, of a triangular prism shape, having a capacity of 1,200 ml, fitted with a screw-top closure and a flexible tube or a straw for drinking, specially designed to be used on a bicycle. A mounting kit (not presented) is required to fit the drinking container on a bicycle.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinions 3924.90/2 and 3924.90/3.
Adoption : 2013

5. Waste collection bin made entirely of plastics, in the form of a bucket with a capacity of 6.5 litres. It has a lid with an opening lined with strips through which the waste is thrown, and a handle.
This article is intended for the collection of sharp hospital waste (needles, scalpels, etc.).
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2016

6. Shower set (pipes, hand shower, shower head, round soap support, washer with filter, chromed hose, water divert and all the parts needed for the functioning of the shower) put up together in the same packaging for retail sale. Some of these parts are made of plastics and others are made of metal. The plastic shower head imparts the essential character to the set.
Application of GIRs 1, 3 (b) and 6.
Adoption : 2017

Parts made of plastics :A Hand showerB Round soap dishC Shower headD SliderParts made of metal :E Bar (pipe)F Water diverter (which diverts water between the hand shower and the shower head)G Chromed hose (Tube of plastics coated with metal to strengthen)

7. Mobile garbage bins made of plastics for the temporary storage of garbage, rubbish and waste. The bins are constructed of high-density polyethylene (HDPE) with a lid, a handle, two wheels on a metal axle and a capacity of 120 or 240 litres. They are designed for outside use for storage of waste until collection for transportation to waste disposal or recycling facilities.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinion 7323.99/1.
Adoption : 2019

 

3926.20

– Articles of apparel and clothing accessories (including gloves, mittens and mitts)

 

1. Protective covering made of a single sheet of coloured, printed plastics which is folded in half and then bonded along two edges to form a cover for the lower part of the leg. This article is intended to be worn over normal footwear on wet or muddy ground, for example.
Adoption : 19862. Protective covering made of two equal-sized transparent sheets of plastics, cut more or less in the shape of a foot and bonded together to leave an opening in the top through which the foot (including footwear) can be slipped.
Adoption : 1986
3926.90

– Other

 

1. Transmission or conveyor belts or belting, consisting of a band (composed of one layer, or of a number of superimposed layers glued together) of plastics, covered on one or both faces with a band of chrome leather serving solely to increase the adhesion.
Adoption : 1962 + 19641. Extruded netting of plastics, tubular or flat.
Adoption : 19612. Cable clamps for supporting insulated electrical conductors, comprising a collar of plastics and a metal fixing spike.
Adoption : 1961A Plastic materialB Collar-type cable clampC Metal spike

3. Triangular sign plates for reflectors, of red plastics, unmounted, with pyramidshaped bosses to improve their reflecting properties.
See also Opinion 8716.90/1.
Adoption : 1965

4. Knobs, general purpose, of plastics, equally suitable for use on radio or television apparatus or recorders of Section XVI or on measuring instruments, etc., of Section XVIII.
Adoption : 1977

5. Protective covering consisting of a single rectangular piece of plastics folded in half and bonded together at the sides. The opening in the top is fitted with tight elastic. This product takes the form of a stretchable envelope which can be worn over footwear.
Adoption : 1986

6. Ring-binder, (3cm x 13cm x 19cm in size), made of plastic sheeting and reinforced with an inner layer of paperboard (except for the spine), fastened by a loop and snap fastener and having, on the inside, pockets for holding currency, cards and the like and a plastic loop for holding a pen.
Adoption : 1993

7. Non-self-adhesive strips (105cm x 27mm x 0.7mm) consisting of cellular plastics, combined with a single-coloured nonwoven of synthetic textile fibres applied to one face of the strip, in which the nonwoven is present merely for reinforcing purposes. These strips have tapered ends and are intended for covering tennis racket handles but are also suitable for improving the grip of tool handles, bicycle handlebars, etc.
Adoption :1996

8. Flexible reinforcement grid, in rolls, made of high-strength polyester fibres (or yarns) woven and covered on all sides with a protective layer of poly(vinyl chloride) visible to the naked eye, used to reinforce earth fill structures. Each element of the grid takes the form of a narrow fabric made of parallel yarns, with the “weft” inserted at right angles between the yarns of the “warp”, forming mesh openings measuring 35 x 40 mm. The polymer coating bonds (reinforces) the grid’s elements and protects the yarn from UV and mechanical damage.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption :2002

9. A photo album (dimensions : approximately 14 cm x 17.5 cm x 8 cm) having a back cover made of fibreboard covered with imitation suede, and a front cover consisting of a wooden photo frame with a glass protective shield, glued onto paperboard, which is also covered with imitation suede. The inside of the front cover has an opening to enable the user to insert a photograph into the photo frame. The album contains 50 plastic sleeves for photos. These sleeves are fixed to the back of the album by two screws of plastics, which also hold the front cover.
Application of GIR 3 (b).
Adoption : 2005

10. A photo album (dimensions : approximately 16 cm x 18.5 cm x 6.5 cm) having a back cover made of fibreboard covered with imitation suede, and a front cover consisting of a metal photo frame with a glass protective shield, glued onto paperboard, which is also covered with imitation suede. The inside of the front cover has an opening to enable the user to insert a photograph into the photo frame. The album contains 50 plastic sleeves for photos. These sleeves are fixed to the back of the album by two screws of plastics, which also hold the front cover.
Application of GIR 3 (b).
Adoption : 2005

11. Sterile, graduated urinary drainage bag made of plastics, used for collection, measurement and direct sampling of urine output through an indwelling catheter. The bag is opaque white on one side and transparent on the other with a graduated fluid scale printed on it. It is fitted with drainage tubing, catheter adapter, valve/port for taking urine samples and a hook for attachment to a bed or mobile holder.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2006

12. Sterile, graduated urinary drainage meter made of plastics, used for collection, measurement and direct sampling of urine output through an indwelling catheter. The meter comprises a sterile bag and a rigid plastic collection compartment. The bag is opaque white on one side and transparent on the other with a graduated fluid scale printed on it. The transparent rigid compartment has a separate meter scale printed on it. The article is fitted with drainage tubing connected directly to the rigid compartment, catheter adapter, valve/port for taking urine samples and a hook for attachment to a bed or mobile holder.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2006

13. Artificial fingernails of plastics, also known as “false nails”, of varying or identical sizes, put up in sets and designed to be applied directly onto the natural nail using an adhesive, then trimmed and shaped into the appropriate form. They may be natural in appearance or decorated and may remain in place for approximately 7 to 10 days before being removed.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2016

14. Dual-use paddle for kayaks and Stand Up Paddleboards (SUP), consisting of 3 pieces made of plastics: two break-apart paddles and one handle. It may be used with a single blade to paddle an SUP and may be converted into a paddle with two blades and used to paddle a kayak.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018

 

4005.10

– Compounded with carbon black or silica

 

1. Strips, 2 to 3mm thick, consisting of a sheet of parallel carbon steel cables completely covered with unvulcanised rubber, for use principally in the manufacture of tyre foundations.
Adoption : 1965
4005.91

— Plates, sheets and strip

 

1. Strips, 2 to 3mm thick, consisting of a sheet of parallel carbon steel cables completely covered with unvulcanised rubber, for use principally in the manufacture of tyre foundations.
Adoption : 1965
4005.99

— Other

 

1. Master blend with a basis of gum, for the manufacture of chewing-gum, consisting of granules formed by mixing several natural gums of Ch. 40 (e.g., chicle gum and balata), with hydrogenated vegetable oils and a homogenising agent such as calcium carbonate.
Adoption : 1957 + 1981
4008.21

— Plates, sheets and strip

 

1. Materials for the manufacture of gaskets for use in engines and transmissions of motor vehicles, in the form of sheets or strips and composed, by weight, of 65 % synthetic, non-cellular, vulcanised rubber and 35 % cork.
Application of GIR 3 (b).
Adoption : 1994
4012.90

– Other

 

1. Tyre treads, consisting of unhardened vulcanised rubber, in the form of treaded strip in rolls of varying widths and lengths and having bevelled (slanted) or moulded (rounded) edges, used for retreading pneumatic tyres. These treads are cut to required lengths, applied to tyre carcasses with uncured cushion gum and then cured under heat and pressure.
Adoption : 1998
4014.90

– Other

 

1. Graduated dropper tubes, made up of two different components fitted together for supplying products such as liquid pharmaceuticals in measured doses. Such tubes are comprised of the following :

a tubular dosage measure of transparent plastic material with a graduated scale from 0.25 to 1.0 ml.

It is 5.8 cm long, has different diameters at each end and weighs 1.1 g; and

a cylindrical teat of vulcanised rubber other than hard rubber, weighing 2.4 g.

Application of GIRs 1, 3 (c) and 6
Adoption : 2009

4016.93

— Gaskets, washers and other seals

 

1. Gaskets, finished, for use in engines and transmissions of motor vehicles, composed by weight, of 65 % synthetic, non-cellular, vulcanised rubber and 35 % cork.
Application of GIR 3 (b).
Adoption : 19942. Cup for brake systems of motor vehicles, made of vulcanised rubber other than hard rubber, with a diameter of 36.5 mm at the base, a diameter of 38.0 mm at the top and a thickness of 8.0 mm. It is used as a gasket to prevent fluid leaks in wheel brake systems.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2009
4016.99

— Other

 

1. Vibration absorbing mounting consisting of a heavy unhardened vulcanised rubber ring, of rectangular cross-section and of circular, oval or rectangular shape; fitted at opposite sides with metal bolts, held in place by flanges, for fixing the device to the plates or parts between which it is mounted.
Application of Note 1 (a) to Section XVI.
See also Opinions 7318.29/1 and 8487.90/5.
Adoption : 1966
4202.12

— With outer surface of plastics or of textile materials

 

1. Portable document case of plastics with multiple interior pockets, a front lock for closing (buckle) and a handle. All external sides are hemmed for reinforcement.
It is used for containing, organising, storing and carrying documents, papers, files, etc. and designed for prolonged use.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20182. Portable document case with a single compartment and a front fastener for closing (button and rubber band). All sides and edges are hemmed with textile fabric and the two sides and bottom are fully finished with textile. The remaining surfaces, including the front and back parts, are made of plastics.
It is used for containing, storing and carrying documents, papers, files, etc. and designed for prolonged use.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018
4202.21

— With outer surface of leather or of composition leather

 

1. Handbag, consisting of stamped leather on the outer surface and textile materials on the inner surface (dimensions approximately 35 x 22.5 x 17 cm), with an oval-shaped firm bottom. A zipper closure opens to the fully lined inner compartment with a zippered pocket, a small wall pocket and a cell phone pocket. It has two leather carrying straps. The leather has been treated with a very thin plastic coating merely to provide a protective finish. The coating is not visible to the naked eye.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2004
4202.32

— With outer surface of sheeting of plastics or of textile materials

 

1. Cover made of plastics and designed for a particular model of mobile phone. The cover has a magnet that interlocks with a built-in Hall Integrated Circuit in the front part of the mobile phone. The mobile phone senses whether the cover is open or closed by detecting the change of magnetic field. When the cover is closed, the mobile phone activates the User Interface mode by resizing the display area to fit the transparent window on the front cover.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018
4202.91

— With outer surface of leather or of composition leather

 

1. Waist pouch with outer surface of soft leather at the front and top and textile materials at the bottom and back (dimensions approximately 26 x 13 x 8 cm). It has one large compartment with two superimposed smaller compartments attached to the front and a hideaway pocket in the back, all with zipper closures. The main compartment and the hideaway pocket are fully lined with textile materials; the two smaller compartments are lined with textile materials at the front only. An adjustable textile webbing belt with a side release plastic buckle is stitched into the pouch. The leather has been treated with a very thin plastic coating merely to provide a protective finish. The coating is not visible to the naked eye.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2004
4202.92

— With outer surface of sheeting of plastics or of textile materials

 

1. Portable picnic cooler bag, consisting of an outer shell with an outer surface of plastic sheeting, with an insulating core of polymer-based closed-cell foam, and in sizes from 30 cm x 46 cm x19 cm to 23 cm x 18 cm x 15 cm. This bag has plastic or textile handles or shoulder straps and is intended for carrying food or beverages to and from the home or office, and for trips, picnics, sporting and other events.
Adoption : 1996
4202.99

— Other

 

1. Portable tool box (or case) for storing and carrying a hand-operated drill and accessories, made entirely of moulded plastics, with internal recesses on each of its two (hinged) sides specially shaped to accommodate the tool and its accessories, approximately rectangular in shape (dimensions 35 x 29 x 8 cm), incorporating snap closing devices and a handle (formed by matching moulded apertures on each of the two sides), and with the name of the tool manufacturer moulded into one of the external faces.
Adoption : 19912. Portable tool box (or case) for storing and carrying a hand-operated sanding machine and accessories, made of two sides or sections (lid and bottom) of moulded plastics hinged with the aid of a metal rod and fitted internally with a removable tray of moulded plastics with recesses specially shaped to accommodate the tool and its accessories, approximately rectangular in shape (dimensions 38 x 28 x 12 cm), incorporating snap closing devices and a handle (formed by matching moulded apertures on each of the two sides or sections).
Adoption : 1991
4303.90

– Other

 

1. Rug made of a whole grizzly bear furskin, with head, tail and paws, fixed to an underlay of textile materials. The head is taxidermy mounted and its eyes and tongue have been replaced by artificial eyes and tongue.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinions 9705.22/1, 9705.29/1 and 9705.29/2.
Adoption : 2014
4408.10

– Coniferous

 

1. Thin wood sheets (“kraft veneer”) (thickness : 1.59, 2.54, 3.18 or 4.76 mm), covered on both sides with kraft paper.
Adoption : 1970
4408.31

— Dark Red Meranti, Light Red Meranti and Meranti Bakau

 

1. Thin wood sheets (“kraft veneer”) (thickness : 1.59, 2.54, 3.18 or 4.76 mm), covered on both sides with kraft paper.
Adoption : 1970
4408.39

— Other

 

1. Thin wood sheets (“kraft veneer”) (thickness : 1.59, 2.54, 3.18 or 4.76 mm), covered on both sides with kraft paper.
Adoption : 1970
4408.90

– Other

 

1. Thin wood sheets (“kraft veneer”) (thickness : 1.59, 2.54, 3.18 or 4.76 mm), covered on both sides with kraft paper.
Adoption : 1970
4409.10

– Coniferous

 

1. Strips for parquet flooring, not assembled, measuring approximately 40 cm long x 6 cm wide x 2 cm thick, made from a solid piece of wood, with side (the length) tongued and the opposite side grooved; the ends (the width) are also worked with one end having a tongue and the opposite end having a groove.
Adoption : 1998
4409.21

— Of bamboo

 

1. Strips for parquet flooring, not assembled, measuring approximately 40 cm long x 6 cm wide x 2 cm thick, made from a solid piece of wood, with side (the length) tongued and the opposite side grooved; the ends (the width) are also worked with one end having a tongue and the opposite end having a groove.
Adoption : 1998
4409.22

— Of tropical wood

 

1. Strips for parquet flooring, not assembled, measuring approximately 40 cm long x 6 cm wide x 2 cm thick, made from a solid piece of wood, with side (the length) tongued and the opposite side grooved; the ends (the width) are also worked with one end having a tongue and the opposite end having a groove.
Adoption : 1998
4409.29

— Other

 

1. Strips for parquet flooring, not assembled, measuring approximately 40 cm long x 6 cm wide x 2 cm thick, made from a solid piece of wood, with side (the length) tongued and the opposite side grooved; the ends (the width) are also worked with one end having a tongue and the opposite end having a groove.
Adoption : 1998
4410.11

— Particle board

 

1. Laminated panel consisting of three layers of particle board, cut to a circular shape (900 mm in diameter and 25 mm thick), covered with melamine resin impregnated paper on the top and bottom surface. The side edge is covered with 2 mm thick poly(vinyl chloride) (PVC) tape. The article, as presented, has no features indicating that it is intended to be combined with another article nor to identify its use, e.g., as a part of a table.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2011
4411.12

— Of a thickness not exceeding 5 mm

 

1. Fibreboard of wood (MDF, Medium Density Fibreboard) of a density of 800 to 860 kg/m3, a thickness which varies between 3 and 4 mm (with a tolerance of +/- 0.2 mm) and measuring (L x W) 2,440 x 1,220 mm.
The product is manufactured by means of a dry production process.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2019
4412.59

— Other, with both outer plies of coniferous wood

 

1. Rectangular pieces of laminated wood (213 cm long x 11.26 cm wide x 23.8 mm thick), used for making a door frame, consisting of a thick core and two thin outer plies of coniferous wood, continuously grooved along both edges to fit a door casing and on one face to fit a door stopper. It is intended to be cut to size after the door casing and stopper have been fitted into the grooves so as to make a finished door frame.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 1998
4412.99

— Other, with both outer plies of coniferous wood

 

1. Rectangular pieces of laminated wood (213 cm long x 11.26 cm wide x 23.8 mm thick), used for making a door frame, consisting of a thick core and two thin outer plies of coniferous wood, continuously grooved along both edges to fit a door casing and on one face to fit a door stopper. It is intended to be cut to size after the door casing and stopper have been fitted into the grooves so as to make a finished door frame.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 1998
4417.00

Tools, tool bodies, tool handles, broom or brush bodies and handles, of wood; boot or shoe lasts and trees, of wood.

 

1. Sand-papering tool, consisting of a wooden stock fitted on the under side with strips of abrasive paper; the strips are held at one end in a slot in the wooden stock, the other end being secured by a wedge which fits tightly into a groove and can be removed to permit replacement of the strips as they wear out.
Adoption : 1968
4418.30

– Posts and beams other than products of subheadings 4418.81 to 4418.89

 

1. Drilled spruce/pine/fir (softwood) boards used as structural studs in the framing of a house, consisting of rectangular pieces of solid wood measuring approximately 3.81 cm (1 1/2 inches ) thick and 8.25 cm (3 1/4 inches) wide, precision end trimmed in lengths of 243.84 cm to 365.76 cm (eight to twelve feet), with eased edges and unworked ends. There are drilled holes, 2.54 cm (one inch) in diameter, centred about 40.64 cm (16 inches) from each end for the purpose of allowing electrical wiring, cables or pipes to be run through the studs.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2000
4418.73

— Of bamboo or with at least the top layer (wear layer) of bamboo

 

1. Assembled multilayer bamboo flooring panel (total thickness 15 mm, width 92 mm, length 1850 mm), consisting of three bonded layers, each layer about 5 mm thick. Each layer is made of five edge-glued, horizontally-oriented, strips of bamboo (width varying from 15 to 22 mm) that have been end-jointed to obtain the appropriate length. One edge and one end of the panel are tongued and the other edge and end are grooved to facilitate the installation of panels on the floor. The top layer is coated with several anti-abrasive and anti-scratch coatings or lacquers. The bottom layer has two shallow grooves running down its length in order to prevent warping of the panel.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2006
4418.74

— Other, for mosaic floors

 

1. “Mosaic panels of oak”, for parquet flooring, consisting of wooden strips planed on two sides and arranged in groups in chess-board pattern, and provisionally glued on a kraft paper backing to facilitate laying.
Adoption : 1962A General appearanceB Section of a panel fanned out for demonstrationC StripsD PaperE StripsF Paper
4418.75

— Other, multilayer

 

1. Multilayer parquet flooring panel (total thickness 10 mm, width 70 mm, length 600 mm) consisting of a 4 mm thick single strip top layer of solid Merbau glued onto a single-layer support of wood with perpendicular slits approximately every four centimetres throughout the length in order to give the product flexibility. The bottom layer is placed perpendicular to the grain of the top layer. The panel is tongued and grooved on the edges and ends. The top layer has been varnished.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20052. Multilayer parquet flooring panel (total thickness 14 mm, width 210 mm, length 2,190 mm) consisting of a 4 mm thick top layer of solid oak on a two-layer support of wood. The top layer is made from two rows of strips; the core layer (8-9 mm thick) is placed perpendicular to the grain of the top and bottom layers. The panel is tongued and grooved along the edges. The top layer has been varnished.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20053. Multilayer parquet flooring panel (total thickness 14 mm, width 145 mm, length varying) consisting of a 4 mm thick top layer of solid beech on a two-layer support of wood. The top layer is made from two rows of strips; the core layer (approximately 7 mm thick) is composed of wood strips that are placed perpendicular to the grain of the top and bottom layers; the bottom layer consists of two rows of strips. The panel is tongued and grooved along the edges. The top layer has been varnished.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2005 
4418.79

— Other

 

1. Parquet flooring panels of beech (thickness 13.8 mm or 21.8 mm, width 129 mm, length 3,700 mm, 1,830 mm or 900 mm) made from two rows of solid wood strips which have been assembled in the length with a tongue/groove construction, the rows being assembled by a glued double dovetail construction. The panels are provided with a polypropylene film (moisture balancer) on the underside and are tongued and grooved on the edges and ends. The length of the individual strips is 308 mm, 408 mm, 467.5 mm, 474 mm or 623.5 mm. The strips comprising the panels do not form a particular pattern.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2004
4420.90

– Other

 

1. Table top art easel, containing a drawer for holding art supplies. Measuring 10 cm in height (when folded) x 40 cm in width x 38 cm in depth; it holds canvases or panels up to 86 cm high.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2017
4421.99

— Other

 

1. Small wooden wedges, cubes, blocks and the like, of beech or birch, for polishing articles of plastics in a drum.
Adoption : 19672. Rectangular panels of pine, approximately 122 cm x 244 cm x 1.8 cm, sanded, obtained by gluing edge-to-edge a number of strips of wood, each having a width of approximately 3.8 cm.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2003
4704.21

— Coniferous

 

1. Finely ground bleached sulphite cellulose pulp (obtained from conifers or from beech), to which stearin (generally not more than 7 %) has been added to render the pulp less absorbent.
Adoption : 1962
4704.29

— Non-coniferous

 

1. Finely ground bleached sulphite cellulose pulp (obtained from conifers or from beech), to which stearin (generally not more than 7 %) has been added to render the pulp less absorbent.
Adoption : 1962
4811.10

– Tarred, bituminised or asphalted paper and paperboard

 

1. Moisture insulation material consisting of two sheets of creped asphalt-impregnated paper with aluminium foil interlining.
Adoption : 19592. Corrugated roofing boards obtained by impregnating with bituminous materials, under pressure, a fibrous web made of paper pulp according to paper techniques; in certain cases, the boards are covered on one side with varnish or with mineral material (sand, granules, etc.) bonded by a thin layer of bituminous material.
See also Opinions 6807.90/1 and 6807.90/2.
Adoption : 1971
4811.59

— Other

 

1. Unbleached kraft paper or paperboard product used for the manufacture of packagings for beverages, printed on one face with texts and illustrations referring to the goods to be packaged therein, covered with a thin transparent sheet of polyethylene on both faces, in rolls of a width exceeding 15 cm and creased and marked to identify individual containers to be cut from the rolls.
Application of GIR 3 (b).
See also Opinions 4811.59/2 and 4811.60/1.
Adoption : 19952. Unbleached kraft paper or paperboard product used for the manufacture of packagings for beverages, printed on one face with texts and illustrations referring to the goods to be packaged therein, covered on that face with a thin transparent sheet of polyethylene and lined on the other face (on the face which will form the inside of the packaging), with aluminium foil covered with a thin transparent sheet of polyethylene, in rolls of a width exceeding 15 cm and creased and marked to identify individual containers to be cut from the rolls.
Application of GIR 3 (b).
See also Opinion 4811.59/1.
Adoption : 1995
4811.60

– Paper and paperboard, coated, impregnated or covered with wax, paraffin wax, stearin, oil or glycerol

 

1. Paraffin-waxed paper and paperboard, to be used for the manufacture of containers for milk, cream, fruit juices, etc., or of gramophone record covers, in rolls of a width exceeding 15 cm or in rectangular sheets of a length exceeding 36 cm, whether or not lined with aluminium foil (i.e., on the face which will form the inside of the packing), printed on one side with texts or illustrations referring to the goods to be packed therein.
Adoption : 19662. Strip of paraffin-waxed paper of a width not exceeding 15 cm, treated with sorbitol, with an appreciably narrower strip of aluminium foil fixed lengthwise to the centre of one side, put up in rolls for wrapping sweets.
Adoption : 1966
4811.90

– Other paper, paperboard, cellulose wadding and webs of cellulose fibres

 

1. “Japanese silk paper, in sheets, for lampshades, decorated with parts of dried natural plants and with designs painted with metallic powder, the whole covered with a very light natural silk fabric applied under pressure.
Adoption : 19592. Paperboard in rectangular sheets of a length exceeding 36 cm, completely printed on one side with characters and illustrations, which need only be cut up to obtain book covers (in this particular instance, each sheet included eight complete soft covers for binding into books).
The printed texts and illustrations on articles of this type always have an accessory character incidental to the primary use of the goods and not such as to make them printed matter of Ch. 49.
Adoption : 19643. Paper in rolls of a width exceeding 15 cm, coated on one side with an organic heat sensitive (thermosensitive) substance which blackens as a result of chemical reaction when heat is applied; in telefax machines, facsimile reproduction is obtained on the paper by means of a thermal printing process which transcribes electrical impulses generated at the transmitting end of a telefax operation, the complete image being built up from a series of lines or dots produced on the paper by heated pen (heated stylus) or dot matrix thermal printhead incorporated in the receiving telefax machine.
Adoption : 19914. Paper in rolls of a width not exceeding 15 cm, coated on one side with an organic heat sensitive (thermosensitive) substance which blackens as a result of chemical reaction when heat is applied; in telefax machines, facsimile reproduction is obtained on the paper by means of a thermal printing process which transcribes electrical impulses generated at the transmitting end of a telefax operation, the complete image being built up from a series of lines or dots produced on the paper by heated pen (heated stylus) or dot matrix thermal printhead incorporated in the receiving telefax machine.
Adoption : 1991

 

4820.90

– Other

 

1. “Magic note pads, consisting essentially of a sliding part (comprising a sheet of aluminium, a sheet of blue paper coated on one side with artificial wax, a sheet of transparent paper and a sheet of transparent plastics, superimposed and fixed together), fitted inside a paperboard sheath open at one end; marks can be made by means of a pencil or stylus and erased by pulling the sliding part.
Adoption : 1966
4823.70

– Moulded or pressed articles of paper pulp

 

1. Easter eggs, consisting of two parts which fit together to form a container, made of moulded paper pulp and covered with a thin sheet of design-printed aluminium foil.
Adoption : 195
4823.90

– Other

 

1. Heat-insulating material, of flock-like appearance, used, e.g., in attics (lofts) or wall cavities of buildings. This product is obtained from shredded newspapers or other waste paper or paperboard, reduced to small particles by grinding, then fireproofed by chemical treatment.
Adoption : 1987
4901.99

— Other

 

1. Brochures, not illustrated, issued free of charge to garages, repair shops, etc., to provide the technical information required for the maintenance and repair of various marks of motor vehicles distributed by the same manufacturer, containing no advertising material.
Adoption : 19662. Publication, issued to the subscribers of a telephone company, consisting mainly of “yellow pages”, i.e., yellow coloured pages indicating telephone numbers and addresses of firms listed by business categories with advertisements in boxes that contain descriptions of goods and services, addresses and telephone and fax numbers of advertisers.
Adoption : 1998
4911.10

– Trade advertising material, commercial catalogues and the like

 

1. Separate printed sheets with text and pictures, constituting identifiable parts of periodicals.
Adoption : 1961
4911.91

— Pictures, designs and photographs

 

1. Separate printed sheets with text and pictures, constituting identifiable parts of periodicals.
Adoption : 1961
4911.99

— Other

 

1. Separate printed sheets with text and pictures, constituting identifiable parts of periodicals.
Adoption : 19611. Tickets for travel by air, rail, road, etc., consisting of printed coupons which have not yet been filled in with the details necessary for their use (name, destination, date, etc.), and printed cover pages, assembled in booklet form.
Adoption : 19952. Labels of aluminium foil on a paper backing, printed with texts and illustrations identifying the object to which they refer.
Adoption : 1998 
Chapter 50

Silk

 

1. Fabrics in the piece, pleated (other than knitted or crocheted fabrics), having a semi-formed hem obtained merely by folding back the edge.
Adoption : 19612. Fabrics of which the surface is decorated by the application of textile flock or dust to produce an embroidery effect.
Classification according to the nature of the woven fabric base, regardless of the textile constituting the flock or dust
Adoption : 19643. Strips of a width not exceeding 30 cm and of thickness of less than 3 mm simply cut from piece goods composed of two woven fabrics assembled in layers by gumming throughout and having no selvedges.
Adoption : 1969 
Chapter 51

Wool, fine or coarse animal hair; horsehair yarn and woven fabric

 

1. Fabrics in the piece, pleated (other than knitted or crocheted fabrics), having a semi-formed hem obtained merely by folding back the edge.
Adoption : 19612. Fabrics of which the surface is decorated by the application of textile flock or dust to produce an embroidery effect.
Classification according to the nature of the woven fabric base, regardless of the textile constituting the flock or dust
Adoption : 19643. Strips of a width not exceeding 30 cm and of thickness of less than 3 mm simply cut from piece goods composed of two woven fabrics assembled in layers by gumming throughout and having no selvedges.
Adoption : 1969 
Chapter 52

Cotton

 

1. Fabrics in the piece, pleated (other than knitted or crocheted fabrics), having a semi-formed hem obtained merely by folding back the edge.
Adoption : 19612. Fabrics of which the surface is decorated by the application of textile flock or dust to produce an embroidery effect.
Classification according to the nature of the woven fabric base, regardless of the textile constituting the flock or dust
Adoption : 19643. Strips of a width not exceeding 30 cm and of thickness of less than 3 mm simply cut from piece goods composed of two woven fabrics assembled in layers by gumming throughout and having no selvedges.
Adoption : 1969 
5208.51

— Plain weave, weighing not more than 100 g/m2

 

1. Plain weave cotton fabric, weighing less than 100 g/m2, rectangular in shape (320 cm x 110/112 cm), printed with various designs and colours and presented as a length of fabric, simply cut from a longer piece, which can be cut into two to make a pair of “Khangas” which are traditional women’s costumes (an undecorated strip separates the two “Khangas”). “Khangas” obtained in this way can be used, without further working, as a dress, skirt, cape, etc.
Application of Note 7 to Section XI.
Adoption : 1998
Chapter 53

Other vegetable textile fibres; paper yarn and woven fabrics of paper yarn

 

1. Fabrics in the piece, pleated (other than knitted or crocheted fabrics), having a semi-formed hem obtained merely by folding back the edge.
Adoption : 19612. Fabrics of which the surface is decorated by the application of textile flock or dust to produce an embroidery effect.
Classification according to the nature of the woven fabric base, regardless of the textile constituting the flock or dust
Adoption : 19643. Strips of a width not exceeding 30 cm and of thickness of less than 3 mm simply cut from piece goods composed of two woven fabrics assembled in layers by gumming throughout and having no selvedges.
Adoption : 1969 
5305.00

Coconut, abaca (Manila hemp or Musa textilis Nee), ramie and other vegetable textile fibres, not elsewhere specified or included, raw or processed but not spun; tow, noils and waste of these fibres (including yarn waste and garnetted stock).

 

1. Mat of sisal fibres laid randomly, very slightly coated with poly(vinyl acetate) (5 % by weight) to facilitate handling, the coating being insufficient to ensure a permanent bond even between the surface fibres.
Adoption : 1964
Chapter 54

Man-made filaments; strip and the like of man-made textile materials

 

1. Fabrics in the piece, pleated (other than knitted or crocheted fabrics), having a semi-formed hem obtained merely by folding back the edge.
Adoption : 19612. Fabrics of which the surface is decorated by the application of textile flock or dust to produce an embroidery effect.
Classification according to the nature of the woven fabric base, regardless of the textile constituting the flock or dust
Adoption : 19643. Strips of a width not exceeding 30 cm and of thickness of less than 3 mm simply cut from piece goods composed of two woven fabrics assembled in layers by gumming throughout and having no selvedges.
Adoption : 1969 
5402.20

– High tenacity yarn of polyesters, whether or not textured

 

1. High tenacity yarn of polyester, textured, not put up for retail sale.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2014
5402.61

— Of nylon or other polyamides

 

1. Textile yarn of man-made filaments, put up on a support indicating its use in textile industry, obtained by twisting together a single yarn and a gimped yarn.
Adoption : 1970
5402.62

— Of polyesters

 

1. Textile yarn of man-made filaments, put up on a support indicating its use in textile industry, obtained by twisting together a single yarn and a gimped yarn.
Adoption : 1970
5402.63

— Of polypropylene

 

1. Textile yarn of man-made filaments, put up on a support indicating its use in textile industry, obtained by twisting together a single yarn and a gimped yarn.
Adoption : 1970
5402.69

— Other

 

1. Textile yarn of man-made filaments, put up on a support indicating its use in textile industry, obtained by twisting together a single yarn and a gimped yarn.
Adoption : 1970
5403.41

— Of viscose rayon

 

1. Textile yarn of man-made filaments, put up on a support indicating its use in textile industry, obtained by twisting together a single yarn and a gimped yarn.
Adoption : 1970
5403.42

— Of cellulose acetate

 

1. Textile yarn of man-made filaments, put up on a support indicating its use in textile industry, obtained by twisting together a single yarn and a gimped yarn.
Adoption : 1970
5403.49

— Other

 

1. Textile yarn of man-made filaments, put up on a support indicating its use in textile industry, obtained by twisting together a single yarn and a gimped yarn.
Adoption : 1970
5407.20

– Woven fabrics obtained from strip or the like

 

1. Tubular woven fabric, made from strips of plastics of an apparent width not exceeding 5 mm. The fabric is presented lay-flat, in rolls of a length of 1500 m and a width of 70 cm. It does not have any sewing on the edges, nor has it been glued or stapled in any way, and is used for making bags for packing a variety of products.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2017
Chapter 55

Man-made staple fibres

 

1. Fabrics in the piece, pleated (other than knitted or crocheted fabrics), having a semi-formed hem obtained merely by folding back the edge.
Adoption : 19612. Fabrics of which the surface is decorated by the application of textile flock or dust to produce an embroidery effect.
Classification according to the nature of the woven fabric base, regardless of the textile constituting the flock or dust
Adoption : 19643. Strips of a width not exceeding 30 cm and of thickness of less than 3 mm simply cut from piece goods composed of two woven fabrics assembled in layers by gumming throughout and having no selvedges.
Adoption : 1969 
5603.12

— Weighing more than 25 g/m² but not more than 70 g/m²

 

Nonwovens manufactured using the wet-laid process, consisting of a mixture of man-made fibres of different thicknesses and cellulose fibres (10 to 35 %), impregnated together with an acrylate binding agent, weighing between 60 and 80 g per m² and put up in rolls between 100 and 1500 mm wide; these products may be used in a wide variety of applications including for the manufacture of disposable milk filters, waistbands for garments, backing material for embroidery, and sole material for shoes.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.Adoption :2007
5603.13

— Weighing more than 70 g/m² but not more than 150 g/m²

 

1. Nonwovens manufactured using the wet-laid process, consisting of a mixture of man-made fibres of different thicknesses and cellulose fibres (10 to 35 %), impregnated together with an acrylate binding agent, weighing between 60 and 80 g per m² and put up in rolls between 100 and 1500 mm wide; these products may be used in a wide variety of applications including for the manufacture of disposable milk filters, waistbands for garments, backing material for embroidery, and sole material for shoes.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2007
5606.00

Gimped yarn, and strip and the like of heading 54.04 or 54.05, gimped (other than those of heading 56.05 and gimped horsehair yarn); chenille yarn (including flock chenille yarn); loop wale-yarn.

 

1. Yarn having a hairy appearance along its entire length, made directly by cutting at the centre, up the weft, fabrics consisting of two “wales” forming two chains of loops linked up wale-wise by another thread, the latter forming the tufts after cutting.
These yarns are put up in balls of 50 grams for sale by retail and are used for handicraft work such as hand knitting.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 2000Illustration of “cutting up the weft”A Before cutting upB After cutting up2. Yarn having a hairy appearance along its entire length and consisting of a chain of loops in the direction of the warp, with additional warp threads cut after manufacture to form the tufts.
These yarns are put up in balls of 50 grams for sale by retail and are used for handicraft work such as hand knitting.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 2000

Illustration of “cutting up the weft”

A Before cutting upB After cutting up

 

5607.50

– Of other synthetic fibres

 

1. Tubular braids, of close-knit texture, whether or not comprising a core of multiple yarn, of circular nearly solid cross-section (approx. 1 mm in diameter), composed of yarns of polyester fibres lightly impregnated with paraffin wax, for use as harness cords on dobby looms.
Adoption : 1964
5702.50

– Other, not of pile construction, not made up

 

1. Mats, woven, with warp of textile yarn and weft of strip of plastics; the weft strip is obtained from a strip (width : 17 mm) which has been folded, slightly twisted and compressed by beating up the weft to the fell of the cloth so that it shows an apparent width in the fabric varying between 2 and 5 mm.
Adoption : 1966
5702.91

— Of wool or fine animal hair

 

1. Mats, woven, with warp of textile yarn and weft of strip of plastics; the weft strip is obtained from a strip (width : 17 mm) which has been folded, slightly twisted and compressed by beating up the weft to the fell of the cloth so that it shows an apparent width in the fabric varying between 2 and 5 mm.
Adoption : 1966
5702.92

— Of man-made textile materials

 

1. Mats, woven, with warp of textile yarn and weft of strip of plastics; the weft strip is obtained from a strip (width : 17 mm) which has been folded, slightly twisted and compressed by beating up the weft to the fell of the cloth so that it shows an apparent width in the fabric varying between 2 and 5 mm.
Adoption : 1966
5702.99

— Of other textile materials

 

1. Mats, woven, with warp of textile yarn and weft of strip of plastics; the weft strip is obtained from a strip (width : 17 mm) which has been folded, slightly twisted and compressed by beating up the weft to the fell of the cloth so that it shows an apparent width in the fabric varying between 2 and 5 mm.
Adoption : 1966
5704.90

– Other

 

1. Electrically warmed carpet made of textile materials (176 cm long x 88 cm wide x 6 mm thick), consisting of two layers of needleloom felt of polyester, an S-shaped resistance wire as a heat source, and a control device. The resistance wire is enclosed between two polyester layers and the edges of the product are hemmed. It has two surface temperature settings (low : 35 °C, high : 45 °C). According to the warning notice in the user’s manual and on the control device, it should be used with a covering to avoid the risk of burns. The product is designed for placing on the floor or ground to warm the user.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 1 to Chapter 57) and 6.
Adoption : 2015A Exposed surfaceB Control device
5705.00

Other carpets and other textile floor coverings, whether or not made up.

 

1. Electrically warmed carpet made of textile materials (90 cm long x 45 cm wide x 1 cm thick), consisting of two layers sandwiching an S shaped resistance wire as a heat source, and a control device.
One layer is a pile knitted fabric (100 % polyester) combined with cellular plastics made of polyurethane. The other layer is a lining which combines a nonwoven polyester layer with felt. The resistance wire is enclosed between two polyester layers and the edges of the product are hemmed. It has two surface temperature settings (low : 40 °C, high : 50 °C). The product is designed for placing on the floor or ground to warm the user.
Application of GIR 1 (Note 1 to Chapter 57).
Adoption : 2015A Exposed surfaceB Underside
5808.10

– Braids in the piece

 

1. “Float cords” for incorporation in fishing nets, consisting of a cotton braid which encloses, at each 50 cm along its length, a cork float entirely covered by the braid.
Adoption : 19572. “Sinking cords” for incorporation in fishing nets, consisting of a cotton braid enclosing a core of fine cotton yarn to which small pieces of lead (length 9 mm, width 2 mm), are fixed at intervals of 2 mm all along the length.
Adoption : 1957
5810.91

— Of cotton

 

1. Embroidery width 2.5 to 11.5 cm, worked on a ground of two differently coloured woven fabrics laid edge to edge and held together throughout their length because the embroidery overlaps each.
Adoption : 19892. Embroidered piece of woven fabric, rectangular, not made up in any way.
This piece of fabric forms part of a set which also includes a scarf of embroidered woven fabric, made up and ready for use (directly finished by embroidering). The two articles are presented packed for retail sale and the piece of fabric is intended to be made up into more than one garment.
See also Opinion 6214.10 to 6214.90/1.
Adoption : 1989
5810.92

— Of man-made fibres

 

1. Embroidery width 2.5 to 11.5 cm, worked on a ground of two differently coloured woven fabrics laid edge to edge and held together throughout their length because the embroidery overlaps each.
Adoption : 19892. Embroidered piece of woven fabric, rectangular, not made up in any way.
This piece of fabric forms part of a set which also includes a scarf of embroidered woven fabric, made up and ready for use (directly finished by embroidering). The two articles are presented packed for retail sale and the piece of fabric is intended to be made up into more than one garment.
See also Opinion 6214.10 to 6214.90/1.
Adoption : 1989
5810.99

— Of other textile materials

 

1. Embroidery width 2.5 to 11.5 cm, worked on a ground of two differently coloured woven fabrics laid edge to edge and held together throughout their length because the embroidery overlaps each.
Adoption : 19892. Embroidered piece of woven fabric, rectangular, not made up in any way.
This piece of fabric forms part of a set which also includes a scarf of embroidered woven fabric, made up and ready for use (directly finished by embroidering). The two articles are presented packed for retail sale and the piece of fabric is intended to be made up into more than one garment.
See also Opinion 6214.10 to 6214.90/1.
Adoption : 1989
5903.10

– With poly(vinyl chloride)

 

1. Fabric, consisting of layers of non-interlaced, parallel polyester filament yarns, superimposed on each other at right angles and dipped in a bath of liquid poly(vinyl chloride) which bonds the yarns together at the intersections. After squeeze-rolling, flattened drops of the polyvinyl chloride can be seen with the naked eye elsewhere than at the points of intersection.
Adoption : 1986
5907.00

Textile fabrics otherwise impregnated, coated or covered; painted canvas being theatrical scenery, studio back-cloths or the like.

 

1. Aluminium-coated textile fabric, consisting of a woven fabric of 100 % polyester filament yarn, coated on one side with a thin layer of aluminium visible to the naked eye. The aluminium coating is obtained by vaporising melted aluminium onto one side of the fabric by means of a vacuum process.
Application of Note 5 (a) to Chapter 59.
Adoption : 1994
5910.00

Transmission or conveyor belts or belting, of textile material, whether or not impregnated, coated, covered or laminated with plastics, or reinforced with metal or other material.

 

1. Belting consisting of one or more sheet-woven strips of plaiting material sandwiched between two strips of polyamide fabric, the strips of plaiting material acting merely as a strengthening element, all strips being bonded by means of an adhesive and lamination :

(i) Of a thickness of 3 mm or more.

(ii) Of a thickness of less than 3 mm :

Endless or fitted with fasteners (staples, etc.).
See also Opinion 5911.10/1.
Adoption : 1963

 

5911.10

– Textile fabrics, felt and felt-lined woven fabrics, coated, covered or laminated with rubber, leather or other material, of a kind used for card clothing, and similar fabrics of a kind used for other technical purposes, including narrow fabrics made of velvet impregnated with rubber, for covering weaving spindles (weaving beams)

 

1. Belting consisting of one or more sheet-woven strips of plaiting material sandwiched between two strips of polyamide fabric, the strips of plaiting material acting merely as a strengthening element, all strips being bonded by means of an adhesive and lamination :
Of a thickness of less than 3 mm :
Of indeterminate length or cut to length.
See also Opinion 5910.00/1.
Adoption : 1963
5911.40

– Filtering or straining cloth of a kind used in oil presses or the like, including that of human hair

 

1. Nonwoven mat (dimensions : 20 m x 2 m x 2.5 cm) composed of polyester fibres to which a nylon scrim fabric has been laminated on one side. This product is intended to be used, after cutting, as a filter and to be installed, for example, into the ceilings of downdraught paint spray booths and to be used by automobile manufacturers as a medium to filter out the incoming air, dust and dirt particles.
This product is nonwoven and progressively structured, high density and high performance nonwoven air filter medium made from synthetic fibres, resin- and thermally bonded, with special adhesive coating in full depth on each individual fibre to ensure :- absolutely no migrating of paint-damaging particles larger than 15 microns, due to vibration;- 100 % coating of all fibres;- full self-extinguishing flame properties.

The clean air side is particularly dense and smoothed, reinforced with woven open mesh scrim, and imprinted with classification and identification permit number.
Adoption : 1998

 

5911.90

– Other

 

1. Filtering materials, obtained by superimposing several webs of man-made textile fibres bonded with plastics, and coated on one side with an agglutinating substance, used for filtering air :
Cut to other than rectangular shape or, irrespective of shape, having been further worked (trimmed with tapes, furnished with eyelets, etc.).
Adoption : 1966
6102.30

– Of man-made fibres

 

1. Women’s knitted garment (100 % polyester), with long sleeves, pockets, a collar and a full-length opening at the front fastened with a slide fastener (zipper).
This garment is designed to be attached to a women’s outer garment by means of the slide fastener (zipper). It can also be worn independently. The two garments are presented together.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 14 to Section XI and Note 9 to Chapter 61) and 6.
See also Opinion 6210.50/1.
Adoption : 2015
6104.62

— Of cotton

 

1. Shorts with no fly or pockets, made wholly of a knitted fabric (100 % cotton), with an elasticated band incorporated at the waist and the leg openings simply hemmed.
This garment forms a part of a set where the other component is a pullover-like garment of the same colour and made of the same fabric but with sewn-on ribbing of a knitted fabric (100 % cotton). The ribbing being of a different fabric construction and not being present in the shorts debars the set from being classified as an ensemble.
Application of Note 3 (b) to Chapter 61 and of Note 14 to Section XI.
See also Opinion 6110.20/1
Adoption : 1989
6104.63

— Of synthetic fibres

 

1. Women’s trousers made of light-weight knitted fabric (87 % polyester, 13 % elastane) reaching down to the ankles. These trousers have an elasticated waistband, and the bottom edges are hemmed.
This pair of trousers is one component of a woman’s set of garments, which also consists of a long-sleeved T-shirt, which is classified separately in subheading 6109.90. Both garments are presented together, put up for retail sale.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 14 to Section XI) and 6.
See also Opinion 6109.90/2.
Adoption : 2016
6106.20

– Of man-made fibres

 

1. Knitted sleeveless garment without a collar (65 % polyester staple fibres and 35 % cotton), with a decorative ribbon at the neckline and ruffled armholes at the shoulders. It has a partial opening at the back starting at the neckline that fastens with a button.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2014
6109.10

– Of cotton

 

1. Women’s knitted short-sleeved T-shirt, made of 80 % cotton, 14 % viscose and 6 % elastane. It is designed to cover the upper part of the body and reaches down to just above the waist.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2017
6109.90

– Of other textile materials

 

1. Women’s knitted sleeveless garment without a collar (92 % nylon and 8 % spandex (elastane)), with a semi-round neckline and shoulder straps.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20142. Women’s long-sleeved T-shirt without a collar, made of light-weight knitted fabric (87 % polyester, 13 % elastane). The bottom edge of the T-shirt and the sleeves are hemmed.
This T-shirt is one component of a woman’s set of garments, which also consists of a pair of trousers, which is classified separately in subheading 6104.63. Both garments are presented together, put up for retail sale.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 14 to Section XI) and 6.
See also Opinion 6104.63/1.
Adoption : 2016
6110.20

– Of cotton

 

1. Sleeveless garment with round neckline, designed to cover the upper part of the body and reaching down to just above the waist. This pullover-like garment is made wholly of a knitted fabric (100 % cotton). At the neckline, arm openings and bottom, it has sewn-on ribbing of knitted fabric (100 % cotton) of the same colour but of a different fabric construction.
This garment forms a part of a set where the other component is a pair of shorts of the same colour and of the same knitted fabric but without ribbing.
Application of Note 3 (b) to Chapter 61 and of Note 14 to Section XI.
See also Opinion 6104.62/1
Adoption : 19892. Knitted waistcoat, with an outer surface constructed from 100 % cotton. It is interlined with a thin layer of padding (not intended to provide protection from the weather), and includes an inner lining fabric constructed from 65 % polyester staple fibres and 35 % cotton. It has a full opening at the front.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2014
6110.30

– Of man-made fibres

 

1. Knitted soccer goalkeeper jersey (100 % polyester), reaching down below the waist, with long raglan sleeves and a close-fitting round neckline without an opening. The garment has minimally protective elbow pads sewn on the sleeves and applied ribbing at the sleeve ends. The bottom of the garment is hemmed.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20082. Women’s knitted short-sleeved garment (100 % acrylic), with roll-neck, without an opening. It has an average of more than 10 stitches per linear centimetre in each direction counted on an area measuring at least 10 cm x 10 cm.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20143. Men’s knitted long-sleeved garment (76 % polyester staple fibres and 24 % cotton), without collar and unlined, designed to cover the upper part of the body. The garment has a left over right closure at the front and pockets at the bottom.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20144. Women’s knitted long-sleeved pullover, made of 100 % polyester. It is designed to cover the upper part of the body and reaches down to just above the waist.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2017

 

6114.20

– Of cotton

 

1. Light-weight knitted garment (94 % cotton, 6 % elastomeric yarn) for women or girls; it has shoulder straps approximately 35 mm wide and a round neckline at the front. This article can be worn next to the skin as a garment or undergarment; it covers the upper part of the body and extends down below the bust. The neckline and arm openings are bordered by a hem incorporating an elastic strip. The bottom of the garment is also fitted with an elastic strip so as to hug the body. The garment has no body-supporting function.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 2001
6114.30

– Of man-made fibres

 

1. Light-weight knitted, strapless garment (90 % polyamide, 10 % elastothane) for women or girls, designed to cover the upper part of the body and extending down just below the bust; the garment leaves the shoulders bare. This article can be worn next to the skin as a garment or undergarment; it is fitted with elastic strips approximately 30 mm wide at the bottom of the garment and 15 mm at the top, thus ensuring that the garment hugs the bust. The garment has no body-supporting function.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 20012. Women’s knitted short-sleeved garment (68 % polyester staple fibres and 32 % cotton), without an opening. It is embellished with frills under the bust.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2014
6202.40

– Of man-made fibres

 

1. Long-sleeved garment, made of woven polyester fabric, with a collar and pockets. It extends below mid-thigh and has a full opening at the front that fastens right over left by means of buttons and a belt.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20142. Anorak-like garment, made of woven polyester fabric, reaching down to below the waist, with a collar, a hood and side pockets. The cut of the garment clearly indicates that it is designed for a woman despite that it fastens left over right by means of a zip, press studs and a belt. It has a ribbed waistband and a drawstring to tighten the garment at the bottom.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2014
6202.40

– Of man-made fibres

 

1. Long-sleeved garment, made of woven polyester fabric, with a collar and pockets. It extends below mid-thigh and has a full opening at the front that fastens right over left by means of buttons and a belt.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20142. Anorak-like garment, made of woven polyester fabric, reaching down to below the waist, with a collar, a hood and side pockets. The cut of the garment clearly indicates that it is designed for a woman despite that it fastens left over right by means of a zip, press studs and a belt. It has a ribbed waistband and a drawstring to tighten the garment at the bottom.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20141. Women’s trousers (“Shalwar”), made of woven cotton fabric, green in colour.
This pair of trousers is one component of a women’s garment known as a “Shalwar-Kameez”, which also consists of a tunic and a shawl (both green and yellow in colour), which are classified separately in subheadings 6206.30 and 6214.90, respectively. All three components are presented together, put up for retail sale.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 14 to Section XI) and 6.
See also Opinions 6206.30/1 and 6214.90/2.
Adoption : 2014
6204.62

— Of cotton

 

1. Women’s trousers (“Shalwar”), made of woven cotton fabric, green in colour.
This pair of trousers is one component of a women’s garment known as a “Shalwar-Kameez”, which also consists of a tunic and a shawl (both green and yellow in colour), which are classified separately in subheadings 6206.30 and 6214.90, respectively. All three components are presented together, put up for retail sale.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 14 to Section XI) and 6.
See also Opinions 6206.30/1 and 6214.90/2.
Adoption : 2014
6206.30

– Of cotton

 

1. Women’s tunic (“Kameez”), which is a loose-fitting garment, made up of pieces of woven cotton fabric (green and yellow in colour, respectively) sewn together. It is sleeveless, with a scoop neck, decorated with patterns sewn on the fabric, and features a lining and a strip of silvery fabric along the hem of the tunic.
This tunic is one component of a women’s garment known as a “Shalwar-Kameez”, which also consists of a pair of trousers (green in colour) and a shawl (green and yellow in colour), which are classified separately in subheadings 6204.62 and 6214.90, respectively. All three components are presented together, put up for retail sale.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 14 to Section XI) and 6.
See also Opinions 6204.62/1 and 6214.90/2.
Adoption : 2014
6211.33

— Of man-made fibres

 

1. “Paintball pants” (trousers), designed to be worn during paintballing, primarily of a shell of woven fabric (70 % polyester and 30 % nylon) with water resistant coating which cannot be seen by the naked eye and some knit mesh fabric in the groin and inner thigh areas, having a rubber back grip to keep the waist harness in place, a fiber joint above the knee to allow the trousers to stretch for easier movement, vents, front zipper closure with protective flap (left over right), adjustable attached belt, side slash pockets and leg patch pockets. There is some textile padding in the groin and knee areas to provide protection from ground abrasions and paintballs.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6 (Note 8 to Chapter 62 and Note 1 to Chapter 54).
Adoption : 2008
6212.10

– Brassieres

 

1. Light-weight knitted garment (90 % polyamide, 10 % elastothane) for women or girls, designed to cover the upper part of the body and extending down just below the bust. This article is worn next to the skin as an undergarment; it has a V-shaped neckline, stitching separating the cups and thin shoulder straps with added elastic strips. The bottom of the garment is also fitted with an elastic strip approximately 20 mm wide so as to hug the body. The garment has a body-supporting function.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 2001
6212.90

– Other

 

1.”Cups” for incorporation in ladies’ bathing costumes, made from a perforated sheet of polyethylene covered on both sides with a knitted nylon fabric, the resulting product being cut to size and then hot-shaped.
Adoption : 19712. Reinforced lumbar support belt, with posture correction, of elasticised woven fabric (43 % polyamide, 25 % lapped elastane, 16 % cotton, 16 % polyester) with a crosswise structure ensuring stability of the belt (preventing it from creasing) and “velcro” fastener. In the back of the belt (width about 27 cm) are three bands of woven fabric (crossed, by analogy with muscular function) and rigid anatomical boning consisting of four rigid bands perpendicular to the length of the belt (posture correction). The belt is available in six different sizes, according to the patient’s waist measurements. It is described as being used for prevention and treatment of :- acute or chronic lumbago and sciatica- occupational traumatisms

– back pain due to vertebral arthrosis

– hernias (support of the abdominal wall),

– or for post-operative support.

Application of GIR 1 (text of heading 62.12 and Note 1 (b) to Chapter 90) and GIR 6.
Adoption : 2000

 

6214.10

– Of silk or silk waste

 

1. Scarf of embroidered woven fabric, rectangular, made up and ready for use (directly finished by embroidering).
This scarf forms part of a set which also includes a rectangular piece of embroidered woven fabric, not made up in any way. The two articles are presented packed for retail sale and the piece of fabric is intended to be made up into more than one garment.
See also Opinions 5810.91 to 5810.99/2.
Adoption : 1989
6214.20

– Of wool or fine animal hair

 

1. Scarf of embroidered woven fabric, rectangular, made up and ready for use (directly finished by embroidering).
This scarf forms part of a set which also includes a rectangular piece of embroidered woven fabric, not made up in any way. The two articles are presented packed for retail sale and the piece of fabric is intended to be made up into more than one garment.
See also Opinions 5810.91 to 5810.99/2.
Adoption : 1989
6214.30

– Of synthetic fibres

 

1. Scarf of embroidered woven fabric, rectangular, made up and ready for use (directly finished by embroidering).
This scarf forms part of a set which also includes a rectangular piece of embroidered woven fabric, not made up in any way. The two articles are presented packed for retail sale and the piece of fabric is intended to be made up into more than one garment.
See also Opinions 5810.91 to 5810.99/2.
Adoption : 1989
6214.40

– Of artificial fibres

 

1. Scarf of embroidered woven fabric, rectangular, made up and ready for use (directly finished by embroidering).
This scarf forms part of a set which also includes a rectangular piece of embroidered woven fabric, not made up in any way. The two articles are presented packed for retail sale and the piece of fabric is intended to be made up into more than one garment.
See also Opinions 5810.91 to 5810.99/2.
Adoption : 1989
6214.90

– Of other textile materials

 

1. Scarf of embroidered woven fabric, rectangular, made up and ready for use (directly finished by embroidering).
This scarf forms part of a set which also includes a rectangular piece of embroidered woven fabric, not made up in any way. The two articles are presented packed for retail sale and the piece of fabric is intended to be made up into more than one garment.
See also Opinions 5810.91 to 5810.99/2.
Adoption : 19892. Shawl (“Dupatta”) made of woven cotton fabric, rectangular, green and yellow in colour.
This shawl is an accessory component of a women’s garment known as a “Shalwar-Kameez”, which also consists of a pair of trousers (green in colour) and a tunic (green and yellow in colour), which are classified separately in subheadings 6204.62 and 6206.30, respectively. All three components are presented together, put up for retail sale.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 14 to Section XI) and 6.
See also Opinions 6204.62/1 and 6206.30/1.
Adoption : 2014
6304.20

– Bed nets specified in Subheading Note 1 to this Chapter

 

1. Mosquito net of a warp knit fabric composed of polyester multifilaments (100 %), impregnated with an insecticide (55 mg/m² of deltamethrin), which repels or kills mosquitos and other insects.
GIRs 1 and 6 (Subheading Note 1 to Chapter 63)
Adoption : 2012
6304.91

— Knitted or crocheted

 

1. Protective seat cover for motor vehicles, of knitted (pile) fabric (approximately one metre square) and trimmed with an elastic braid (8 mm wide), sewn on; it is fitted with eight attachment straps. The seat cover is intended to cover the seat bottom, seat back and possibly the headrest.
Adoption : 1997
6304.92

— Not knitted or crocheted, of cotton

 

1. Quilted pillow covering (“Sham”) made from a cotton fabric, rectangular in shape (76 cm x 63 cm), consisting of a front quilted panel, a back panel, and decorative ruffles. The front panel, the visible side of which is made of patchwork, is cut from quilted fabric produced by quilting a layer of polyester padding which has been placed between two layers of cotton fabric. The front and back panels are joined together in such a manner as to create a pocket and the back panel has an opening, fitted with a zip fastener, through which a pillow or cushion can be inserted.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2003
6306.22

— Of synthetic fibres

 

1. Temporary gazebo, used outdoors, measuring approximately 3 x 3 x 2.50 m (L x W x H). It consists of a steel tube frame with connecting pieces and plastic feet, and a roof covering with cladding for the four corner posts. The roof covering is a polyethylene-coated plain weave fabric of polypropylene yarns. The coating of the fabric cannot be seen with the naked eye. The individual yarns have an average width of 2.5 mm and an average thickness of 0.05 mm. The gazebo is open on all four sides and is not anchored firmly to the ground.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018
6307.90

– Other

 

1. Folding road signs, whether or not with sheaths, consisting of a metal tripod covered on all three sides with fabric coated with small glass “microspheres”.
Adoption : 1959 + 19772. Ornamental textile goods, being narrow piece goods consisting principally of knitted man-made textile fabric, with strips of other material (lace or bias strips of woven fabric) sewn with ornamental stitching to the face or along the edges, for use in making women’s under-garments, etc.
Adoption : 19673. Protective covering made of a single oval piece of nonwoven fabric, the outside edge of which has an elastic hemmed seam. This product takes the form of a stretchable envelope which can be worn over footwear.
Adoption : 19864. Piece of woven fabric, rectangular with selvedges along the length and hemmed edges across the width. The fabric has a hole constituting a finished neckline and is embroidered and decorated with beads and glass lozenges. The embroidered part of the fabric will be made up into a dress, blouse or similar garment. The remainder will be made up into a pair of trousers, a skirt or a scarf, for example.
Adoption : 1989

5. Nonwoven article, cut to a specific shape, coated on one side with an adhesive protected by a sheet of paper (adhesive nonwoven). After removal of the protective paper, the article is intended to be stuck directly onto the skin, to fit perfectly round the lower part of the breast like the cup of a brassière.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 2001

6. Cleanroom swabs, (12.8 or 16.2 cm in length) consisting of a polypropylene handle, one end of which is thermally bonded to two layers of knitted polyester fabric.
Application of GIRs 1, 3 (b) and 6
Adoption : 2015

7. Child carrier consisting of an anatomically shaped textile seat (which is attached to an aluminium frame), padded shoulder straps and hip belt, an anchor point, safety harness, a detachable face pad, handles and compartments to hold various ancillary items. It is designed for carrying a child in a seated position on an adult’s back. It has a maximum weight load of 20 kg. When the child has been removed, it can be zipped back up and worn as a rucksack.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 7 (f) to Section XI), 3 (b) and 6.
Adoption : 2016

8. Baby carrier (100 % cotton canvas exterior and 100 % sateen cotton lining) consisting of a sturdy waist belt and padded form-fitting shoulder straps to make it comfortable for carrying a growing child. It is designed for carrying a growing child from newborn up to a maximum weight load of approximately 20 kg. The carrier can be used to carry a child in different ways.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 7 (f) to Section XI), 3 (b) and 6.
Adoption : 2016

 

6402.99

— Other

 

1. Light-weight shoes, the outer sole and the upper of which are made of pads of cellular plastics bonded together along the outside edges. This type of footwear is worn on the beach, at the pool, in the home, etc.
Adoption : 19862. Postoperative shoes, not covering the ankle, designed for patients recovering from foot surgery or metatarsal injury. They consist of an upper of leatherette (woven textile fabric with an external layer of plastics being visible to the naked eye and embossed to simulate the grain and appearance of leather) laminated to cellular plastics with an inner lining of a knitted fabric and a sole composed of three layers : a wooden base with a PVC foam insole and a ridged plastic outer sole. These shoes, which are closed at the front by two hook and loop fasteners (Velcro strips), are massproduced.
Adoption : 19963. Footwear made of plastics, known as “sandals made of plastics”. This footwear consists of outer soles and uppers made of plastics, manufactured as a single section by an injection moulding process.
This footwear does not cover the heel and ankle, and has openings in the uppers.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018 
6404.19

— Other

 

1. Woman’s shoe with a textile upper and an outer sole of plastics, a portion of which is covered with flocking (fibres of rayon not exceeding 5 millimetres in length) in a manner which creates a design and includes the trade mark. The surface area of the outer sole in contact with the ground (excluding the separately attached heel) is approximately 67.5 percent textile material and 32.5 percent plastics. However, the textile material was considered to be an accessory or reinforcement and was therefore not taken into account in determining the constituent material of the outer sole having the greatest surface area in contact with the ground.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 4 (b) to Chapter 64) and 6.
Adoption : 20062. Woman’s shoe, with a textile upper and an outer sole of plastics moulded in the piece and with a layer of knitted polyester fabric affixed to it at the ball of the foot and heel. The surface area of the outer sole in contact with the ground (including the heel) is approximately 78 percent detachable textile material and 22 percent plastics. However, the textile material was considered to be an accessory or reinforcement and was therefore not taken into account in determining the constituent material of the outer sole having the greatest surface area in contact with the ground.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 4 (b) to Chapter 64) and 6.
Adoption : 2006
6405.20

– With uppers of textile materials

 

1. Shoe with a textile upper and an outer sole of rubber, mainly covered with textile flock partially embedded in the rubber. This textile material covers approximately 52 % of the outer sole in contact with the ground compared to 48 % covered by rubber.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 4 (b) of Chapter 64) and 6.
Adoption : 2005A Textile flock partially embedded in the rubberB LimitC RubberD Textile flock partially embedded in the rubberE LimitF Rubber
6405.90

– Other

 

1. Light-weight slippers, the outer sole and the upper of which are made of two pieces of ribbed kraft paper (crêpe) sewn together at the edges. These slippers are worn in hotels, in hospitals, etc.
Adoption : 1986
6702.90

– Of other materials

 

1. Bouquet, about 15 cm high, consisting essentially of several types of artificial flowers of textile material and containing small quantities of plants mounted on wire, the whole arrangement being supported by stiff, fancy paper imitating lace, and decorated with a velvet bow.
See also Opinion 0604.90/1.
Adoption : 19852. Small wreath, about 6 cm in diameter, consisting of flowers of textile material, wire wound spirally, beads of plastics and (the only vegetable material) cloves. Each item is individually mounted on wire, the wire ends being stranded into a circular support.
See also Opinion 0604.90/1
Adoption : 1985
6802.99

— Other stone

 

1. Boxes made of steatite (soapstone) used as ornaments. The boxes are decorated with a painted motif and have not been fired.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2012
6806.90

– Other

 

1. Intumescent heat expandable mineral material mat, presented either in rolls or sheets, which, when expanded, provides pressure to hold the ceramic monolith of a motor vehicle exhaust catalytic converter in place in the converter while providing sound insulation at the same time. The mat consists of three basic raw materials :

– Non-woven ceramic fibres (alumino-silicates) (30 to 45 % by weight), providing high temperature resiliency and containing vermiculite;

– Unexpanded vermiculite (45 to 60 % by weight), providing the intumescent property;

– Organic binder (5 to 9 % by weight), providing strength to the product during manufacture.

Application of GIRs 1 and 6 (application of GIR 1 at subheading level).
Adoption : 2007

6807.90

– Other

 

1. Roofing boards consisting of a substrate (of paperboard or of web or fabric of, e.g., glass fibre, man-made fibre or jute) completely enveloped in, or covered on both sides by, a layer of asphalt, the whole being covered on one side with copper or aluminium foil.
See also Opinions 4811.10/2 and 6807.90/2.
Adoption : 19712. Roofing boards comprising :(i) on the upper side, a weatherproofing element consisting of a sheet of paper board covered on both sides with bitumen or similar material;(ii) on the underside, an element called a “vapour shield” or “steam barrier” consisting of a sheet of paperboard or aluminium foil also covered on both sides with bitumen or similar material;

(iii) in the centre, between the two above elements, an expanded polystyrene core of a thickness of 20 mm, forming a heat and sound insulating layer.

See also Opinions 4811.10/2 and 6807.90/1.
Adoption : 1971

 

6808.00

Panels, boards, tiles, blocks and similar articles of vegetable fibre, of straw or of shavings, chips, particles, sawdust or other waste, of wood, agglomerated with cement, plaster or other mineral binders.

 

1. Insulating panels consisting of two layers of vegetable fibre agglomerated with mineral binders, with an interlayer of cellular plastics.
Adoption : 1959
6809.19

— Other

 

1. Panels, square, 3 cm thick, consisting of a plaster panel with a perforated outer surface and two rectangular hollows filled with strips of mineral wool, the under side being faced with paper-backed aluminium foil, for covering walls and ceilings and providing sound and heat insulation.
Adoption : 1965
6815.91

— Containing magnesite, magnesia in the form of periclase, dolomite including in the form of dolime, or chromite

 

1. Magnesium carbon bricks composed of sintered magnesium oxide, carbon (typically natural graphite), anti-oxidants (typically elemental aluminium, silicon or magnesium) and a resin. Once shaped, these bricks are heated to temperatures as high as 500 °C. During the heating process the resin is cured and then carbonized with the resulting loss of volatile components.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 1996
6815.99

— Other

 

1. Ferrite flex (or cord) in the length (outer diameter : 2 mm), put up in rolls and consisting of a tube of ferrite powder (22 % by weight) bound with PVC (64 %) and a core of jute yarn (14 %); used for making anti-interference electric cable.
Adoption : 1968
6903.20

– Containing by weight more than 50 % of alumina (Al2O3) or of a mixture or compound of alumina and of silica (SiO2)

 

1. Chemically produced “ceramic” oxide fibres (consisting mainly of alumina) produced by extruding and subsequently firing a solution of minerals and a small amount of organic binder (sol process).
Adoption : 1987
6903.90

– Other

 

1. Chemically produced “ceramic” zirconium oxide fibres obtained by the pyrolysis and subsequent firing of fibres consisting of a zirconium salt solution supported by a precursor (any organic fibre), this latter being completely destroyed in the process (precursor process).
Adoption : 1987
6907.21

— Of a water absorption coefficient by weight not exceeding 0.5 %

 

1. Terracotta cladding elements used for exterior or interior cladding purposes. These elements are of various sizes, ranging from 200 to 245 mm in width, 592 to 1520 mm in length and 15 to 40 mm in thickness. Their structure is modular, and they are available in several colours and with different textures (smoothed, sand-faced, striated, etc.). They are attached by means of special corrosion-resistant metal clips to vertical or horizontal metal profiles secured to the main structure, on which insulation can be positioned. Classification at the subheading level depends upon the water absorption coefficient.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2013
6907.22

— Of a water absorption coefficient by weight exceeding 0.5 % but not exceeding 10 %

 

1. Terracotta cladding elements used for exterior or interior cladding purposes. These elements are of various sizes, ranging from 200 to 245 mm in width, 592 to 1520 mm in length and 15 to 40 mm in thickness. Their structure is modular, and they are available in several colours and with different textures (smoothed, sand-faced, striated, etc.). They are attached by means of special corrosion-resistant metal clips to vertical or horizontal metal profiles secured to the main structure, on which insulation can be positioned. Classification at the subheading level depends upon the water absorption coefficient.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2013
6907.23

— Of a water absorption coefficient by weight exceeding 10 %

 

1. Terracotta cladding elements used for exterior or interior cladding purposes. These elements are of various sizes, ranging from 200 to 245 mm in width, 592 to 1520 mm in length and 15 to 40 mm in thickness. Their structure is modular, and they are available in several colours and with different textures (smoothed, sand-faced, striated, etc.). They are attached by means of special corrosion-resistant metal clips to vertical or horizontal metal profiles secured to the main structure, on which insulation can be positioned. Classification at the subheading level depends upon the water absorption coefficient.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2013
6909.19

— Other

 

1. Elements of soft ferrite, identifiable as parts of a machine, apparatus or instrument of Ch. 84 or 90.
See also Opinions Ch. 85/1 and 8504.90/1.
Adoption : 1958
6911.90

– Other

 

1. Non-ornamental ashtrays, comprising a lower part (bowl) of porcelain or china and an upper part (lid) of steel which consists essentially of a rotating plate operated by pressing a push-button of plastics and of a spiral spring which returns the plate to its original position :
Classification according to the constituent material of the lower part (bowl).
Application of GIR 3 (b).
Adoption : 1963
6912.00

Ceramic tableware, kitchenware, other household articles and toilet articles, other than of porcelain or china.

 

. Ceramic cup and ceramic saucer, put up for retail sale in a paperboard box together with soluble coffee (200 g) in a glass jar. The soluble coffee is classified separately in subheading 2101.11.
Application of GIR 1.
See also Opinion 2101.11/1.
Adoption : 20132. Laundry ball, with a diameter of approximately 10 cm, consisting of two perforated casings of plastics which are joined together and containing two magnets and four types of small ceramic “pellets” (beads). It is used in a washing machine of the household-type to clean clothes by a physical process.
Application of GIRs 1 and 3 (b).
Adoption : 2016
6913.90

– Other

 

1. Ceramic container in the form of a brown coloured samovar (approximately 19 cm high), which has no utility value and is wholly ornamental in nature, decorated with painted flowers and equipped with a removable lid, containing black tea put up in a transparent plastic bag (100 g). The tea is classified separately in subheading 0902.30.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinion 0902.30 /1.
Adoption : 2007
7002.39

— Other

 

1. Tubing of standard lead glass as used in the filament lamp and semi-conductor industries, cut to various lengths (longer than the outside diameter of the tube); to be used in the manufacture of diodes.
Adoption : 1968
7004.90

– Other glass

 

1. Overflow fusion glass plate. This glass plate is ultra-thin, smooth and even, and is used to protect the screens of mobile devices such as tablets, smartphones and other electronic devices.
The production process for this glass plate involves pouring evenly-stirred molten glass into a V-shaped trough, called an “insulated pipe”, until it overflows, forming two even streams of molten glass along the outer surface of the trough. The two streams of glass reconvene at the bottom of the V-shaped trough. Drawn down by the effect of gravity, the sheets of glass are cooled through contact with the air, then cut to the desired shape and packaged appropriately.
Application of GIRs 1, 4 and 6.
Adoption : 2021
7007.21

— Of size and shape suitable for incorporation in vehicles, aircraft, spacecraft or vessels

 

. Automotive glass for Head Up Display (HUD), consisting of laminated glass and plastics, of dimensions and in a format suitable for use as a windscreen (windshield) for motor vehicles. By means of a PVB diaphragm (film consisting primarily of polyvinyl butyral), pressed between two plates of glass, the windscreen serves as a screen onto which selected information from the vehicle’s instrument panel is projected and displayed in front of the driver.
This article is not framed.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018A Glass assembly on the vehicle positionB Mirror projector2. Automotive glass with coated heat reflection, of dimensions and in a format suitable for use as a windscreen (windshield) in motor vehicles. It consists of 9 to 14 layers of metal and metal oxide film 50-250 nm thick, applied to the inner surface of glass sheets using vacuum sputtering technology, and an intermediate layer of polyvinyl butyral (PVB). The metal coating facilitates the combined function of the automotive glass, namely heat insulation and solar control.
This article is not framed.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018A GlassB PVBC FilmD Car

 

7019.80

– Laine de verre et ouvrages en ces matières

 

1. Glass fibre (glass wool) product suitable for heat or sound insulation, presented in rolls. The product has the following dimensions: length 6,250 to 10,000 mm, width 1,200 mm and thickness 50 mm. By structure, the product is made of glass staple unparallel (randomly located) fibres with synthetic filament bonding. It is impossible to separate the elementary thread (fibre) from the materials produced by such technologies without damaging the product.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2013
7019.90

– Other

 

1. Air purifying filters, ready for use in the inlet or outlet of heating pipes, consisting of a layer of glass fibre sandwiched between two perforated thin metal sheets and mounted in a square paperboard frame (dimensions : 50 x 50 x 5 cm).
Adoption : 1960
7020.00

Other articles of glass.

 

1. Glass shower enclosure, with side entry door, made up of four panels of 4 mm-thick tempered safety glass, and the following assembly components: two aluminium frame sections, two top and bottom rails, seals, wheels and two small metal handles. Once assembled, the panels form an aluminium semi-framed shower enclosure, with a sliding door and a footprint size of: 885 mm x 885 mm, height: 1850 mm.
The model is presented without a shower tray.
Application of GIRs 1 and 3 (b).
Adoption : 20182. Glass shower enclosure, made up of three panels of 8 mm-thick tempered safety glass, presented with the following assembly components: two hinges, one metal handle, one seal of plastics and one metal support arm to attach to the top part of the door, two aluminium frame sections, and floor brackets for mounting the fixed enclosure. Once assembled the panels look like an unframed glass corner unit attached to the wall. The dimensions are as follows: footprint size: 900 mm x 900 mm, height: 1850 mm.
The model is presented without a shower tray.
Application of GIRs 1 and 3 (b).
Adoption : 2018
7101.21

— Unworked

 

1. Oysters unfit for humain consumption, containing one or more cultured pearls, preserved in brine and put up in airtight metal containers.
Adoption : 1962
7105.10

– Of diamonds

 

1. Synthetic diamonds, maximum dimension 500 micrometres (microns), for the manufacture of abrasive wheels, coated with copper to improve bonding to the resin binders employed in making these wheels.
Adoption : 1971
7114.19

— Of other precious metal, whether or not plated or clad with precious metal

 

1. Gold pieces issued under Government control but never having been legal tender in the country of issue.
Adoption : 1969
7115.90

– Other

 

1. Hollow microspheres, of a diameter of less than 0.05 mm, obtained by depositing a silver coating on hollow glass microspheres by means of a chemical plating process. They have a silver content of 20 % or more by weight, and a glass content not exceeding 80 % by weight. They are used as a conductive filler in the manufacture of conductive paint.
Application of GIRs 1 (Notes 1 (b) and 2 (A) to Chapter 71) and 6.
Adoption : 2014
7116.20

– Of precious or semi-precious stones (natural, synthetic or reconstructed)

 

1. Pendant drops (platelets, balls, etc.) of rock crystal quartz, for lighting fittings.
Adoption : 1958
7117.19

— Other

 

1. Copper bracelets, alleged to have a prophylactic and therapeutic effect.
Adoption : 19822. “Pins” (pin badges) consisting of small brass plates of various shapes with a pin at the back secured by a clip for affixing them to clothing. The badges bear logos, illustrations or printed text (e.g., slogans).
Adoption : 1998
7118.10

– Coin (other than gold coin), not being legal tender

 

1. Silver pieces having been legal tender in the country of issue, including such pieces restruck (whether or not in the country of issue) after having ceased to be legal tender in the country of issue.
Adoption : 1971
7208.90

– Other

 

1. Flat plates in round, hexagonal or octagonal shape, which are stamped from hotrolled sheet steel. These are industrial products which have to undergo substantial and specific further processing before becoming finished wheel centres for assembling to a rim to form a complete motor vehicle wheel.
Application of Note 1 (k) to Chapter 72.
Adoption : 1992
7210.70

– Painted, varnished or coated with plastics

 

. Laminated steel products, consisting of two flat-rolled sheets of steel which constitute the outer layers of the laminated product, and one sheet or layer of plastics which constitutes the inner layer or core. The outer layers usually have individual thicknesses up to 2.54 mm, and the core thicknesses may range from approximately 0.02 mm to 2.29 mm. The products are usually in coils, with a width up to approximately 1,500 mm, or may be cut into sheets. The core imparts superior sound-damping quality to the products. The products are used for external cladding of buildings, internal decoration, automotive body panels, home appliances, business machines, etc.
Adoption : 1998
7308.30

– Doors, windows and their frames and thresholds for doors

 

1. Automatic sliding steel door with accompanying mechanism for lifts (elevators), intended to be fitted into the walls at the entrance to the lift shaft on each floor of a building. The door and mechanism does not travel up and down the building with the lift cage.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20032. Security doors of steel, for dwellings, consisting of the following components :- a steel exterior panel;- an anti-drill shield;

– exterior steel panel assembly profiles;

– a steel panel;

– a longitudinal reinforcement;

– a longitudinal reinforcement and 3-point lock;

– sealing gaskets;

– an omega shaped profile reinforcing structure (skeleton);

– a wood interior panel;

– interior steel panel assembly profiles;

– a steel profile frame;

– a retractable draught-exclusion system.

Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2012

 

7308.90

– Other

 

1. Prefabricated construction elements, the external surface consisting of steel plate, and the internal surface of a steel sheet, of an asbestos-cement panel, or of a sheet of plaster, etc., the space between the two surfaces being filled with insulating material (tarred paperboard, cellular plastics, mineral wool, expanded mica or vermiculite, wood fibres, etc.).
Adoption : 19592. Angles, perforated, prepared for use in the assembly of metal structures (racks, sets of shelves, furniture, stairs, scaffolding, roofing frameworks, etc.), presented separately or in sets :(i) Not being unassembled or disassembled articles classifiable with assembled articles of the corresponding kind :Of steel.

(ii) Being unassembled or disassembled articles classifiable with assembled articles of the corresponding kind :

(heading applicable to the assembled article).

See also Opinion 7610.90/1.
Adoption : 1962

3. Iron gratings consisting of E-section margining, supporting bars of a thickness ranging between 2 and 5 mm and a width of 20 to 50 mm, and connection bars, for use as structural elements for stair treads, footplates, etc.
Adoption : 1963

4. Sections of approximately omega-shaped cross-section, with slits at irregular intervals along the back, slightly humped to permit insertion of an anchor strip, intended for embedding in concrete floors, ceilings or walls, for the purpose of securing, by means of special bolts, various types of equipment (machines, railway track, conveyor track, monorails, mobile cranes, piping, etc.).
Adoption : 1963

5. Angles, shapes and sections, cold-formed on roller machines from galvanised sheet or strip, of a thickness of 0.75 to 1 mm, with diagonal indentations on the side walls stamped after cold-forming, in elements of a length of up to 10 m and a width of from 0.30 to 1 m, used in buildings, (in casting concrete floors, etc.).
Adoption : 1967

6. Profiles of indeterminate length, made by cold-folding iron or steel strip, provided throughout their length with holes specially shaped and arranged for fixing to walls, partitions, ceilings, etc. and for attaching electric cables or other conduits, junction boxes, etc.
Adoption : 1967

7. Octagonal steel columns, measuring between 4 and 9 metres, presented unassembled with the following elements :

 

 

– tubular brackets, 60 mm in diameter, comprising one or more branches equipped with a fixing or fastening device for the lighting sources

 

 

 

– anchor bolts to attach these columns to the ground, and,

 

 

 

– a pack of accessories to assemble the constituent parts (bolts, nuts, washers).

 

 

 

– The columns and their elements are not fitted with electrical devices or with a lighting source.

 

 

Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2010

 

7309.00

Reservoirs, tanks, vats and similar containers for any material (other than compressed or liquefied gas), of iron or steel, of a capacity exceeding 300 l, whether or not lined or heat-insulated, but not fitted with mechanical or thermal equipment.

 

1. Silos for unroasted or roasted coffee, consisting of a steel container in the shape of a polyhedron partitioned vertically into cells, each cell being fitted at the base with a device (electro-magnetic or operated by a hand lever according to the type of silo) for closing and opening the orifice through which the coffee is distributed, but having no other mechanical equipment.
Adoption : 1964
7312.10

– Stranded wire, ropes and cables

 

1. Stranded steel cable (wireline) being an 8-strand cable (each strand is composed of 49 wires), 12.06 cm in diameter and 242.32 m in length.
The cable, without insulation, is presented on reels. It has compression closures, thimbles or hooks on the ends used as an anchoring point for installation.
It is intended to be coiled around a metallic reel of certain machines for dragging loads.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20212. Stranded steel cable (wireline) being a 6-strand cable (each strand is composed of 36 wires), 5.71 cm in diameter and 396.24 m in length.
The cable, without insulation, is presented on reels. It has compression closures, thimbles or hooks on the ends used as an anchoring point for installation.
It is intended to be coiled around a metallic reel of certain machines for dragging loads.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2021
7314.49

— Other

 

1. Conveyor belting in the length, in various widths (15 cm or more), consisting of a series of slightly flattened spirals of carbon steel wire, each linked to the next by inserting a crimped section of similar wire and welding its ends to those of one of the spirals, each spiral thus being free to rotate round the crimped sections.
Adoption : 1967
7318.19

— Other

 

1. Articles consisting of a shank of hardened steel, pointed at one end so as to be driven in like a nail, the other end being threaded or tapped.
Adoption : 1963
7318.29

— Other

 

1. Vibration absorbing mountings consisting of :

(i) a steel round-head stud with a cotter-pin hole in the shank;

(ii) an unhardened vulcanised rubber sleeve, and if necessary one or two washers, which fit over the stud shank;

(iii) a steel cam with two semi-helicoidal paths terminating in locking slots;

(iv) a cotter-pin which is inserted in the stud shank, compresses the rubber element when turned across the cam, and locks the complete device by fitting into the slots;

used, inter alia, for fixing sensitive instruments, etc., to the walls of the cabinets or cases in which they are contained.

Application of Note 1 (g) to Section XVI.
See also Opinions 4016.99/1 and 8487.90/5.
Adoption : 1966

 

7321.19

— Other, including appliances for solid fuel

 

1. Non-electric domestic barbecue, of stainless steel, operating by means of steel mirrors and using only solar energy for cooking.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2001
7321.89

— Other, including appliances for solid fuel

 

 Charcoal chimney starter in the form of a steel drum with openings at both ends, fitted with a handle on the side and divided into two interior chambers by a perforated metal plate. The cylinder is 275 mm high and 170 mm in diameter. The lower chamber is perforated to facilitate air circulation. Charcoal is placed in the top chamber while the bottom chamber is filled with paper. The charcoal starter is placed on a barbecue or grill, and the paper is ignited. The product’s design creates a chimney effect that accelerates the ignition and heating of the charcoal until it is ready to be scattered onto the barbecue or grill.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2013
7323.93

— Of stainless steel

 

1. Non-electric stainless steel chafing dish, with a roll-top lid, consisting of a frame (housing) and a “retainer box”, holding the lid, which is fitted with a handle, pivots on its axis and opens backwards. The housing is designed to hold a rectangular water pan with four screws on the bottom enabling it to be fitted onto a heating unit in which three containers of fuel (e.g., in gel form) will be placed. This appliance is 65 cm long, 43 cm wide, 40 cm high, holds 9.5 litres of water, and is put up for retail sale with the unassembled heating frame (without the fuel). It is used in establishments serving buffets (especially hotels) to keep food hot using the “bain-marie” procedure (the hot water in which the food trays are placed is kept at a constant temperature by the burners). It may additionally be used to keep food cold, in which case the hot water is replaced by ice cubes.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6
Adoption : 2000
7323.99

— Other

 

. Mobile garbage bins made of galvanized steel for the temporary storage of garbage, rubbish and waste. The bins are constructed with a lid, a handle, two wheels on a metal axle and a capacity of 120 or 240 litres. The bins are available in two combinations: a metal body and a plastic lid or a metal body and a metal lid. They are designed for outside use for storage of waste until collection for transportation to waste disposal or recycling facilities.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinion 3924.90/7.
Adoption : 2019
7325.10

– Of non-malleable cast iron

 

1. Filling rings, being hollow cast-iron cylinders, with an inner circular flange and annular ribs on the outer surface; these “rings”, are placed in a “cement slurry kiln” and mixed with the cement slurry in order to diffuse the heat and to facilitate and shorten the drying process.
Adoption : 1964
7325.99

— Other

 

1. Filling rings, being hollow cast-iron cylinders, with an inner circular flange and annular ribs on the outer surface; these “rings”, are placed in a “cement slurry kiln” and mixed with the cement slurry in order to diffuse the heat and to facilitate and shorten the drying process.
Adoption : 1964
7326.20

– Articles of iron or steel wire

 

1. Spiralled wire, in the length, consisting of a galvanised steel wire, of circular section, wound in tight spirals, and sheathed in plastics, for use in the seats and backs of armchairs, in bedding, etc.
Adoption : 19652. Assemblies of spiral springs (innerspring units) for mattresses.
Adoption : 1983
1. Anti-frost burners, for the anti-frost protection of crops, consisting of an iron or steel reservoir for combustible mineral oil, and provided with a cone or funnel, or merely with a sliding lid for controlling the flame.
Adoption : 19592. Transmission, conveyor or elevator belts, of iron or steel strip or sheet, endless, not combined with other goods to form machinery parts.
Adoption : 19593. Bowls, of iron or steel, obtained by “impact extrusion”, not having acquired the approximate shape of the final article, intended, according to the nature of the metal and their dimensions, for the manufacture of cartridge bases or cases, or of bullet jackets.
These bowls may also be classified in the corresponding headings of the other Chapters of Section XV according to the constituent base metal.
Adoption : 19624. Steel tubes, threaded at the ends, with a bundle of steel wires fixed securely inside, intended for use in the thermal cutting or piercing of concrete, rock, metal plates, etc.
Dimensions of the product examined :
external diameter : 16 mm;
length : 3 m.
Adoption : 1971

5. Portable clamping workbenches, consisting of a metal screw adjustment device and wooden vice jaws (fitted with plastic pegs) which form a flat horizontal surface. They are fitted on top of a steel stand. These articles serve to clamp and hold planks or pieces to be worked by cutting, drilling, etc., or they may be used as a workbench. They can be adjusted to two different heights so that they can also be used as a sawhorse.
Application of GIR 3 (b).
Adoption : 1997

6. Key holder, of steel, consisting of a ring (22 mm in diameter) with a clasp to hold keys, attached by a chain (20 mm long) to a small case of plastics containing three small screwdrivers (54 mm long).
Adoption : 1998

7. Grounding rods in the form of solid-rod electrodes made of drawn carbon steel, with an electrolytically deposited copper jacket. The copper layer, with a maximum thickness of 254 microns (µ), ensures a perfect bond between the two metals. These rods are between 8 and 10 feet (2.5 and 3.1 meters) long, can weigh up to 5 kg and their lower ends, which can be connected together using threaded bronze couplings, are pointed. These rods are used to protect (ground) high-tension lines, substations, communication lines, buildings, street lamps, lightning arresters, antennas, etc.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 7 to Section XV) and 6.
Adoption : 2003

8. Connecting link, of steel, consisting of two symmetrical arc-shaped elements linked into an articulated joint by means of a steel pin held in place by a retainer bushing. It is designed to be used with a hoisting device (sling end, hooks, master links, etc.) to form a hoisting assembly (with crossbeams, grabs and textile slings).
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2013

 

7409.19

— Other

 

1. Sheets of phenol-formaldehyde resin, bonded on one or both surfaces with refined copper sheet or foil, used for the manufacture of printed circuits. Since these goods are designed for use as electrical conductors, the copper sheet or foil was considered as giving them their essential character.
Adoption : 1957 + 1968
7410.21

— Of refined copper

 

1. Sheets of phenol-formaldehyde resin, bonded on one or both surfaces with refined copper sheet or foil, used for the manufacture of printed circuits. Since these goods are designed for use as electrical conductors, the copper sheet or foil was considered as giving them their essential character.
Adoption : 1957 + 1968
7419.80

– Other

 

1. Bronze wire cloth, mounted on a frame, whether or not prepared, for use in the hand or on a printing machine for printing textile fabrics by the screen printing process.
Such cloth may also be classified in the corresponding headings of the other Chapters of Section XV according to the constituent base metal.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 19632. Spray heads for fire extinguishing systems, consisting of a brass casing with a tube screwing into the conduits of the systems, sealed by a metal capsule held in place by a calibrated eutectic alloy insert which melts when heated, thus allowing the capsule to fall away; water then spurts against a deflector plate under the head.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 1966
7506.10

– Of nickel, not alloyed

 

1. Laminated product consisting of two outer layers of nickel foil and an inner layer made of a mixture of non-conductive polymers (polyolefin, fluoroplastics, etc.) and conductive carbon black. Each outer layer is 0.025 mm thick and the inner layer 0.3 mm. Presented in 30 x 40 cm sheets, the product is used, after cutting to size, as a resettable fuse to protect batteries, telephones and electric motors of less than 60 V subjected to excessive voltage or high temperature.
Application of GIR 3 (b).
Adoption : 2000
7603.10

– Powders of non-lamellar structure

 

1. Non-sintered powder consisting of aluminium grains coated with aluminium oxide with an alumina content of 7 to 14 %.
Adoption : 1970
7606.11

— Of aluminium, not alloyed

 

1. Laminated aluminium products, consisting of two flat-rolled sheets of aluminium which constitute the outer layers of the laminated product, and one sheet or layer of plastics which constitutes the inner layer or core. The outer layers usually have individual thicknesses up to 2.54 mm, and the core thicknesses may range from approximately 0.02 mm to 2.29 mm. The products are usually in coils, with a width up to approximately 1,500 mm, or may be cut into sheets. The core imparts superior sound-damping quality to the products. The products are used for external cladding of buildings, internal decoration, automotive body panels, home appliances, business machines, etc
Adoption : 1998
7606.12

— Of aluminium alloys

 

1. Laminated aluminium products, consisting of two flat-rolled sheets of aluminium which constitute the outer layers of the laminated product, and one sheet or layer of plastics which constitutes the inner layer or core. The outer layers usually have individual thicknesses up to 2.54 mm, and the core thicknesses may range from approximately 0.02 mm to 2.29 mm. The products are usually in coils, with a width up to approximately 1,500 mm, or may be cut into sheets. The core imparts superior sound-damping quality to the products. The products are used for external cladding of buildings, internal decoration, automotive body panels, home appliances, business machines, etc
Adoption : 1998
7606.91

— Of aluminium, not alloyed

 

1. Laminated aluminium products, consisting of two flat-rolled sheets of aluminium which constitute the outer layers of the laminated product, and one sheet or layer of plastics which constitutes the inner layer or core. The outer layers usually have individual thicknesses up to 2.54 mm, and the core thicknesses may range from approximately 0.02 mm to 2.29 mm. The products are usually in coils, with a width up to approximately 1,500 mm, or may be cut into sheets. The core imparts superior sound-damping quality to the products. The products are used for external cladding of buildings, internal decoration, automotive body panels, home appliances, business machines, etc
Adoption : 1998
7606.92

— Of aluminium alloys

 

1. Laminated aluminium products, consisting of two flat-rolled sheets of aluminium which constitute the outer layers of the laminated product, and one sheet or layer of plastics which constitutes the inner layer or core. The outer layers usually have individual thicknesses up to 2.54 mm, and the core thicknesses may range from approximately 0.02 mm to 2.29 mm. The products are usually in coils, with a width up to approximately 1,500 mm, or may be cut into sheets. The core imparts superior sound-damping quality to the products. The products are used for external cladding of buildings, internal decoration, automotive body panels, home appliances, business machines, etc
Adoption : 1998
7607.20

– Backed

 

Laminated reflective insulation (38.1 m long x 1.22 m wide) in rolls consisting of two outer layers of aluminium foil (thickness 5 μm) and an inner layer made of a polyethylene air bubble wrap (thickness 3.1 mm). The weight percentage per m2 of the two layers of aluminium foil and polyethylene air bubble wrap is 16 % and 84 % respectively.
The product is intended to be cut according to the user’s needs and is designed to be installed on the inside of a wall, ceiling or floor of a building to maintain temperature by insulating against radiant heat from outside or inside. The laminated aluminium foil reflects radiant heat (reflectance: 97 %) in both directions and the polyethylene bubble wrap trapped air spaces between the foil surfaces insulate against conduction of heat.
Application of GIRs 1, 3 (b) and 6.Adoption : 2015A Top (Back) viewB Side viewC Structural drawings (side view)D Aluminium foilE Bubble wrapF Stick together
7610.90

– Other

 

1. Angles, perforated, prepared for use in the assembly of metal structures (racks, sets of shelves, furniture, stairs, scaffolding, roofing frameworks, etc.), presented separately or in sets :

(i) Not being unassembled or disassembled articles classifiable with assembled articles of the corresponding kind :

Of aluminium alloy.

(ii) Being unassembled or disassembled articles classifiable with assembled articles of the corresponding kind :

(heading applicable to the assembled article).

See also Opinion 7308.90/2.
Adoption : 1962

 

7615.10

– Table, kitchen or other household articles and parts thereof; pot scourers and scouring or polishing pads, gloves and the like

 

1. Disposable aluminium foil containers of a kind commonly used in the kitchen, principally for the commercial preparation, packing and conveyance of foods. The containers vary in form and size (generally rectangular or round). The articles are frequently used in the baking industry to contain the food during the production and cooking phase. The food is subsequently conveyed and sold in the foil container. Such containers are usually discarded after one use.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2007
8111.00

Manganese and articles thereof, including waste and scrap.

 

1. Manganese-aluminium briquettes, consisting of compacted metal powder and surfactant in the form of grey cylinders, tablets, pillow block briquettes, or other similar shapes (collectively, “briquettes”). They consist of 75−95 % pure manganese powder, 5−25 % pure aluminium powder, up to 1 % of a surfactant in the form of an oil hydrocarbon, and up to 1 % of a fluxing agent, e.g., aluminium inorganic salts. The briquettes are used to produce certain aluminium alloys, particularly those in which manganese is the chief alloying element. During production of the alloys, the briquettes are placed in a molten aluminium bath to precipitate bonding of the constituent manganese to the aluminium.
Application of GIRs 1.
Adoption : 2018
8112.29

— Other

 

1. Chromium-aluminium cylinders, consisting of compacted metal powder and surfactant. They consist of 75−90 % of 99 % pure chromium powder, 10–25 % pure aluminium powder, up to 1 % of a surfactant in the form of an oil hydrocarbon, and, up to 1 % of a fluxing agent, e.g., aluminium inorganic salts, potassium fluoroaluminate, potassium fluorosilicate, or potassium fluorotitanate. The cylinders are used to produce certain aluminium alloys in which chromium is an alloying element. During production of the alloys, the cylinders are placed in a molten aluminium bath to precipitate bonding of the constituent chromium to aluminium.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018
8201.40

– Axes, bill hooks and similar hewing tools

 

1. Plantation matchet the edge opposite to the cutting edge of the blade being toothed for use accessorily as a saw.
Adoption : 1968
8205.20

– Hammers and sledge hammers

 

1. Hammer of base metal, with a detachable striking piece at each end of the head, one of rubber and one of plastics.
Adoption : 1963
8205.51

— Household tools

 

1. Peeler for fruit and vegetables, consisting of a handle of plastics on which is mounted a pivoting rectangular working part of base metal with two blades – one flat and the other serrated.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20132. Peeler for fruit and vegetables, consisting of a handle with a fixed working part of base metal with two blades.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2013
8205.59

— Other

 

1. Hand knotter, comprising a head consisting of a shell of plastics with a knotting mechanism of steel, a metal grip fixed to the head, and a trigger for operating the mechanism, used to join yarns broken on textile machines.
Adoption : 19642. Stapling pliers of base metal for closing paperboard boxes, the staples being fastened by hand pressure on two pivoted limbs.
Adoption : 1971
8303.00

Armoured or reinforced safes, strong-boxes and doors and safe deposit lockers for strong-rooms, cash or deed boxes and the like, of base metal.

 

1. Safe, made of steel, designed to protect valuables, equipped with a programmable electronic keypad lock and indicator panel as well as a lock for an override key. The external dimensions are 200 x 310 x 200 mm and the internal dimensions are 198 x 308 x 140 mm (H x W x D). The safe weighs 4.5 kg, the door is 3 mm thick and the body is 1 mm thick. A dial on the front door positions two one-way sliding bolts (20 mm thick) into place. There are pre-drilled holes at the bottom and back to fix the safe to the floor or wall. It is intended for home and business use.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 2017
8306.29

— Other

 

1. Buddhist incense stands and incense pots (Koro and Senkosashi), resembling small decorative vases made of base metal and yellow in colour. The incense stand has the shape of a cylinder that gradually widens at the bottom. It is 9 cm high, 3 cm in diameter at the top open end, and 4.5 cm at the bottom closed end or base. The incense pot has the shape of a small pot that has been fitted with three feet at the base. It is 4.5 cm high and 7 cm diameter at the open end. Both of these articles are normally used as ornaments on family altars or in temples but may also be used to burn incense at places of religious worship.
Adoption : 19962. Buddhist match holder (Match-keshi) consisting of a container with a flat base that resembles a small decorative vase. The container is made of base metal that is yellow in colour. It is fitted with a lid that has a hole in the middle for insertion of matches. It is 4.5 cm in diameter at its widest point, and 7 cm high with the lid placed on top and 6.5 cm without the lid. The article is normally used as an ornament on family altars or in temples but may also be used to hold spent matches in places of religious worship.
Adoption : 1996
8309.90

– Other

 

1. Aluminium tops of different shapes (round, oval, rectangular with rounded corners, etc.) and different sizes for drink or food cans; the tops have a raised edge for permanently crimping onto the top of a can, and the bottom surface is coated with a protective varnish suitable for contact with drink or foodstuffs. The tops also incorporate an incised flap to which a ring is attached at one end, making it easy to open the can along the incised flap.
Adoption : 1999
8403.10

– Boilers

 

1. Electric central heating boilers, of steel, for the production of variable temperatures of hot water for heating purposes (underfloor or radiator heating); they are insulated with rigid polyurethane foam and operate on a voltage of 220 V or 380 V. They are fitted with : removable stainless-steel immersion heaters; power and control relays; a control panel including thermostats, a thermometer and switches; a variable-speed circulation pump; a hydromanometer; a safety valve; a heat outlet and return; possibly an expansion chamber; an outlet and a return for connecting a domestic hot-water tank. The power, which can be adjusted, varies from 5.6 to 24°kW or from 28.8 to 259.2 kW depending on the model; the maximum temperature is 90°C and the operating pressure 3°bars.
Application of RGI 1.
Adoption : 1994
8414.60

– Hoods having a maximum horizontal side not exceeding 120 cm

 

1. Laminar airflow cabinet used for the preparation and handling of cell cultures in laboratories, etc., and consisting of a metal cabinet containing :

(i) an air recirculating hood incorporating an electric fan and a filter to purify the air;

(ii) a perforated sheet located below the hood to serve as a work surface;

(iii) a tank beneath the perforated sheet to collect any spilled liquids.

The cabinet is open at the front and is designed to be placed on a workbench or table.The hood sets up a laminar airflow which creates a protective barrier at the opening of the cabinet to shield the operator from any possible contamination while handling biological material.

Adoption : 1988

 

8414.80

– Other

 

1. Laminar airflow cabinet used for the preparation and handling of cell cultures in laboratories, etc., and consisting of a metal cabinet containing :

(i) an air recirculating hood incorporating an electric fan and a filter to purify the air;

(ii) a perforated sheet located below the hood to serve as a work surface;

(iii) a tank beneath the perforated sheet to collect any spilled liquids.

The cabinet is open at the front and is designed to be placed on a workbench or table. The hood sets up a laminar airflow which creates a protective barrier at the opening of the cabinet to shield the operator from any possible contamination while handling biological material.

Adoption : 1988

1. Horizontal laminar air flow “clean bench”, equipped with a blower/motor system, motor speed controller, high-velocity return air slots, HEPA supply filter with removable screen, washable, re-useable pre-filter, and fluorescent lamps for the work surface. The high-velocity return air slots capture contaminated air, ensuring that no unfiltered air enters the work area, and then recirculates the air through the HEPA filter. The clean bench is designed for a variety of industries and applications, such as intravenous admixture preparation, drug compounding, plant cell culture, media preparations, pharmaceutical procedures, electronic assembly and limited experimental research. It is used to protect only the product and not the operator or the environment. It has the following specifications :

– Exterior width : 127.0 cm;

– Interior width : 118.1 cm;

– Interior height : 71.4 cm;

– Interior depth : 55.9 cm;

– Exterior height : 162.6 cm.

Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018

High velocity return air slots

Stainless steel work surface and side walls

 

8415.10

– Of a kind designed to be fixed to a window, wall, ceiling or floor, self-contained or «split-system»

 

1. A ceiling-type split-system air conditioning machine consisting of :

(i) an indoor unit comprising a heat exchanger and a motor driven fan in a single housing designed to be fixed upon the ceiling; and

(ii) an outdoor unit comprising a refrigerant type compressor and a heat exchanger with motorized fan in a single housing.

Both units are designed to be connected to each other by electrical wiring and copper tubing.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2012

2. Floor-type split-system air conditioning machine consisting of :

(i) a standing-type indoor unit, comprising of a heat exchanger (evaporator) and a motor driven fan in a single housing. This unit is designed to be placed on the floor or against the wall but not to be fixed tightly or set in concrete where it is located; and

(ii) an outdoor unit, comprising a refrigerant type compressor, a heat exchanger (condenser) and a motor driven fan in a single housing. This unit is designed to be mounted or fixed on the ground or steel bars.

Both units are designed to be connected to each other by electric wires and tubing through which refrigerant passes.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2013

 

8415.82

— Other, incorporating a refrigerating unit

 

1. Portable self-contained air conditioning machine consisting of two motor driven fans, an evaporator, a condenser and a compressor in a single housing. The unit is mounted on four castors for ease of mobility and has two hand grips for shifting and moving. The unit can be attached with a flexible exhaust hose as an accessory for venting warm exhaust air through a window or wall.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2013
8415.90

– Parts

 

1. Indoor unit for a compression-type split-system air conditioning machine, comprising an evaporator heat exchanger coil, a motor-driven electric fan for drawing air over the evaporator heat exchanger coil and blowing the air into a room, an air filter and a thermostat and control board fitted together in a common housing. The unit is designed to be connected to the outdoor unit by electrical wiring and copper tubing through which refrigerant circulates.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (b) to Section XVI) and 6.
Adoption : 20072. Outdoor refrigerating unit for a compression-type split-system air conditioning machine (cooling only), comprised of a compressor, a condenser heat exchanger coil, a motor-driven electric fan for drawing air over the condenser heat exchanger coil to evacuate the heat and other components for the control and protection of the unit, fitted together in a common housing. The unit is designed to be connected to one or more indoor evaporator units by electrical wiring and copper tubing through which the refrigerant circulates.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (b) to Section XVI) and 6.
Adoption : 20093. Outdoor refrigerating unit for a compression-type reversible, cooling or heating, split-system air conditioning machine, comprised of a compressor, a condenser heat exchanger coil, a motor-driven electric fan for drawing air over the condenser heat exchanger coil, a 4-way valve to reverse the cycle and other components for the control and protection of the unit fitted together in a common housing. The unit is designed to be connected to one or more indoor evaporator units by electrical wiring and copper tubing through which the refrigerant circulates.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (b) to Section XVI) and 6.
Adoption : 20094. Outdoor unit for variable refrigerant flow (VRF) system for cooling and heating, comprised of an inverter compressor, a fan, a heat exchanger, an expansion valve, control electronics and heat recovery unit. It is also equipped with an electro-mechanical, reversing valve providing reversal of the cooling/heating cycle. The unit is designed to be connected, by pipeline with a certain number of indoor units mounted in an ambient temperature space and is capable of working with a medium pressure refrigerant within the internal heat exchange system.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2021

 

8418.30

– Freezers of the chest type, not exceeding 800 l capacity

 

1. Horizontal freezer with a curved glass lid; the freezer is designed for preserving and displaying food products in markets. It has a storage capacity of 365 l or 550 l depending on the model; a built-in refrigerating system makes it possible to maintain a temperature of between -20°C and -24°C at an ambient temperature of 30°C.
Adoption :2000
8418.69

— Other

 

1. Thermo-electric batteries consisting of thermo-electric couples connected in series, each couple being composed of two dissimilar semiconductor blocks (one positive and the other negative) joined by a copper bridge; a DC current gives cooling effect on one side of the battery and a heating effect on the other; used as a cooling element in small refrigerators, air conditioning equipment, precision instruments, etc.
Adoption : 19652. Refrigerated outdoor cabinet, designed for the insertion of electric and electronic apparatus such as rectifiers, batteries and telecommunication equipment. The cabinet is made of insulated steel and designed to be installed directly outdoors on the ground. The internal structure has double compartments : 1) a battery compartment which is composed of four battery racks; and 2) an equipment compartment which provides for “rack” units. It is equipped with a 2000 W direct current (DC) air conditioner without an air humidity control function on the front door and a DC emergency exhaust fan on the cabinet roof.
Application of GIRs 1, 3 (b) and 6.
Adoption : 2017A Exhaust Fan (roof)B Battery / Equipment CompartmentsC Air Conditioner (installed)D Air Conditioner 
8418.99

— Other

 

1. Gaskets for fitting to doors of refrigerators, being profiles of plastics incorporating a magnetic rod of barium ferrite and specially shaped to fit the door.
Application of Note 2 (b) to Section XVI.
See also Opinions Sect. XVI/3 and 8505.19/1.
Adoption : 1968
8419.40

– Distilling or rectifying plant

 

1. Rotary vacuum evaporator for concentrating and distilling organic substances, consisting of glass components (evaporation flasks, coil condenser, recipient for collecting the distillate, tubes and valves) and metal components (tubular frame, electric motor with variable drive, electrically heated bath with hydraulic lift for vertical adjustment), the whole being fixed on a trolley-type base of metal.
Adoption : 1969
8419.89

— Other

 

1. Surface heating appliances (electrical), for heating materials contained in drums, tanks, conduits, etc., in which the heating device consists of glass cloth fitted with electrically insulated heating resistors, specially designed either to accommodate the drums, tanks and other containers to be heated or to be fixed around containers or conduits.
See also Opinions 8419.89/2 and 8516.80/1.
Adoption : 19652. Heating mantles consisting essentially of a heating surface (electrically insulated wire heating resistors fixed on a glass fibre fabric) enclosed in a metal casing, for fitting as heating elements in autoclaves or in apparatus used in laboratories or in the food industry.
See also Opinions 8419.89/1 and 8516.80/1.
Adoption : 19653. A dissolution testing unit that includes seven stirrer stations used for dissolution of tablets or capsules and drug release of transdermal patches in a specially prepared dissolution medium within a predetermined length of time and under the preset operating parameters. It also includes an electrical heating coil that heats the dissolution solution in accordance with a predetermined temperature, in order to simulate normal human body temperature during the dissolution process.
A built-in control panel allows setting up of the dissolution testing unit’s operating conditions required for the particular dissolution or drug release test, such as temperature (20 – 60 °C), speed of stirrers (25 – 250 rpm), testing method, tablet feeding, sampling time, etc.
The dissolution testing unit, which does not carry out any type of analysis, can be connected to an apparatus such as a spectrophotometer for the subsequent determination of the amount of released active ingredient(s) in the dissolution medium, and to an automatic data processing machine.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2012 
8419.90

– Parts

 

1. Steel plate elements, specially processed and treated for high absorption of solar rays, for fixing to roof mounted solar water heaters.
Adoption : 1965
8421.21

— For filtering or purifying water

 

1. Composite apparatus for treatment of water consisting of two filters (a pre-filter and a carbon filter), an ionizer and a control device, fitted on a common base. In this apparatus, the water passes through the pre-filter which removes sediment; the sediment-free water then passes through the carbon filter which removes chlorine, bacteria and odours; the treated water then undergoes ionization to separate the positive and the negative ions.
Application of Note 3 to Section XVI.
Adoption : 1998
8421.29

— Other

 

1. Disposable sterilised dialyzer consisting of a 25 cm long cylindrical casing, of rigid plastics, containing hollow fibres; the casing has stoppers with threaded fittings at both ends and two 3 cm tubes extending from the casing; the stoppers and tubes are also made of rigid plastics. In order to function, the article is connected, by means of tubes, to a special appliance (e.g., an artificial kidney) which enables the blood and the dialysate to circulate and toxic matter to be evacuated.
Application of Note 2 (a) to Chapter 90.
Adoption : 19992. Apparatus for filtering blood consisting essentially of a filtration mesh of polyester in a transparent housing. The apparatus is used to remove microaggregates consisting of leukocytes, platelets, cell fragments and proteins, in sizes ranging from 30 to 200µm, from stored blood.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 1999
8421.39

— Other

 

1. Booths for paint-spraying :

(i) “Dry booths”, equipped with a motor-driven fan which renews the air breathed by the operator, and a bladed grid which purifies the expelled air by retaining some of the suspended paint particles.

(ii) “Wet booths”, equipped with a motor-driven fan which renews the air breathed by the operator, a water screen which purifies the expelled air by trapping some of the suspended paint particles, and a motor-driven pump for circulating the water.

Adoption : 1961

 

8421.99

— Other

 

1. Replacement oil filter cartridges, consisting of a perforated metal or paper casing (whatever the material used as filtering medium).
Adoption : 1961
8424.30

– Steam or sand blasting machines and similar jet projecting machines

 

1. “Sand-blasting” machines of the centrifugal type, for de-scaling and cleaning metal articles, generally consisting of a rotating horizontal drum in which the moving articles are subjected to the action of jets of steel grit projected, not by compressed air, but by the centrifugal action of a high-speed impeller.
Adoption : 19592. Cleaning appliances (steam cleaners), consisting of a single unit comprising, inter alia, a motor, an automatic burner, a heating coil and a metering pump, and fitted with a nozzle, designed to project a concentrated jet of detergent solution, used for washing cars, machines, garages, repair shops, buildings, etc.
Adoption : 1963
8424.41

— Portable sprayers

 

1. Pressure sprayer with a 3-bar operating pressure, a 5-litre filling capacity, provided with a piston pressure gauge having an integrated safety valve and with an integrated filler funnel. The sprayer has a pump, brass lance, adjustable carrying strap, a sturdy container with a funnel and an adjustable nozzle. The physical characteristics of the sprayer clearly render it most suitable for agricultural or horticultural use.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2006
8424.89

— Other

 

1. Fountains, multi-coloured, having the character of base metal articles, consisting of an electric motor driven pump, inlet and outlet pipes, jet crown to spray the water, filters, lamps and a multi-coloured glass disc rotated by the action of a special water jet.
Adoption : 19692. Spraying appliance consisting of a valve fitted with a press-button incorporating a nozzle (spray cap), comprising the following components :(i) A press-button incorporating a nozzle (spray cap), of plastics;(ii) A cup, of base metal;

(iii) A cup gasket, of plastics;

(iv) A stem gasket, of plastics;

(v) A stem, of plastics;

(vi) A housing, of plastics;

(vii) A steel spring;

(viii) A diptube, of plastics.

The article is designed to be mounted on the neck of a container, the contents (liquids, powders or foams) of which are sprayed into the air by depressing the press-button which allows propellant gas to escape through the spray cap. This article does not incorporate a control mechanism to regulate the flow or dispersion of the contents.

See also Opinions 8424.89/3 and 8481.80/3.
Adoption : 1996

3. “Pump” comprising a press-button, a nozzle; a piston-spring, a sealing-piston, a stem, a container-gasket, a screw cap, housing, a spring, a sealing-ball and a diptube. The article is designed to be mounted on the neck of a container for projecting liquids, powders or foams through the nozzle by means of a piston-pump.
See also Opinions 8424.89/2 and 8481.80/3.
Adoption : 1996

4. Automatic finishing line for top coat, base coat and staining for furniture manufacture, comprising :

– a motorised conveyor system (roller/belt conveyor);

– an electronic stain and lacquer spraying system, comprising :

(1) a rotary spraying machine for staining and base-coating of furniture, equipped with the following :

– self-cleaning conveyor belt with stain recovery;

– one feeding circuit equipped with 10 pneumatic guns and a low-pressure pump;

– water curtain.

2) an automatic spraying machine for top-coating of furniture, equipped with the following :

– self-cleaning conveyor belt with lacquer recovery;

– oscillating double unit with 8 air-mix guns and high-pressure pump;

– water curtains and tank with automatic sludge separator;

– exhaust air system with scrubber for solid content reduction;

– pressurised enclosure for protection from dust;

– hyper filtering unit with high efficiency cartridges for dust-free air supply.

– an in-line drying system which uses drying processes based on heat exchange and ultra-violet radiation.

Application of Note 4 to Section XVI and GIR 6.
Adoption : 1998

 

8425.31

— Powered by electric motor

 

1. Lift winding gear comprising an electric motor coupled to a winch on a common base; the winch consists of gearing driving a shaft designed for a pulley and fitted with a brake.
Adoption : 1965
8426.41

— On tyres

 

1. Reach stacker, a self-propelled machine fitted with a diesel engine, tyres, a telescopic boom with a winch and a spreader or a hoist system with a hook block. It is used for “pick and carry” duties and is specially designed for a variety of industrial and cargo handling attachments such as spreader (for ISO containers), piggy-back (for semi-containers), hook block and winch, fixed hook, grapple arms, grabs (for timbers, pipes, etc.) and forks. It can lift and handle industrial goods and loads weighing up to 60 tons. It uses a hydraulic system for lifting purposes and its main function is that of a crane for lifting and stacking of containers.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20062. Self-propelled mobile crane, consisting of a 6-wheeled chassis with a diesel engine and four outriggers. The chassis supports a turntable capable of rotating 360°, on which are permanently mounted the following : a 36 m long hydraulic telescopic boom with a hoist system and a hook block; the driving and operator’s cab, which houses both crane and driving controls, mounted on a telescopic arm. During road driving the cab is positioned and mechanically locked at the front of the chassis. During crane operation, the telescopic arm can lift the cab up to a maximum operator eye level of 7.8 m. The crane has a maximum hoisting capacity of 45 tons, a maximum lifting height of 48 m and a maximum radius of 39 m.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2013
8427.20

– Other self-propelled trucks

 

1. Self-propelled container handlers consisting of a diesel powered six-wheeled chassis, an enclosed driver’s cab mounted on the chassis, a vertical telescoping lift mast fitted to the front of the chassis and a belt-driven spreader fitted to the mast. The outer section of the mast telescopes vertically in and out from the inner section of the mast, raising and lowering the spreader which is additionally also lifted or lowered via the belt drive. Depending on the model, these container handlers can lift up to 36 tons and can stack containers up to 13 m. They have a maximum speed of 23 – 24 km/h and a lift speed of 0.30 – 0.40 m/s. Their turning radius is 7.6 m.
Application of GIRs 1and 6.
Adoption : 2006
8428.90

– Other machinery

 

1. Distributors, specially designed for feeding pneumatic stone-conveyors used in the stowing of old workings, consisting mainly of a sealed honey-combed drum, under a protective cowling, operated by a motor fitted with gearing.
Adoption : 19622. Marine loading arm for the safe transfer of dangerous liquids in loading or unloading operations at a port, especially for petroleum installations and industrial plant, using a piping system with articulated joints fitted with automatic safety valves. The piping is manipulated during liquid transfer by a self-contained cable and pulley system linked to a support and counterweight structure. The system does not include any pumps.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 1999Drive cableB Inboard armOutboard arm drive cylinderCounterweight assembly rotationTie down locking deviceVacuum breakerOutboard armFlexible hydraulic hoseStyle 80 swivel jointsHydraulic couplerDouble vanne / PERC / PERCBase plateSheaveStyle 40 swivel joint with removal elbowPantograph cableInboard arm drive cylinderTurnbuckleStyle 50 swivel joints with removal elbowSlewing drive cylinderCounterweightsSheaveBase riserW Connection to dockside piping1. Self-propelled loaders, front loading, with four-wheel drive and skid steer, fitted with a single-piece chassis, a driver’s and control cab and a double lifting arm operated by hydraulic jacks, which is an integral part of the structure of the machine itself and is driven by the rear-mounted engine; the loader is presented with or without its bucket. The bucket is loaded through forward motion of the machine, which lifts, transports and discharges material. These machines may be fitted with other interchangeable tools such as a hydraulic backhoe or breaker, earth auger, box scraper, scarifier, etc.
Adoption : 1992 + 1995
8429.51

— Front-end shovel loaders

 

1. Self-propelled loaders, front loading, with four-wheel drive and skid steer, fitted with a single-piece chassis, a driver’s and control cab and a double lifting arm operated by hydraulic jacks, which is an integral part of the structure of the machine itself and is driven by the rear-mounted engine; the loader is presented with or without its bucket. The bucket is loaded through forward motion of the machine, which lifts, transports and discharges material. These machines may be fitted with other interchangeable tools such as a hydraulic backhoe or breaker, earth auger, box scraper, scarifier, etc.
Adoption : 1992 + 1995
8431.49

— Other

 

1. Track link assembly :
Identifiable as suitable, after fitting with shoes, as tracks for use solely or principally :
On a bulldozer.
See also Opinions 8487.90/4, 8708.99/1 and 8710.00/1.
Adoption : 19652. Aluminium radiator (985 mm x 530 mm x 145 mm) for an excavator. It is designed to cool down the coolant fluid coming from the engine of the excavator by transferring excess heat from the coolant into the air. The coolant is then returned back to the engine.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (b) to Section XVI) and 6.
See also Opinion 8714.10/1.
Adoption : 2014
8432.29

— Other

 

1. 4-4 blades (2+2) and disc dry land blade (soil cultivating implements), designed to be used for rotary tilling when installed on the driving axle of a propelling unit (pedestrian controlled tractor). The blades are presented in a single box together with, but not mounted on, the propelling unit.
The propelling unit (pedestrian controlled tractor) presented together with the soil cultivating implements is classified separately.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinion 8701.10/1.
Adoption : 2016
8433.90

– Parts

 

1. Drum housing for a combine harvester-thresher consisting of a casing with three drums : a rotor feeder; a threshing drum; and a beater, enabling grain to be separated from the ears during the threshing process. The threshing unit compartment has no drive system of its own, but is driven by a system of pulleys and belts by the combine’s single diesel engine.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (b) to Section XVI) and 6.
Adoption : 2014Feed channel with cutting assemblyOperator’s platform with cabGrain storage tankSeparating outCleaningDriving axle
8435.10

– Machinery

 

1. Centrifugal juicer with a self-contained, ventilated, single phase industrial synchronous electric motor, designed for commercial use (e.g., in bars, restaurants, canteens, day nurseries, clinics, institutional kitchens) with the following technical characteristics : motor speed : 3,000 rpm; motor power : 700 W; intensity : 7 A; electrical connection : 230 V/50 Hz; throughput : 100/120 kg fruit/vegetables per hour; waste container capacity : approximately 6 l; weight : approximately 11 kg; dimensions : 505 mm x 235 mm x 420 mm.
The appliance consists of a stainless steel motor unit with push-type “On-Off” buttons, a stainless steel bowl with a pouring spout, a flange of plastics, a stainless steel basket, a lid of plastics with a feed tube and an ejector spout, a stainless steel grater disc, and a waste container of plastics. It is used for extracting fruit/vegetable juices.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2012
8436.80

– Other machinery

 

1. Machine for covering potato and other vegetable clamps with earth, consisting of a frame with a coupling device for an agricultural tractor, a soil-cutter and a bladed wheel driven from the tractor power take-off which throws the earth on the clamp.
Adoption : 1965
8438.60

– Machinery for the preparation of fruits, nuts or vegetables

 

1. Vegetable preparation machine with a self-contained, three phase electric motor designed for commercial use with the following technical characteristics : motor speed : 375 rpm; motor power : 600 W; electrical connection : 400 V/50 Hz; prepare 1,200 servings in 3 hours or less; weight : approximately 15 kg; dimensions : 745 mm x 610 mm x 310 mm.
The appliance consists of a motor unit, a feeding head with two openings and pushers, and a control panel with push-type “On-Off” buttons. It is presented with one 3 mm slicing disc and one 3 mm medium grating disc. It is used for continuous feed slicing, dicing, shredding, grating, and preparing potato chips (French fries) and julienne.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20122. Vegetable cutter (H x W x D : 320 x 270 x 505 mm, weighing 7.5 kg) for industrial preparation of food, equipped with a 220 V electric motor, designed for cutting vegetables in different ways (cut, sliced, grated and shredded) by the use of interchangeable blades. The slicing capacity for cabbages is 90 kg per hour using a dual-blade disk slicer.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20183. Vegetable cutter (H x W x D : 230 x 272 x 380 mm, weighing 5 kg) for industrial preparation of food, equipped with a 220 V electric motor, designed for slicing vegetables into coarse, medium and fine pieces. The machine is compact with a weight of 5 kg. This machine consists of a blade kit with coarseness adjusting plates and a motor. Its slicing capacity for cabbages is 120-200 kg per hour (2.0 – 3.6 kg per minute).
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018 
8438.80

– Other machinery

 

1. Emulsifier-mixer with a self-contained, three phase electric motor designed for commercial use (e.g., in hospitals, restaurants and pharmaceutical and chemical laboratories) with the following technical characteristics : motor speed : 1,500/3,000 rpm; motor power : 950/1,300 W; electrical connection : 230/400 V/50 Hz; bowl capacity : approximately 6.6 l; weight : approximately 26 kg; dimensions : 520 mm x 280 mm x 340 mm.
The appliance consists of a stainless steel motor unit, a stainless steel stock-pot shaped bowl with a handle and a lid equipped with a bowl and lid scraper assembly, a stainless steel cutter blade, and a control panel with push-type “On-Off” buttons and a speed selector. It is used for preparing mixed liquid and semi-liquid foods.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2012
8439.30

– Machinery for finishing paper or paperboard

 

1. One-time carbon-paper coating machine consisting essentially of several rollers and a stand, the ink from a trough being transferred by an ink-feed roller to a printing roller against which the paper is held by another roller; the thickness of the coating is measured by a metering roller.
Adoption : 1966
8442.30

– Machinery, apparatus and equipment

 

1. Photocomposing machine for making up a complete form lay-out with lines (invoice, pay-slip, etc.) on sensitised film; comprises essentially a rule photosetter using a line matrix, two photomontage devices, each using a matrix of pre-set components (captions, screened areas, etc.), and a composition table to which the sensitised film is attached.
Adoption : 1969
8443.32

— Other, capable of connecting to an automatic data processing machine or to a network

 

1. Digital ink-jet printer which reproduces continuous-tone colour images (formats up to A0 – 864 x 1.189 mm), using variable-sized dots, on a wide range of media (e.g., newsprint, mat or glossy stocks, transparent materials, etc.). It is used in the printing industry principally as a colour proofer and for industrial applications such as printing reflective or back-lit signage, exhibit displays, packaging, etc. The printing is effected on the basis of data provided by an external automatic data processing machine, to which the printer is connected by a parallel interface.
Application of GIR 1 (Notes 5 (B), 5 (C), 5 (D) (i) and 5 (E) to Chapter 84).
Adoption : 2000
8443.99

— Other

 

1. Tape cassette for use with label printers comprising a plastic cartridge (115 mm x 88 mm x 33 mm) containing four spools. The largest spool contains self-adhesive white plastic tape with a paper release liner on one side. The second largest spool contains plastic tape and the smallest spool contains a red plastic tape. The fourth spool is empty. All three tape reels have a width of 24 mm. The red plastic tape is comparable to a ribbon that is inked or otherwise prepared for giving impressions. The printer uses the cartridge to create text labels from the three different materials in the cartridge. The cartridge is put up in a retail paperboard carton with appropriate text indications identifying the cartridge, stating in which printer models it is designed to be used, etc.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2006Tape cassetteTape end sensor (main unit)Cassette openingPlaten (main unit)Separating panelSub roller (main unit)Ribbon guide leverCassette positioning sectionDouble-sided tapeSensor sectionFilm tapeCassette positioning sectionInk ribbonRibbon take-up spoolThermal head (main unit)Tape feed rolle2. Cartridges, with or without toner, consisting of a paperboard cylinder with a plastic cap at each end and with, at one end, a spindle for rotating a specially formed base metal wire and, at the other end, cogs for reversing its rotation. The wire, three sections of which are enclosed in a plastic tube, pivots inside the cartridge to prevent the powdered toner from agglomerating. The cartridges also have a lengthwise slit through which the powdered toner can pass by electrostatic attraction. They are designed to be fitted into photo-copying apparatus and are replaced when empty.
Adoption : 1996

3. Cartridges, with or without toner, consisting of a paperboard cylinder with a plastic cap at each end; one cap supports a specially formed base-metal wire, and the other serves to rotate that wire. The wire, two sections of which are enclosed in a plastic tube, pivots inside the cartridge to prevent the powdered toner from agglomerating. The cartridges also have a lengthwise slit through which the powdered toner can pass by electrostatic attraction. They are designed to be fitted into photocopying apparatus and are replaced when empty.
Adoption : 1996

 

8451.30

– Ironing machines and presses (including fusing presses)

 

1. Ironing machine designed for professional ironing operations, which consists of :

(i) an electrically heated rectangular ironing table (dimensions : 125 cm (L) x 75 cm (W) x 87 cm (H); weight : 58 kg) with sleeve ironing board and built-in aspirator;

(ii) a steam generator (weight : 15.5 kg) equipped with a silicon iron rest, a steam pressure gauge, a visible light-up water level gauge, a heating element with safety thermostat, a vessel for distilled water and a pump;

(iii) an electrical steam iron (800 W).

The ironing table is linked to the steam generator by a hose, and the steam is suctioned into the table by means of a foot pedal attached to the table. The steam iron is designed to be connected to the steam generator by a steam hose and an electrical cable.

Application of GIRs 1 (Note 4 to Section XVI) and 6.
See also Opinion 8451.90/1.
Adoption : 2009

2. Electric steam iron and semi-automatic steam generator, connected by means of a pipe and electric cable. The steam generator consists of a stainless steel boiler, water feed pump with automatic water level control, external water level control, safety valve, double thermostat and thermofuse, steam pressure manometer, water discharge tap, and 11 litre water tank.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 4 to Section XVI) and 6.
Adoption : 2018

 

8451.80

– Other machinery

 

1. Appliances for cleaning carpets in situ, equipped with a built-in 0.75 kW electric motor and a pump for injecting a liquid cleaning solution into the carpet, the solution then being extracted by suction. The appliances weigh 18.1 kg and have a solution tank capacity of 41.6 l; they are designed and marketed for use in establishments (other than domestic premises) such as hotels, motels, hospitals, offices, restaurants and schools.
Adoption : 19942. Appliances for cleaning carpets in situ, equipped with a built-in 0.75 kW electric motor and a pump for injecting a liquid cleaning solution into the carpet, the solution then being extracted by suction. The appliances weigh 21.8 kg and have a solution tank capacity of 56.8 l; they are designed and marketed for use in establishments (other than domestic premises) such as hotels, motels, hospitals, offices, restaurants and schools.
Adoption : 1994
8451.90

– Parts

 

1. Rectangular ironing table with sleeve ironing board and built-in aspirator. The surface of the table is electrically heated with a top heating element and the temperature of the surface is regulated by means of a thermostat. The table is designed to be connected to a steam generator. The steam is suctioned into the table by means of a foot pedal attached to the table. The table is intended to be used together with a steam generator and an electrical steam iron for professional ironing operations; the generator and the iron are not presented with the table.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (b) to Section XVI) and 6.
See also Opinion 8451.30/1.
Adoption : 2009
8462.25

— Numerically controlled roll forming machines

 

1. Welded tube mill machinery presented without welding equipment, used to process coiled metal strip into tubular forms. The machinery consists of the following components : an edge trimmer; breakdown or forming rolls; idler vertical closing rolls; and fin pass rolls.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2001A Cross section of strip at various stages of forming operationB First forming rollC Final forming rollD Welding electrodesE Pressure rollF Welded tube
8462.29 1. Welded tube mill machinery presented without welding equipment, used to process coiled metal strip into tubular forms. The machinery consists of the following components : an edge trimmer; breakdown or forming rolls; idler vertical closing rolls; and fin pass rolls.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2001A Cross section of strip at various stages of forming operationB First forming rollC Final forming rollD Welding electrodesE Pressure rollF Welded tube2. Scroll bending machine, numerically controlled, with a pole changing motor. All operations are cold bending. The feed is a rolled metal bar with a previously prepared end. The work end of the feed is fixed stationary in the scroll bending tool (tools have various forms) with the help of the eccentric, designed in the form of a lever. The feed, clamped to the templet by the clamping roller, fixed on the working table of the machine, moves smoothly round the templet’s head, replicating its form. The machine has a vertical drive and can only be used for bending.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2006 
8465.99

— Other

 

1. Milling machines specially designed for grinding waste of hard plastics, driven by an electric motor and fitted with three mobile blades and two fixed blades.
Adoption : 1961
8466.10

– Tool holders and self-opening dieheads

 

1. Telescopic arm (also called an extension rod) of base metal. The product is an accessory (tool holder) that extends up to 4 m in length and is designed for use in conjunction with pneumatic rakes, to facilitate harvesting fruits, or with pneumatic secateurs and saws to prune fruit trees. It comes with a quick assembly disassembly system and a safety cut-out handle.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinions 8467.19/1, 8467.19/2, and 8467.29/1.
Adoption : 2015
8467.19

— Other

 

1. Pneumatic secateurs, incorporating a piston and blades on a thick tube (handgrip) and operated by compressed air triggered by the user’s thumb and index finger via the piston; they are designed to be held in the hand during use and can be fitted to extension rods (arms), which may be telescopic. They are used for pruning trees.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinions 8466.10/1, 8467.19/2, and 8467.29/1.
Adoption : 20142. Pneumatic rake, of base metal, non-rotary, fan-shaped, used for harvesting olives, almonds and pistachios. It is powered by air from a compressor. It can be operated in the hand without the use of accessories, but is usually attached to an extension rod, e.g., a telescopic arm, which facilitates harvesting.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinions 8466.10/1, 8467.19/1, and 8467.29/1.
Adoption : 2015
8467.29

— Other

 

1. Electric rake, of base metal, fan-shaped, incorporating an electric motor which is powered by an external battery or a generator, used for harvesting olives, almonds and pistachios. It can be operated in the hand without the use of accessories, but is usually attached to an extension rod, e.g., a telescopic arm, which facilitates harvesting.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinions 8466.10/1, 8467.19/1, and 8467.19/2.
Adoption : 2015
8470.50

– Cash registers

 

1. Terminal for electronic payment by credit or debit card which is used in establishments such as hotels, restaurants, travel agencies, etc. The face of the machine incorporates a keypad, a display, a paper roll for receipts, and a slot for reading the magnetic strip of a card or a smart card. The terminal functions by using the telephone network to connect to the financial institution for authorization and completion of the transaction, and to record and issue receipts indicating the amounts debited and credited.
Adoption : 1998
8471.30

– Portable automatic data processing machines, weighing not more than 10 kg, consisting of at least a central processing unit, a keyboard and a display

 

1. Palm-size electronic organizer (dimensions 11.5 cm x 7.7 cm x 1 cm. Weight : 115 g) presented as a set for retail sale, with cradle and software. The front of the device incorporates a touch screen with a writing area and various function keys. The device is supplied with a data transfer/recharging cradle, a metal stylus and spare plastic stylus, CD-ROM with installation software (intended for installation in a personal computer, thus enabling it to exchange data with the electronic organizer), an organizer user manual, a getting started guide, a lithium ion (internal) rechargeable battery, a DB-25 adapter and a protective cover. Its principal applications are as follows : date book, address book, to-do list, memo pad, calculator and expense record keeper.
Application of GIR 3 (b).
Adoption : 20042. Tablet computer, designed to be primarily operated by using its touch screen. It can process data, execute programs, and connect to the Internet via a wireless network in order to, for example, exchange and manage e-mails, exchange or download files, download software applications, conduct video or VoIP (“Voice over Internet Protocol”) communications, etc.
The machine has the following main characteristics :
Dimensions 241 x 186 x 9 mm
Weight 0.6 kg
Display :
– Size (diagonal) 25 cm (9.7’’)
– Resolution 1024 x 768
– Technology IPS LCD
Input technology Capacitive Multi touch
CPU :
– Architecture ARM
– Frequency (GHz) 1.0
– Cores 2
Storage :
– Type SSD
– Capacity 16 / 32 / 64 GB
RAM 0.5 GB
Connectivity :
– Wi-Fi 802.11a/b/g/n
– Bluetooth® 2.1+EDR
– Cellular Optional 3G (UMTS/HSDPA/HSUPA (850, 900, 1900, 2100 MHz); GSM/EDGE (850, 900, 1800, 1900 MHz))
GPS Optional Assisted GPS
Camera Front and back
Battery :
– Type Lithium-polymer
– Life Up to 10 h.Application of GIRs 1 (Note 3 to Section XVI and Note 5 (A) to Chapter 84) and 6.
Adoption : 20123. Tablet computer, designed to be primarily operated by using its touch screen. It can process data, execute programs, and connect to the Internet via a wireless network in order to, for example, exchange and manage e-mails, exchange or download files, download software applications, conduct video or VoIP (“Voice over Internet Protocol”) communications, etc.
The machine has the following main characteristics :
Dimensions 312 x 207 x 17 mm
Weight 1.16 kg
Display :
– Size (diagonal) 31 cm (12.1’’)
– Resolution 1280 x 800
– Technology IPS LCD
Input technology Capacitive dual touch, digitizer
CPU :
– Architecture x86-64
– Frequency (GHz) 1.33, 1.86 turbo boost
– Cores 2
Storage :
– Type SSD
– Capacity 32 / 64 GB
Storage expansion MMC / SDXC
RAM 2 / 4 GB
Connectivity :
– Wi-Fi 802.11b/g/n
– Bluetooth® 3.0
Camera Front (2.0 MP)
Battery :
– Type Lithium-polymer
– Life 4.5 h.

Application of GIRs 1 (Note 3 to Section XVI and Note 5 (A) to Chapter 84) and 6.
Adoption : 2012

4. Tablet computer, designed to be primarily operated by using its touch screen. It can process data, execute programs, and connect to the Internet via a wireless network in order to, for example, exchange and manage e-mails, exchange or download files, download software applications, conduct video or VoIP (“Voice over Internet Protocol”) communications, etc. In addition, it can also be connected to a cellular network.
The machine has the following main characteristics :
Dimensions 190 x 120 x 12 mm
Weight 0.38 kg
Display :
– Size (diagonal) 18 cm (7’’)
– Resolution 1024 x 600
– Technology TFT LCD (C-Type, PLS)
Input technology Capacitive Multi touch
CPU :
– Architecture ARM
– Frequency (GHz) 1.0
– Cores 1
Storage :
– Type SSD
– Capacity 16 / 32 GB
Storage expansion Micro SD
RAM 0.512 GB
Connectivity :
– Wi-Fi 802.11a/b/g/n
– Bluetooth® 3.0
– Cellular GSM/GPRS/EDGE, HSUPA/HSDPA/CDMA
GPS Assisted GPS
Camera Front (1.3 MP) and back (3 MP)
Battery :
– Type Lithium-polymer
– Life Up to 10 h

Application of GIRs 1 (Note 3 to Section XVI and Note 5 (A) to Chapter 84) and 6.
Adoption : 2013

 

8471.49

— Other, presented in the form of systems

 

1. Personal computer consisting of a combination of three separate units : a 14” (35 cm) colour television receiver (display) with a digital processing unit, a keyboard (input unit), and an infra-red remote control device. The first unit comprises a processor (80486DX2), a memory (4 Mb RAM), a diskette drive (1.44 Mb), a hard disk (350 Mb), a CD-ROM drive, a colour monitor television receiver, non-interlaced in PC mode and interlaced in TV mode, and stereophonic loudspeakers. The different functions (PC, television or “soundstack”) are selected by using either a trackball incorporated in the keyboard, the keyboard itself or the infra-red remote control device. The system also plays audio and software CDs and records digital audio files.
Application of Note 3 to Section XVI.
Adoption : 1998
8471.60

– Input or output units, whether or not containing storage units in the same housing

 

1. Electronic whiteboard, size 78 inches (198.12 cm), consisting of a touch-sensitive surface with multi-touch functionality, which accepts touch input from a pen or a finger. The whiteboard features integrated speakers.
The product is generally presented complete with two electronic pens, device driver software and a user guide.
The whiteboard can be connected to a video projector and an automatic data processing (ADP) machine, wirelessly or via USB or serial cables.
Projected by the video projector, the screen of an ADP machine is displayed on the surface of the whiteboard, which functions as an input unit for the ADP machine. The whiteboard can also be used as a simple writing board with a dry-erase surface when it is not connected to an ADP machine.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 5 (C) to Chapter 84) and 6.
Adoption : 2018
8471.70

– Storage units

 

1. CD-ROM drives, being storage units for automatic data processing machines which consist of drive-units designed for retrieving signals from CD-ROMs, audio CDs and photo-CDs. They are equipped with a jack for earphones, a volume-control button and a start/stop button.
Application of Notes 5 (B) and 5 (C) to Chapter 84.
Adoption : 1996
8471.80

– Other units of automatic data processing machines

 

1. Cryptographic processor containing a Data Encryption Standard (DES) encryption algorithm, which is connected as a peripheral device to one or more automatic data processing machines from which it receives commands to perform pre-programmed operations. Its function is to provide the necessary data security functions (e.g., authentication and encryption) which would otherwise have to be performed by software loaded onto the host automatic data processing machine; this eliminates the need for storage of certain security data bases in the automatic data processing machine(s). The functions of the apparatus are controlled by firmware (a chip containing a programme) installed in the product at the manufacturing process. The apparatus has an RS 232C physical interface to an automatic data processing machine. With suitable modification of the firmware, it can be used in various financial institutions for purposes such as generating the cryptographic values used in credit or debit cards or for providing data security in financial transactions.
Adoption : 19982. Video card, consisting of integrated circuits and other components, intended to be incorporated in an automatic data processing (ADP) machine to enable it to produce images and sound. It converts analogue image and sound signals received from a VCR, laser disc player, CCD/V8 camera, or camcorder into digital signals which can be used by the ADP machine. The card is presented with a magnetic disc (floppy disc) which contains the installation software; this program must be installed in the ADP machine to permit it to display video images.
The magnetic disc (floppy disc) containing the installation software is classified together with the video card as a set in subheading 8471.80 by application of General Interpretative Rule 3 (b).
Adoption : 20013. Sound card, consisting of integrated circuits and other components, intended to be incorporated in an automatic data processing (ADP) machine to enable it to produce sound. The sound card converts analogue sound signals, from a microphone, radio or cassette player, into digital signals which can be used by the ADP machine. Furthermore, it converts digital signals into analogue signals that can then be sent to an amplifier, headphone or speakers. It also has ports for a CD-ROM drive and digital musical instruments (Musical Instrument Digital Interface (MIDI)). The card is presented with a magnetic disc (floppy disc) which contains the installation software; this program must be installed in the ADP machine to permit it to record, compress and play back sound.
The magnetic disc (floppy disc) containing the installation software is classified together with the sound card as a set in subheading 8471.80 by application of General Interpretative Rule 3 (b).
Adoption : 2001 
8471.90

– Other

 

1. A flatbed desk-top scanner used in the graphics industry, particularly for scanning colour films. It consists of several thousand Charge Coupled Device (CCD) elements (arranged in a row, on a single integrated circuit and called a CCD array), a glass plate, lenses, a lamp, a mirror and electrical connections. Light of a specific colour and intensity falling on each CCD element creates a proportional electrical charge within it. This analogue charge is systematically passed along chains of cells to an Analog/Digital (A/D) converter, where it is converted into digital data. The original to be scanned is placed on the glass plate where it is evenly lit by a light source. The entire width of an image is read simultaneously as a line. The maximum scanning resolution is 8,200 dots per inch (dpi). The machine enables the retouching of images and prints, including Hue Saturation Luminance (HSL) colour corrections. It has to be connected directly via a Small Computer Systems Interface (SCSI) to an automatic data processing machine.
Adoption : 1999
8472.90

– Other

 

1. Automatic change dispenser, separately imported, designed for use in conjunction with a cash register which transmits to it, in the form of impulses and by electric cable, data on the amount of change due to the customer.
Adoption : 1971
8473.30

– Parts and accessories of the machines of heading 84.71

 

1. Plug-in read only memory (ROM) cartridge for microcomputers (automatic data processing machines), consisting of a cartridge of plastics which contains a printed circuit board mounted with a ROM integrated circuit and two capacitors; the cartridge, when inserted into a compatible microcomputer, becomes an accessible part of the microcomputer memory, the program contained in the ROM cartridge imparting an enhanced ability for data-processing in accordance with its particular characteristics (for example, a mathematics educational program used mainly by students).
Adoption : 1986
8477.10

– Injection-moulding machines

 

1. Audio compact disc manufacturing system, consisting of a series of machines housed within a clean air cabinet. The system manufactures polycarbonate discs, and creates a series of “pits” (or small depressions) and “lands” (flat areas of the disc’s surface that are not indented) on those discs through a moulding process. The production process includes the following stages : the compact disc is first formed in the injection moulding machine where polycarbonate granules are heated inside the machine and the molten plastic is forced by using hydraulic pressure, into the injection moulding machine. A master disc is placed in the mould and pressed against the plastic with a clamping unit. This reproduces a mirror image of the pattern of indentations (or “pits”) and unaffected areas (or “lands”) that appear on the master disc. Then, the metallizing unit covers the disc with an aluminium reflective coating using vacuum deposition. After that the spin coater gives the disc a clear acrylic plastic coating to serve as a protective layer. The system also contains an inspection unit that optically scans the discs for defects, two handling systems for loading and unloading, an alarm system, and a control unit. The control unit, housed outside of the clean air cabinet, contains a programmable central processing system with input and output units used to operate the entire manufacturing system. The system produces recorded audio CDs.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 3 to Section XVI) and 6.
Adoption : 2006
8477.80

– Other machinery

 

1. Hand-held printing pen which operates by extruding a heated plastic thread made of either acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) or polylactic acid (PLA), which cools almost instantly into a solid structure, allowing for the free-hand creation of three-dimensional objects by hand. The plastic thread is heated in the body of the pen and extruded through the nozzle at the front.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2019
8479.10

– Machinery for public works, building or the like

 

1. Salt and sand spreader for clearing snow, designed to be mounted on a lorry, consisting of (1) a tank for storing sand and salt, equipped with a lump-breaking agitator which turns at the same time as an endless screw, (2) a system for crushing/grinding the lumps of salt, and (3) a hydraulic projection system with spreading disk. The machine’s various functions are operated from the cab of the lorry, by remote control.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2003
8479.60

– Evaporative air coolers

 

1. Portable air coolers, for domestic use, being self-contained units incorporating an air filter of nylon fibres, a water-circulating system (with built-in tank and pump) and an electric motor-driven fan for expelling the cooled air, but with no device specially designed for humidifying or drying the air.
Adoption : 1961 + 19942. Evaporative air coolers of a weight exceeding 20 kg, which cool air by the latent heat of evaporation principle, incorporating a water-circulating system (comprising a built-in tank and pump) designed to continuously soak a filter and with an electric motor-driven fan which expels air through the filter medium. They do not include a device specially designed for humidifying or drying the air.
Adoption : 19943. Evaporative air cooler, which cools the air by the latent heat of evaporation principle, of a weight of 27 kg (dimensions (L x W x H): 510 mm x 685 mm x 1,445 mm) with four wheels for moving. It incorporates a water-evaporating system in which a pump continuously draws water from a built-in tank and distributes the water equitably to the cooling pads. The water on the cooling pads evaporates, lowering the temperature of the air, and a motor-driven fan expels the air into the room.
Application des RGI 1 et 6.
Adoption : 2019 
8479.89

— Other

 

1. “Central greasing systems, hand-operated or automatic, for lubricating semiautomatic machines, consisting of a special grease pump which acts as a central distributor to feed a variable number of piston-type injectors delivering predetermined quantities of grease at the points requiring lubrication.
This Classification Opinion applies to the complete system.
Adoption : 19592. Fumigation chamber, mounted on wheels for disinfecting shrubs, seeds, books, manuscripts, etc., by the action of methyl bromide, prussic acid, etc.
Adoption : 19613. Self-propelled machines for sweeping factories, etc, equipped with a driver’s seat and containing a rotating pick-up broom, a dirt hopper and a fan to suck up dust.
Adoption : 19644. Horns operated by compressed air, comprising a blower, a small air tank, two trumpet-shaped sound signalling devices and a mechanical or electrical control device, these components being connected together by flexible tubes; for mounting mainly on motor vehicles.
Adoption : 1964

5. Greasing appliance, consisting of a container, with a lid carrying a lever to operate a piston which forces the lubricant into a hose (also mounted on the lid); the hose is fitted with a grease nipple coupler at the delivery end, for coupling to the grease nipple of the machine or appliance to be serviced; while in use the container is placed on the ground.
Adoption : 1965

6. Mobile mechanical unit for bunkering ships, consisting of :

(i) several reels mounted on a common axle, for reeling or unreeling a length (approximately 45 m) of collapsible hose;

(ii) a pump for stripping the hose after use;

(iii) a petrol engine to drive the reels or the pump;

mounted on a four wheel chassis with a tow bar

Application of Note 3 to Section XVI.
Adoption : 1967

7. Metal chamber, fitted with a diaphragm which is submitted, on one side, to the pressure of a gas and, on the other side, to direct contact with the fluid in the piping on which the chamber is mounted; serves in certain installations (e.g., central heating) as a sealed expansion chamber.
Adoption : 1969

8. Flat base silos, made of corrugated sheets of galvanized steel iron, used for grain storage, ranging from 4.51 to 31.60 m in diameter with storage capacity from 50 to 15,000 tons, containing an indoor temperature control system which helps to identify the hot areas and insect activity. They are equipped with a bottom sweep auger which rotates 360° around its own axis to unload residual grains at the bottom of the silos. Radial and axial fans are used for aeration of stored material.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2017

9. Conical base silos, made of corrugated sheets of galvanized steel iron, used for grain storage, produced within a range of 45 – 65° base angle, containing an indoor temperature control system which helps to identify the hot areas and insect activity. Radial and axial fans are used for aeration of stored material.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2017

10. Handheld machine, used for removing dirt and stains on clothes which have been moistened. The machine contains a horn which vibrates at ultrasonic speed creating micro-bubbles. The bursting force of these bubbles assists in removing dirt and stains.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2017

11.Tape Automated Bonding equipment (TAB Bonder) used in the manufacture of LCD modules, the main function and application of which is to electrically and physically bond and connect the LCD glass substrate and flexible printed circuit (FPC) of a drive integrated circuit (IC) by using anisotropic conductive film (ACF). During the bonding process, the conductive cable on the FPC and the mark coordinate on LCD glass substrate are precisely positioned (positioning accuracy up to 20 μm). After the completion of the positioning, the FPC and LCD glass substrate are laminated by accelerating the solidifying of the film (ACF) under heating and pressure.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 4 to Section XVI) and 6.
Adoption : 2018

 

8481.80

– Other appliances

 

1. Constant level oil controls for providing an even rate of flow to oil burners, functioning by the combined action of an automatic float valve and a hand-operated flow regulating device.
Adoption : 19622. Pneumatic actuator valve, for regulating the flow of various liquids and gases, in which the position of the plug is determined by the action of compressed air on a diaphragm damped by a force balance spring, whether or not fitted with a positioner.
Adoption : 19623. Valve, not fitted with a press-button, consisting of the following components :(i) A cup, of base metal;

(ii) A cup gasket, of plastics;

(iii) A stem gasket, of plastics;

(iv) A stem, of plastics;

(v) A housing, of plastics;

(vi) A steel spring;

(vii) A diptube, of plastics.

The article opens and closes a container by displacement of a needle, which allows propellant gas, together with the other contents of the container, to escape into the air.

See also Opinions 8424.89/2 and 8424.89/3.
Adoption : 1996

4. Tyre inflation valve, comprising the following components:

(i) a rubber stem;

(ii) a screw-on cap;

(iii) a brass insert consisting of an opening, a pin, and a spring-loaded plunger mechanism;

the whole of which is inserted into a wheel on which a tyre is mounted. When the pin head is manually depressed, the valve opens, thereby allowing the flow of air into or out of the tyre, depending upon the pressure differential.
Adoption : 2000

 

8482.10

– Ball bearings

 

Treadle roller for looms, consisting of a ball bearing with sideplates, the inner ring of the bearing constituting a short spindle with flats on the end of the trunnions which fit into the treadle fork.
Adoption : 1962
8482.40

– Needle roller bearings, including cage and needle roller assemblies

 

1. Needle roller and cage assemblies, made of iron, consisting of needle rollers (diameter : 2.5 mm, length : 11.6 mm) and a cage (diameter : 21 mm, width : 14 mm). The product is designed to be incorporated to a shaft as the inner raceway and assembled with a gear as the outer raceway. The product is intended to make the gear rotate smoothly and to reduce friction. It is used for an automatic transmission motor vehicle.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6 (Subheading Note 4 to Chapter 84).
Adoption : 20172. Needle roller and cage assemblies, made of iron, consisting of needle rollers (diameter : 2.5 mm, length : 20.8 mm) and split cages (diameter : 26 mm, width : 40 mm). The product is designed to be incorporated to a shaft as the inner raceway and assembled with a gear as the outer raceway. The product is intended to make a driving shaft rotate smoothly and to reduce friction. This assembly with split cages can be attached more easily than a normal assembly. It is used for a manual transmission motor vehicle.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6 (Subheading Note 4 to Chapter 84).
Adoption : 2017
8482.50

– Other cylindrical roller bearings, including cage and roller assemblies

 

1. Crossed roller chains for linear movements, consisting of a series of cylindrical steel rollers, usually assembled so that the axes of rotation of adjacent rollers are at an angle of 90° to each other, held in a pressed steel retainer.
Adoption : 1962
8482.99

— Other

 

1. Finished inner ring for a flanged tapered roller bearing (internal diameter : 54 mm), made of steel.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (b) to Section XVI) and 6.
Adoption : 2018
8483.10

– Transmission shafts (including cam shafts and crank shafts) and cranks

 

1. Closed-die crank shaft forgings being unfinished crank shafts. They are not further worked or formed beyond the forging process.
Application of GIR 2 (a) and Note 1 (f) to Section XV.
Adoption : 2001
8483.40

– Gears and gearing, other than toothed wheels, chain sprockets and other transmission elements presented separately; ball or roller screws; gear boxes and other speed changers, including torque converters

 

1. Slewing ring on ball or roller bearings, consisting of (1) one or more metal rings for mounting on the fixed part of the machine or mechanical appliance with which it is used and (2) a toothed metal ring to carry the mobile part of this machine or mechanical appliance and to turn this part when a rotary drive is applied to it by a motor.
Adoption : 1965
8483.50

– Flywheels and pulleys, including pulley blocks

 

1. Engine pulley made of steel, its inner part has a roller that allows the belt to slide and provides a uniform and permanent tension. It maintains the correct level of tension of the distribution band for its correct synchronization with parts of the motor.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2019
8486.20

– Machines and apparatus for the manufacture of semiconductor devices or of electronic integrated circuits

 

1. Modular system for physical vapour deposition of metal on semiconductor wafers, orming a whole and consisting essentially of a deposition module fitted with a magnetron, a turbomolecular vacuum pump, a robotic handling device, and a heating devi Once a wafer has entered the deposition chamber, a target disk of high-purity metal, e.g., aluminium, is bombarded with ions produced from argon gas (introduced into the chamber via a gas distribution system). This causes particles of metal to be removed from its surface and deposited onto the wafer (“sputtering”). The action of the gas hitting the target disk causes neutral (uncharged) atoms of metal to be “dislodged” from the target by the kinetic (physical) force of the bombarding ions. Once these atoms are “dislodged”, they are deposited on the wafer to form a thin film of conductive material.
The system is used for coating semiconductor wafers used in the production of complex integrated circuits.
Application of Note 3 to Section XVI.
Adoption : 1998
8487.90

– Other

 

1. Articulated bands, known as “cable drag chains”, provided with cross stays, whether or not running in a guiding channel, designed to carry and guide electrical cables or liquid or gas feed lines for machines or machine parts which move over small distances while working, but not identifiable as being designed for a particular machine.
Adoption : 19612. Ball bearing control cables :
Not identifiable as suitable for use solely or principally with a particular machine, apparatus or vehicle :(i) Equally suitable for use on several types of machines of Ch. 84.(ii) Equally suitable for use on the machines, apparatus, vehicles, aircraft, vessels, etc., of Sect. XVI and XVII.

Application of Note 2 (c) to Section XVI.
See also Opinions Sect. XVI/1, Sect. XVII/1 and 9033.00/1.
Adoption : 1962

3. Stirring attachments for agitators or mixers, consisting of stirring blades (fins, rake, cross-membered frame, etc.), whether or not fitted with a shank, presented separately :
Equally suitable for use with appliances falling within different headings of Sect. XVI.
See also Opinion Sect. XVI/2.
Adoption : 1963

4. Track link assembly :
Equally suitable for tracks for a bulldozer or other machines of Sect. XVI or for vehicles of Sect. XVII.
See also Opinions 8431.49/1, 8708.99/1 and 8710.00/1
Adoption : 1965

5. Vibration absorbing mountings in the form of an iron or steel ring-shaped support, with a square base, consisting of two interlocking metal parts which grip a rubber diaphragm; a metal sleeve is moulded into the centre of the diaphragm for a bolt which holds the supporting member of the machine or appliance to be insulated against vibration and rubber pads protrude around the ring to act as overload stops.
See also Opinions 4016.99/1 and 7318.29/1.
Adoption : 1966

 

8502.39

— Other

 

1. Electric generating set consisting of a steam turbine, an alternating current (AC) electric generator and a coupling device, which are presented together, but packed separately. The steam turbine spouts high-pressure heated steam and converts it into rotary motion of an output of 200 MW. The generator produces electrical power of an output of 230 MVA from the rotary motion of the steam turbine.
The steam turbine and electric generator are designed to be mounted on the floor of an electric power generating facility, and the rotors of each are to be coupled together by the coupling device. The steam turbine and electric generator work in conjunction with each other to convert the thermal energy of pressurised steam into electric energy.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2013
8504.40

– Static converters

 

1. Uninterruptible power supply apparatus which supplies a range of electronic equipment with stable alternating current (AC) by rectification and conversion of an electric current. In the case of failure or serious disruption of the mains electricity supply, the apparatus ensures a continuous supply of stabilized alternating current for ten minutes; it includes the following components forming a single unit:

(i) A rectifier (AC to DC inverter);

(ii) A battery charger;

(iii) A sealed lead acid battery, maintenance free;

(iv) An inverter from DC to AC;

(v) A static by-pass switch;

(vi) An anti-noise filter;

(vii) Digital display for input volt/ampere, output volt/ampere, battery volt and output frequency.

Adoption : 1995

2. Packaged insulated gate bipolar transistor (IGBT) module, consisting of 6 switches in which an IGBT and a Free Wheeling Diode (FWD) are connected in parallel, and 3 NTC (Negative Temperature Coefficient) Thermistors. The module is used in hybrid, electric or fuel cell vehicles to convert DC power to AC power.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (a) to Section XVI) and 6.
Adoption : 2018

 

8504.90

– Parts

 

1. Elements of soft ferrite, identifiable as parts of transformers.
See also Opinions 6909.19/1 and Ch. 85/1.
Adoption : 1968
8505.19

— Other

 

1. Magnetic rods, whether or not cut to length, consisting of magnetised barium fer-rite agglomerated with plastics or rubber, for fitting to doors of certain appliances (e.g., refrigerators) in order to ensure closing.
Application of Note 2 (a) to Section XVI.
See also Opinions Sect. XVI/3 and 8418.99/1.
Adoption : 1968
8507.30

– Nickel-cadmium

 

. Nickel cadmium rechargeable accumulator comprised of the following components assembled into a “battery pack” for a particular brand of cellular telephone :

– 3 nickel cadmium accumulators,

– conductive strips which join the accumulators,

– printed circuit board which connects the battery pack to the circuitry of a cellular telephone,

– circuit board, containing a resistor and a capacitor, which serves to control the recharging of the accumulators,

– outer plastic casing which houses the electrical components of the battery pack and is specially designed to form part of the exterior shell of the telephone.

The battery pack serves as the source of power for a cellular telephone. It has no other function.

Application of GIRs 1 (Note 3 to Chapter 85) and 6.
Adoption : 2003

 

8507.50

– Nickel-metal hydride

 

1. Nickel hydride rechargeable accumulator comprised of the following components assembled into a “battery pack” for a particular brand of cellular telephone :

– 3 or 6 nickel hydride accumulators,

– electrical connectors to the telephone,

– thermistor which prevents the temperature of the battery pack from exceeding a safe maximum temperature,

– positive temperature coefficient (PTC) circuit which increases resistance in order to protect against a short circuit from an abnormally high current,

– inner plastic cover,

– rear outer casing designed to form part of the exterior of the telephone.

The battery pack serves as the source of power for a cellular telephone. It has no other function.

Application of GIRs 1 (Note 3 to Chapter 85) and 6
Adoption : 2003

 

8508.11

— Of a power not exceeding 1,500 W and having a dust bag or other receptacle capacity not exceeding 20 l

 

1. Dry and wet vacuum cleaning machine consisting of a power unit (electric motor) and a water basin, mounted on a base with adjustable castors. To perform various functions, it is presented with accessories, such as a set of nozzles, brushes and an upholstery tool for vacuuming, a special hose and sprayer assembly for spraying liquid solutions (e.g., insecticides) and an inflator nozzle. The bottom of the machine also contains a high speed centrifuge which, if a few drops of fragrance are put into the water, permits the machine to disperse home fragrance or air freshener. The water also acts as a filter for collecting both dust and other impurities.
Application of Note 3 to Section XVI.
Adoption : 1998
8508.19

— Other

 

1. Dry and wet vacuum cleaning machine consisting of a power unit (electric motor) and a water basin, mounted on a base with adjustable castors. To perform various functions, it is presented with accessories, such as a set of nozzles, brushes and an upholstery tool for vacuuming, a special hose and sprayer assembly for spraying liquid solutions (e.g., insecticides) and an inflator nozzle. The bottom of the machine also contains a high speed centrifuge which, if a few drops of fragrance are put into the water, permits the machine to disperse home fragrance or air freshener. The water also acts as a filter for collecting both dust and other impurities.
Application of Note 3 to Section XVI.
Adoption : 19981. Dry and wet vacuum cleaner with self-contained electric motor, mounted on castors and designed for industrial and commercial use (hotels, restaurants, shops, offices, industrial premises, workshops, etc.) with the following technical characteristics : maximum engine power : 1,500 W; electrical connection : 230 V – 50 Hz; air flow : 3,600 l/min; vacuum pressure : 23,000 Pa; tank capacity : 38-50 l; weight : 11-12 kg; size : 445 x 450 x 505 mm. The appliance is presented with certain standard accessories but may be fitted with other (optional) accessories; it is designed to vacuum dry matter (dust and other larger materials such as paper waste, wood chips, leaves, waste of glass or other minerals, mud, waste of plastics, etc.) and liquids.
Adoption : 1999
8509.80

– Other appliances

 

1. Handheld machine, operated by a small electric motor, used for prewashing clothes to remove stains. The machine subjects the stains to a combination of water and detergent, followed by a patting action. Dimensions (W x D x H) 46 x 46 x 166 mm, weight 200 g.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 4 (b) to Chapter 85) and 6.
Adoption : 2017
8512.30

– Sound signalling equipment

 

1. Electrical apparatus of a kind used in a motor vehicle to warn the driver that a speed detection device, such as a “radar gun” or a “laser gun”, is operating in the vicinity. The apparatus emits distinct visual and audio signals when it detects microwaves emitted by a speed detection device. As presented, it is comprised of the radar/laser detector, windshield clip, straight power cord, fuses and spare parts, printed material and operating guide.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6, classification at subheading level being based on GIR 3 (b).
Adoption : 2000
8512.90

– Parts

 

1. Windscreen (windshield) wiper blades, tmade of synthetic or natural rubber, metal brackets as well as pre-assembled universal adapters. They are used in electrical windscreen wipers for motor vehicles.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (b) to Section XVI) and 6.
Adoption : 2018
8513.10

– Lamps

 

1. Portable lamp to be mounted on the telescopic sight of a hunting rifle, consisting of a cylindrical housing incorporating a halogen lamp, a reflector and a device for attaching the lamp to the telescopic sight, connected by an electric cable to a control box which is fitted to the butt of the weapon, and which contains a switch and an accumulator.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2006
8516.10

– Electric instantaneous or storage water heaters and immersion heaters

 

1. Apparatus for heating liquids and maintaining them at constant temperature, consisting of an electric immersion heater, controlled by a thermostat, and an agitator operated by an electric motor.
Adoption : 1964
8516.29

— Other

 

1. Combined gas-electric space heating appliance, incorporating three gas heating plates and one electric heating tube.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2012
8516.60

– Other ovens; cookers, cooking plates, boiling rings, grillers and roasters

 

1. Domestic cooker consisting of four gas burners with electronic lighter and a gas convection oven, incorporating a stainless steel electric grill for limited cooking operations. The grill functions by means of an electrical resistor in the upper part of the oven.
Adoption : 19992. Electric household type machine for making bread (dimensions : approximately 36 x 22 x 27 cm; weight : approximately 5.9 kg), consisting of a housing comprising a removable container (“bread pan”) in which the ingredients for bread dough can be mixed and baked. The bread pan has a rotating shaft for the removable kneading blade, which is connected to an electric motor once it is placed inside the machine. Electric heaters surrounding the container area are used to heat the ingredients to the proper temperature to make the dough, keep the dough at the correct temperature while it rises and bake the bread. The machine has automatic programmes (which can be operated from a control panel on top of the machine) for kneading and baking and for kneading only. In the latter case, the prepared dough can be taken out in order to be baked in another appliance.
Application of GIRs 1, 3 (c) and 6.
Adoption : 2003A Kneading BladeB Bread PanC Rotating Shaft for Kneading BladeD LidE WindowF Steam VentG Control Panel 
8516.79

— Other

 

1. “Home Sauna” apparatus, comprising an infra-red radiator of enamelled sheet steel for use as a stool, and a cylindrical cabin consisting of four separate parts (viz., a shutter made of slats of wood or plastics or of imitation leather, a carpet cover, a cabin top of imitation leather and a thermometer in a wooden casing); the various components are put together, before use, to take heat baths at home.
Adoption : 1964
8516.80

– Electric heating resistors

 

1. Heating surfaces, consisting of heating resistors (wires), electrically insulated by glass fibre or by glass/asbestos rovings fixed on a glass fibre fabric and provided with electrical leads.
See also Opinions 8419.89/1 and 8419.89/2.
Adoption : 1965
8517.11

— Line telephone sets with cordless handsets

 

1. Base unit retail bundle, consisting of (1) a base unit, (2) a cordless telephone handset capable of connecting wirelessly to the base unit, and (3) a combination charger/stand for the handset. The base unit connects by wire to an ISDN (Integrated Services Digital Network) and contains an integrated ISDN modem. The base unit can communicate wirelessly with up to 8 DECT (Digital European Cordless Telecommunications) handsets or other compatible DECT input devices, and can simultaneously communicate by cable with the USB (Universal Serial Bus) port of an automatic data processing machine. The base unit further incorporates two analogue sockets for connecting two analogue devices such as a line telephone set, fax machine or telephone answering machine.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2006
8517.13

— Smartphones

 

1. Multifunctional apparatus known as “smartphone”. Its technical specifications are as follows: capacity of 32 GB to 128 GB; 138.3 mm long, 143 grams, HD widescreen display (1334 x 750 pixel resolution at 326 ppi) with touch screen function, 12 mega-pixel camera. The product performs several functions, such as making and receiving telephone calls, sending and receiving e-mails and text messages, social networking, data processing, internet use, camera (still and video), GPS, playing music, and electronic games.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6
Adoption : 2018
8517.62

— Machines for the reception, conversion and transmission or regeneration of voice, images or other data, including switching and routing apparatus

 

1. Communications controllers or routers (including “LAN bridges”), consisting of a main processor, internal memory and multiple input/output ports. In an automatic data processing (ADP) system network these apparatus are located between two ADP machines or between groups of ADP machines or networking apparatus in a local area network (LAN). They route data traffic that is specific to the system architecture in LANs and enable the conversion, exchange or delivery of data or information between two ADP machines or groups of ADP machines that use different system protocols. These apparatus are aware of network structure and can identify the destination and appropriate connection for data transmissions. Some of the communications connections or ports on the apparatus connect ADP machines, some connect to other controllers (routers or bridges) and some connect to other networking equipment. A mesh of communications controllers provides the backbone for a network to which all other network and data processing devices are attached.
Application of GIR 1 (Note 5 (D) (ii) to Chapter 84).
Adoption : 20002. Synchronous-Network-Architecture (SNA) cluster controllers (including remote control units), comprising apparatus which function as terminal concentrators within a local area network (LAN) using an SNA network protocol. They manage the interaction between mainframe data processing equipment and multiple data processing peripherals, such as remote terminals, printers or disk drives, within the network.
Application of GIR 1 (Note 5 (D) (ii) to Chapter 84).
Adoption : 20003. Multistation access units, which are passive local area network (LAN) hubs. They are termed “passive” since they do not need any direct power supply. They are used to provide wiring concentration for up to eight token-ring LAN workstations or ADP units so that the physical star-wired configuration is used to form an electrical ring. Multistation access units can be connected together to increase the number of workstations that can attach to any one token-ring, up to a maximum of 260 devices. The hub operates as a physical relay to which all machines in the token-ring are connected and operates to detect when a machine or unit is not functioning in order to maintain the flow of data to the other machines.
Application of GIR 1 (Note 5 (D) (ii) to Chapter 84).
Adoption : 20004. Optical fibre converters, which convert the limited-distance token-ring or other local area network (LAN) digital signals on copper wire cable into optical digital signals. These converters are used, for example, when optical fibre cable is used in a token-ring LAN in order to extend it over a campus environment or where the replacement of copper cable with optical fibre cable is important to reduce interference.
Application of GIR 1 (Note 5 (D) (ii) to Chapter 84).
Adoption : 2000

5. Control and adapter unit in the form of a slot-in card comprising essentially a printed circuit on which are mounted various electronic components. It is designed to be placed within the housing of an automatic data processing (ADP) machine. It connects to the system bus of a central processing unit and functions to accept and deliver data as it manages the data exchanges between the ADP unit in which it is installed and the other units in a Local Area Network (LAN). It uses the CSMA/CD information standard protocol in order to regulate data exchanges and prevent data collisions solely within a LAN.
Application of GIR 1 (Note 5 (D) (ii) to Chapter 84).
Adoption : 2001

6. Multimode fibreoptic repeater designed solely for Local Area Network (LAN) systems. It transmits data circulating within a LAN system by regenerating and retiming the complete data signal (full-signal). It has two standard Ethernet port connections for multimode optical fibre connectors. It generates the signals (jam patterns) to stop data transmissions when a collision of signals from different units is detected at either port of the repeater.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 5 (D) (ii) to Chapter 84) and 6.
Adoption : 2002

7. Single-mode fibreoptic repeater designed solely for Local Area Network (LAN) systems. It transmits data circulating within a LAN system by regenerating and retiming the complete data signal (full-signal). It has two standard Ethernet port connections for a BNC connector and a single-mode optical fibre connector. It generates the signals (jam patterns) to stop data transmissions when a collision of signals from different units is detected at either port of the repeater.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 5 (D) (ii) to Chapter 84) and 6.
Adoption : 2002

8. Voice processing system, consisting of a central processing unit (DOS operated) with a hard disk and a floppy disk drive, a keyboard, a monitor (CRT), with built-in call detection board(s), software and a modem. It is dedicated to enhancing the processing of telephone calls from a PBX (private branch exchange) by routing calls to the selected destination in an office, placing a caller on hold, making a paging announcement for the intended party, notifying users of messages received, and informing a caller of the number of callers queued before him. No modem is used in this process. The call detection boards are used to recognize the analogue signal and convert it to digital format. The modem is used only for remote dial-in for the purpose of diagnostics.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 1999

9. Apparatus for linking an automatic data processing machine to a telephone line. It converts digital automatic data processing machine signals into analogue signals, and vice versa, thus permitting communication with another automatic data processing machine through the telephone line system. This apparatus enables an automatic data processing machine, combined with a scanner and a printer, to send and receive faxes. It also incorporates a microphone and a speaker and can be used as a hands-free telephone.
See also Opinions 8517.62/10 and 8517.62/11.
Adoption : 1998

10. Apparatus for linking an automatic data processing machine to a telephone line. It converts digital automatic data processing machine signals into other digital signals to be transmitted through the Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN), and vice versa, thus permitting communication with another automatic data processing machine through the ISDN telephone line system. It also incorporates two analogue ports for connecting a telephone, a fax machine or a modem.
See also Opinions 8517.62/9 and 8517.62/11.
Adoption : 1998

11. Card designed to be inserted into an automatic data processing machine (slot-in card). This card converts digital automatic data processing machine signals into analogue signals, and vice versa, thus permitting communication with another automatic data processing machine through the telephone line system. It also enables the automatic data processing machine to send and receive faxes and e-mail, permitting those operations to be achieved even via a cellular (mobile) telephone.
See also Opinions 8517.62/9 and 8517.62/10.
Adoption : 1998

12. Base unit capable of connecting by wire to an ISDN (Integrated Services Digital Network) and containing an integrated ISDN modem. The base unit can communicate wirelessly with up to 8 DECT (Digital European Cordless Telecommunications) handsets or other compatible DECT input devices, and can simultaneously communicate by cable with the USB (Universal Serial Bus) port of an automatic data processing machine. The base unit further incorporates two analogue sockets for connecting two analogue devices such as a line telephone set, fax machine or telephone answering machine.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2006

13. Radio equipment (transmitter/receiver) comprising the following three modules :

– a central unit comprising four radio signal transmitters and four receivers,

– a switching system module which compensates for deficiencies in any of the receivers,

– a transmitter/receiver network management module, consisting of MCF (“Message Communication Function”) interface cards which are connected to the other units by the “backplane” printed circuits with which the module is equipped. The integrated circuits on the MCFs are activated by appropriate software.

The transmitter/receiver module and the switching module are each housed in a bay, and the bays are connected to each other by cables. The equipment is of a kind designed to provide wireless communication in a digital telecommunications network, which may also incorporate communications by means of optical fibres or wires.

Application of GIRs 1 (Note 4 to Section XVI) and 6.
Adoption : 2002 + 2007

14. Digital encoder, which converts analogue or digital video, audio and data signals of the source information (such as CATV (Cable television) programming) into digital signals by means of compressing and encoding techniques in compliance with the MPEG-2 standard.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinions 8517.62/15 to 8517.62/19.
Adoption : 2010

15. Digital multiplexer, which combines several input MPEG-2°transport stream signals into a single MPEG-2 transport stream, using multiplexing technologies, in order to increase efficiency in transmission. The apparatus is capable of receiving up to 24 input MPEG-2 transport stream signals and integrating and reproducing those input transport stream signals into a MPEG-2 transport stream signal compliant with the DVB-ASI (Digital Video Broadcasting – Asynchronous Serial Interface) standard. It can integrate multiple video, audio (including multi-channel audio) and data signals in the same multiplexed output signal.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinions 8517.62/14 and 8517.62/16 to 8517.62/19.
Adoption : 2010

16. Remultiplexer, which combines up to 16 ASI (Asynchronous Serial Interface) input signals into a transport stream output signal compliant with the DVB-ASI (Digital Video Broadcasting – Asynchronous Serial Interface) standard, reshapes the bit rate of incoming transport streams, and enables local programming to be inserted into the data stream. The apparatus can convert a CBR (Constant Bit Rate) stream into a VBR (Variable Bit Rate) signal and performs real time statistical multiplexing for dynamic bandwidth allocation. The system operator can choose desired programmes from the incoming transport streams, discard one or more unwanted programmes, and switch programming line-ups dynamically.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinions 8517.62/14, 8517.62/15 and 8517.62/17 to 8517.62/19.
Adoption : 2010

17.Modulator, which converts MPEG-2 transport stream signals into standard wireless transmission signals (QPSK (Quadrature Phase Shift Keying), 8 PSK (8 Phase Shift Keying) or 160 QAM (160 Quadrature Amplitude Modulation)). The apparatus offers a frequency-agile IF (intermediate frequency) output from 50 to 90, 100 to 180, or 950 to 1750 MHz in 100 Hz steps. Variable data rates from 1 to 238 megabits per second can be set in 1 bit per second steps.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinions 8517.62/14 to 8517.62/16, 8517.62/18 and 8517.62/19.
Adoption : 2010

18.Modulator, which converts MPEG-2 transport stream signals into standard wireless transmission signals (QPSK (Quadrature Phase Shift Keying) or BPSK (Binary Phase Shift Keying)). The apparatus offers an IF (intermediate frequency) output from 50 to 90, or 100 to 180 MHz in 100 Hz steps. Variable data rates from 1 to 78.75°megabits per second can be set in 1°bit per second steps. The apparatus complies with ETS (European Telecom Standard), DVB (Digital Video Broadcasting) and MPEG-2 standards.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinions 8517.62/14 to 8517.62/17 and 8517.62/19.
Adoption : 2010

19. Modulator, which converts input MPEG-2 transport stream signals into DVB-T (standard terrestrial digital video broadcast) transmission signals employing OFDM (Orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing).
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinions 8517.62/14 to 8517.62/18.
Adoption : 2010

20. Wireless headset with an AC charger and two ear-hooks of different sizes (headset dimensions : 41.5 mm (L) x 18.9 mm (W) x 25.9 mm (H); weight : 8 grams), consisting of a single (monaural) over-the-ear earphone combined in the same housing with a microphone, a radio transceiver, a rechargeable lithium polymer battery, a power input, a LED (light emitting diode) indicator light and controls.

The radio transceiver utilizes an open wireless technology standard (wireless protocol for exchanging data within a Personal Area Network (PAN) using short length radio waves over short distances (up to 10 meters)) with Enhanced Data Rate (EDR) technology, which enables the headset to communicate wirelessly with fixed and mobile devices, such as a mobile telephone for cellular networks.

The indicator light provides information on transmission/reception status and state of the battery charge. The power input is designed to accept a 5-pin, B-type plug, permitting recharging from a charger, a USB port on an automatic data processing machine or a motor vehicle accessory plug charger. The controls are used for powering the apparatus on and off, voice dialing, answering and ending incoming calls, rejecting calls, placing calls on hold, call waiting, redial of the last number, if supported by the apparatus with which it is “paired” (transmitting to and receiving from).

The product is put up in a set for retail sale in a box with a quick start manual.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 3 to Section XVI), 3 (b) and 6.
Adoption : 2011

21. Wearable battery-operated device, also known as a “smart watch”, (57 mm long x 37 mm wide x 11 mm thick), capable of receiving and transmitting data and designed to be worn on the wrist, incorporating a 1.63 inch (41.4 mm) touch-sensitive, active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (AMOLED) display, 512 MB RAM, 4 GB internal memory, a 800 MHz processor, a 315 mAh battery, a 1.9 MP digital camera, a speaker and two microphones, a gyro-sensor and an accelerometer.

The device has a radio transceiver which utilizes an open wireless technology standard (such as Bluetooth® communication wireless protocol for exchanging data within a Personal Area Network (PAN) using short length waves over short distances (up to 10 metres)), which enables the device to communicate wirelessly with other devices, such as mobile telephones for cellular networks or tablet computers.

Once paired to a host device, the wearable device is capable of performing a variety of functions including : displaying time and date information, recording and reproducing sound, taking and recording digital photographs and videos, alarm, timer, and stopwatch, pedometer, making and receiving phone calls over the host device by speaking directly into the wearable device, receiving and viewing e-mails, notifications, receiving and sending SMS messages via voice commands, and operating the music player functions of the host device.
Application of GIRs 1, 3 (b) and 6.
Adoption : 2015

22. Wearable battery-operated device, also known as a “smart watch”, available in two sizes (39 mm long x 33 mm wide x 11 mm thick and 42 mm long x 36 mm wide x 11 mm thick, respectively), capable of receiving and transmitting data and voice and designed to be worn on the wrist, incorporating a 1.34 inch (34 mm) or 1.53 inch (39 mm) touch sensitive display, respectively, a microphone, a speaker, an accelerometer, a gyroscope, a photoplethysmogram (PPG) sensor, a rechargeable lithium-ion polymer battery and a custom-designed chip that integrates processing, graphics, memory, and wireless communications functionality in a single module and is covered with resin to protect electronic components.

The device utilizes an open wireless technology standard (such as Bluetooth® wireless protocol for exchanging data within a Personal Area Network (PAN) using short length waves over short distances (up to 10 metres)), which enables the device to communicate wirelessly with other devices, such as mobile telephones for cellular networks. The device also has Near Field Communication (NFC) and Wi-Fi capabilities.

Once paired to a host device, the wearable device is capable of performing a variety of functions including : accepting phone calls over the host device, recording and reproducing digital audio, accessing media (pictures, videos, and music) stored on the host device, displaying time and date information, viewing and replying to SMS and email messages, displaying notifications from the host device, employing a point-of-service (PoS) payment system using NFC technology, and accessing health and fitness information.
Application of GIRs 1, 3 (b) and 6.
Adoption : 2015

23. Wearable battery-operated device, also known as a “smart watch”, (51 mm long x 36 mm wide x 10 mm thick), capable of receiving and transmitting data and designed to be worn on the wrist, incorporating a touch-sensitive 1.6 inch (41 mm) transflective display, 512 MB RAM, 4 GB internal memory, a 1.2 GHz processor, a 420 mAh battery, an accelerometer, a compass, a gyro and GPS.

The device has a radio transceiver which utilizes an open wireless technology standard (such as Bluetooth® wireless protocol for exchanging data within a Personal Area Network (PAN) using short length waves over short distances (up to 10 metres)), which enables the device to communicate wirelessly with other devices, such as mobile telephones for cellular networks. The device also has Near Field Communication (NFC) capability.

Once paired to a host device, the wearable device is capable of performing a variety of functions including : displaying time and date information, alarm, stopwatch, and timer, pedometer, viewing incoming e-mails and notifications, sending pre-defined replies thereto, and operating music player functions of the host device.
Application of GIRs 1, 3 (b) and 6.
Adoption : 2015

24. Wearable battery-operated device, also known as a “smart watch”, (24 mm wide x 10 mm thick), capable of receiving and transmitting data and designed to be worn on the wrist as a bracelet, incorporating a 1.4 inch (36 mm) black-and-white display, an accelerometer and an altimeter.

The device utilizes an open wireless technology standard (such as Bluetooth® wireless protocol for exchanging data within a Personal Area Network (PAN) using short length waves over short distances (up to 10 metres)), which enables the device to communicate wirelessly with other devices, such as mobile telephones for cellular networks.

Once paired to a host device, the wearable device is capable of performing a variety of functions including : making and receiving calls over the host device, viewing incoming emails and notifications from the host device, alarm, viewing date and time, operating the music player functions of the host device, operating the camera functions of the host device, and pedometer.
Application of GIRs 1, 3 (b) and 6.
Adoption : 2015

 

8517.69

— Other

 

1. Paging alert devices designed to emit a sound (or a visual) signal on the reception of a pre-set radio signal. This signal only permits communication with a specific receiver in order to activate its sound signal (or visual signal). These devices are very simple and cannot convey messages.
Adoption : 19982. Paging alert devices designed to emit a sound signal and a visual signal on receiving a pre-set radio signal, permitting the reception of messages, for example, telephone numbers or stock quotations.
Adoption : 1998
8517.71

— Aerials and aerial reflectors of all kinds; parts suitable for use therewith

 

1. Antenna for base station, which is a directional dual-polarized plate antenna with a width of 0.3 m and a length of 1.4 m. The antenna works at 1.7-2.7 GHz frequency band and is part of a base station for mobile communication. Used in a mobile communication system, the base station antenna receives and transmits electromagnetic waves in the base station system. Its main features are as follows :
(i) Directivity: horizontal beam width of 65 degrees for cellular sector networking;
(ii) High gain: 18 dBi;
(iii) Vertical beam pointing adjustment function; and
(iv) Unique 4.3-10 connector for communication.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (b) to Section XVI) and 6.
Adoption : 20192. Microwave antenna, which is an ultra-high performance, dual-polarized antenna that operates in the 14.4-15.35 GHz frequency band. The microwave antenna receives and transmits electromagnetic waves in a microwave communication device. Its main features are as follows :
(i) High gain, reaching 42.9 dBi;
(ii) The antenna diameter is 1.2 m;
(iii) The beam width is 1.2 degrees; and
(iv) XPD (Cross Polarization Discrimination) is 30.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (b) to Section XVI) and 6.
Adoption : 2019
8517.79

— Other

 

1. Transparent capacitive touch screen for a mobile phone (dimensions : 56 mm (W) x 109 mm (H) x 1.3 mm (D)), consisting of two thin transparent indium tin oxide (ITO) conductive layers and a top protective layer of tempered glass, which are attached together by optical clear adhesive layers. It is also equipped with a flexible printed circuit board (FPCB) with a mounted touch integrated circuit (IC). In reacting to the natural electrical charge of the human body, a touch of the screen distorts the electrostatic field created by the ITO conductive layers. The touch IC senses the distortion of the electrostatic field, calculates where the touch occurred and sends that information to the application processor of the mobile phone. It has no displaying capabilities itself.
The screen is used with a liquid crystal display (LCD) or an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (AMOLED) display of a mobile phone. It has four rounded edges, and is cut to conform to the front face of the mobile phone with holes for the main button, a camera lens and a loudspeaker.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (b) to Section XVI) and 6.
Adoption : 20142. Touch-sensitive, active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (AMOLED) display module (dimensions (L x W x H) : 123 x 76 x 1 mm), designed for incorporation into a mobile phone. The AMOLED module functions as a capacitive touch-sensitive operator panel for the phone as well as a display, with a diagonal screen measurement of 5.3 inch (134 mm) and a resolution of 1200 × 800 pixels.
The AMOLED module consists of :- a cover glass (tempered glass) for the protection of the article;

– an AMOLED display panel, consisting of a layer of organic compound sandwiched between upper glass (featuring a transparent conductive layer formed as indium tin oxide (ITO) patterns inside of its cell) and lower glass; and

– a flexible printed board assembly, which provides the interface between the principal apparatus (mobile phone) and the display by controlling touch operations.

Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (b) to Section XVI) and 6.
Adoption : 2014

Cover glassRear view of the module

3. Electro-conductive tempered cover glass, for the manufacture of a touchscreen mobile phone, with the following dimensions (L x W x H) : 165 mm x 86 mm x 0.55 mm.
In addition to being tempered and cut to shape (including holes punched and edges rounded), the glass is subjected to the following printing process :

(i) printing the company logo and electro-conductive dots using electro-conductive inks;

(ii) printing the non electro-conductive border using non electro-conductive and heat-resistant shielding ink, to prevent the touchscreen operation from malfunctioning or failing to function and to block out the light from the backlighting unit of liquid crystal displays (LCDs);

(iii) printing two infrared ink spots which, once the telephone has been assembled, ensure the passage of light to the infrared sensor; and

(iv) printing the touch icons, using non electro-conductive and heat-resistant ink.

Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (b) to Section XVI) and 6.
Adoption : 2014

4. Assembly designed to be mounted into a cellular (mobile) phone, consisting of a plastic frame incorporating the following components :

(i) gesture sensor for capturing movement of hands without touching the phone screen, which is a chip-shaped article comprised of a light-emitting diode (light emitting area) and a sensor (light receiving area). The light-emitting diode (LED) emits infrared (IR) rays, and the sensor receives IR rays reflecting from a hand and recognizes a user’s gesture;

(ii) IR LED for generating IR signal to remote control functions of external apparatus, such as a television, set-top box, etc.;

(iii) connector for interconnecting the assembly with the main board of the phone;

(iv) flexible printed circuit board (FPCB) to support and electrically connect the components of the assembly.

The gesture sensor and IR LED perform their functions independently.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (b) to Section XVI) and 6.
Adoption : 2016

A IR LED
B Gesture sensor :
B1 Light-emitting diode (light emitting area)
B2 Sensor (light receiving area)
C Connector for interconnecting the assembly with the main board of the phone

5. Assembly designed to be mounted into a cellular (mobile) phone, incorporating the following components :

(i) linear vibration motor comprised of coils and magnets, for generating mechanical vibration while turned on; it is used in “silent” mode;

(ii) loudspeaker (or receiver) (dimensions : 12.1 mm x 7.1 mm x 3.5 mm; effective frequency band : 300 Hz ~ 3.4 kHz), reproducing sound from the voice of the other party during a telephone conversation by converting an input electrical signal into an audio signal (other sound and signal, such as, bell sound, music, etc. are reproduced through another loudspeaker);

(iii) microphone for converting surrounding sound, for example, when taking videos, into an electrical signal to be used by the phone (another microphone, mounted at the bottom of the telephone, is used for telephone communication);

(iv) connector for plugging in external headphones and earphones;

(v) connector for interconnecting the assembly with the main board of the phone;

(vi) flexible printed circuit board (FPCB) to support and electrically connect the components of the assembly.

The vibration motor, loudspeaker, microphone and connector for external headphones and earphones perform their functions independently.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (b) to Section XVI) and 6.
Adoption : 2016

A Loudspeaker
B Connector for external headphones and earphones
C Microphone
D Connector for interconnecting the assembly with the main board of the phone
E Vibration motor

 

8518.10

– Microphones and stands therefor

 

1. Wireless microphone set. Two wireless microphones which transmit in the UHF radio frequency band, packaged with a UHF dual-channel wireless receiver which includes separate level controls for controlling the output level of each of the two corresponding microphones independently. The receiver has three output plugs for connection to other audio or video equipment. Two of them are for sending an unmixed signal received from each microphone. The third one is for sending a signal combining the two microphone signals received. The package includes an audio cable for connecting the receiver to other audio or video equipment (such as an amplifier), two batteries to power the microphones and two aerials for fitting onto the receiver. The components are contained in a reusable padded case with separate compartments for protecting each component during transport.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 4 to Section XVI) and 6.
Adoption : 2010
8518.22

— Multiple loudspeakers, mounted in the same enclosure

 

1. Apparatus for musical instruments, consisting of a class AB amplifier tube, two pre-amplifier tubes, two amplifier tubes and two loudspeakers, combined in a single housing. It accepts an electrical signal from a variety of sources, such as an electric guitar, an electronic keyboard/piano or an MP3 player. It amplifies the electrical signal and then produces sound by directing the amplified electrical signal to the loudspeakers. It can modify the tone of the sound by emphasising or de-emphasising certain frequencies (bass, midrange and treble frequencies) and can also add certain electronic effects to the sound to be produced.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6 (Note 3 to Section XVI).
Adoption : 2013
8518.50

– Electric sound amplifier sets

 

1. Speech training apparatus for deaf persons consisting mainly of two microphones (one used by the instructor, the other by the pupil), an audio-frequency amplifier and one set of headphones, each headphone being individually controlled to compensate for variations in hearing ability between the left and right ear.
Adoption : 1970
8519.81

— Using magnetic, optical or semiconductor media

 

1.Apparatus consisting of a CD-ROM drive with an MP3 decoder for reading MP3 format files, presented with a remote control and connection cables, to be installed in a motor vehicle. The apparatus is to be connected to the motor vehicle radio.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20022. Portable, battery operated apparatus consisting of a housing incorporating a flash memory, a microprocessor in the form of integrated circuits (“chips”), an electronic system including an audio-frequency amplifier, an LCD screen and control buttons. The microprocessor is programmed to use the MP3 file format. The apparatus has connectors for stereo head- or earphones, and can be connected to an automatic data processing machine for downloading MP3 files (using a parallel or USB port). It may have a flash card slot. The storage capacity usually ranges from 32 to 64 MB.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20023. Apparatus incorporating a CD drive, a microprocessor, a flash memory or a hard disk, an LCD screen, control buttons, input connectors for analogue audio signals and for a microphone and output connectors for audio, S-video and composite video, parallel and USB connectors for uploading or downloading MP3 files to or from an automatic data processing machine or to or from a portable MP3 player and an ethernet port for connection to a network or to the Internet. The connection to a TV set provides a graphical user interface for playlist editing and navigation, as well as display of animation. The apparatus is programmed to read MP3 and other audio compression formats, and can record analogue audio signals or voice.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 3 to Section XVI) and 6.
Adoption : 20024. Set of a sound reproducing apparatus and books, consisting of four components, packaged together in a paperboard box for retail sale :

– Two books (a “reading book” and a “play book”), which are printed books of paper material without any electronic elements;

– An electronic book-shaped pad made of plastics and designed to fit the size and shape of the included books. The pad incorporates a loudspeaker, a touch-sensitive electronic film which represents coordinates, a printed circuit assembly, a socket for the sound pack and a battery;

– A sound pack, which is a storage device having a capacity of 128 MB. It stores the audio content of the books. The sound pack is to be inserted into the socket of the electronic book-shaped pad; and

– A pen-shaped stylus used for pointing and indicating a specific spot on the book.

The product is designed to help children to learn to read.

Application of GIRs 1, 3 (b) and 6.
Adoption : 2018

 

8521.90

– Other

 

1. DVD player (434 x 95 x 290 mm) incorporating an MP3 file decoder.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2002
8522.90

– Other

 

1. Mechanical assembly for video recording or reproducing apparatus consisting of a chasis on which are mounted the following main parts :

(i) a cylinder comprising an upper rotating cylinder integral with the video heads, a fixed lower cylinder and a motor. The assembly writes the video signals on the magnetic tape and reads those signals;

(ii) a sound head which writes the audio signals on the magnetic tape and reads those signals;

(iii) an erasing head which erases the prerecorded signals at the time of recording;

(iv) a capstan which keeps the magnetic tape playing at a fixed speed.

Classification as part of the appropriate apparatus.

Adoption : 1991

 

8523.51

— Solid-state non-volatile storage devices

 

1. Solid-state, non-volatile data storage device (known as a “flash memory card” or “flash electronic storage card”), having a storage capacity of 192°MB, consisting of a printed circuit board onto which are mounted (i) one flash memory (“FLASH E2PROM”) in the form of an integrated circuit, (ii) a microcontroller in the form of an integrated circuit, (iii) a number of capacitors and resistors and (iv) a connecting socket. The dimensions of the device are approximately 85 mm x 54 mm x 4 mm.
Data can be stored onto and read from the card once it has been inserted in a particular appliance, such as navigation and global positioning systems, data collection terminals, portable scanners, medical monitoring appliances, audio recording apparatus, mobile phones and digital cameras. The data can also be transferred to an automatic data processing machine by using a special adapter. The card uses power from the appliances to which it is connected and requires no battery.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20022. Solid-state, non-volatile data storage device (known as a “flash memory card” or “flash electronic storage card”), having a storage capacity of 192°MB, consisting of a printed circuit board (PCB) onto which are mounted one flash memory (“FLASH E²PROM”) and a controller, in the form of integrated circuits, and passive elements, such as capacitors and resistors, with traces and through hole connections of copper, supplied with a connecting socket. The dimensions of the device are approximately 43 mm x 36 mm x 4 mm. The various components are mounted by surface mount technology onto the PCB, which is subsequently top and bottom lidded or bonded to a plastic card. The PCB is not produced by thin- or thick-film technology.
Data can be stored onto and read from the card once it has been inserted in a particular appliance, such as navigation and global positioning systems, data collection terminals, portable scanners, medical monitoring appliances, audio recording apparatus, mobile phones and digital cameras. The data can also be transferred to an automatic data processing machine by using a special adapter. The card uses power from the appliances to which it is connected and requires no battery.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20023. Solid-state, non-volatile data storage device (known as a “flash memory card” or “flash electronic storage card”), having a storage capacity of 64 MB, consisting of a printed circuit board (PCB) onto which are mounted two flash memories (“FLASH E²PROM”) in the form of integrated circuits, fitted with electrical flat surface contact points. The integrated circuits are attached by epoxy onto the PCB, which is subsequently attached to a plastic frame by gluing. The PCB is not produced by thin- or thick-film technology. The dimensions of the device are approximately 45 mm x 37 mm x 2 mm.
Data can be stored onto and read from the card once it has been inserted in a particular appliance, such as navigation and global positioning systems, data collection terminals, portable scanners, medical monitoring appliances, audio recording apparatus, mobile phones and digital cameras. The data can also be transferred to an automatic data processing machine by using a special adapter. The card uses power from the appliances to which it is connected and requires no battery.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20024. “Mini” SD (Secure Digital) card (known as “flash memory card” or “flash electronic storage card”). It consists of a non-conductive substrate (with or without printed circuit board) with conductive copper traces and a contact pad for connection to the host interfaces, into which are mounted (i) one flash memory (“FLASH E2PROM”) in the form of an integrated circuit, (ii) a microcontroller in the form of an integrated circuit and (iii) passive elements. The dimensions of the device are 21.5 mm x 20 mm x 1.4 mm.
Data can be read from and stored onto the card once it has been inserted in a particular appliance, such as printers, mobile phones, audio recording apparatus, digital cameras, data collection terminals, video game consoles or automatic data processing machines. The card uses power from the appliances to which it is connected and requires no battery.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 5 (a) to Chapter 85) and 6.
Adoption : 2012

5. “Micro” SD (Secure Digital) card (known as “flash memory card” or “flash electronic storage card”). It consists of a non-conductive substrate (with or without printed circuit board) with conductive copper traces and a contact pad for connection to the host interfaces, into which are mounted (i) one flash memory (“FLASH E2PROM”) in the form of an integrated circuit, (ii) a microcontroller in the form of an integrated circuit and (iii) passive elements. The dimensions of the device are 15 mm x 11 mm x 1 mm.
Data can be read from and stored onto the card once it has been inserted in a particular appliance, such as printers, mobile phones, audio recording apparatus, digital cameras, data collection terminals, video game consoles or automatic data processing machines. The card uses power from the appliances to which it is connected and requires no battery.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 5 (a) to Chapter 85) and 6.
Adoption : 2012

 

8524.91

— Of liquid crystals

 

1. Colour liquid-crystal display (LCD) module (dimensions : 228 mm (W) x 149 mm (H) x 2.4 mm (D)), designed for incorporation into a portable automatic data processing machine (tablet computer).
This display module consists of a 10.1 inch (25.65 cm) thin film transistor (TFT) active-matrix LCD panel, a light-emitting diode (LED) backlight unit and a flexible printed circuit board (FPCB) that provides the interface between the principal apparatus and the display module and contains electronic circuitry for converting voltage to a level usable by the module and controlling the function of the display panel.
The display module has the following basic features :- Display Mode : Normally black;- Resolution : 1280 x 800 pixels, pixel pitch 0.1695 x 0.1695 mm, up to 16.2 Mega colours;- Average white luminance (typical) : 400 cd/m2;

– Contrast ratio (typical) : 900:1;

– Response time (max) : 45 ms;

– Pixel arrangement : RGB Vertical Stripe;

– Display area : 217 mm (H) x 136 mm (V);

– Power supply voltage (max) : Vcc = 5 V;

– Interface : LVDS (Low-voltage differential signaling) (DDK 45 pin).

The display module can reproduce only a signal of its own “native” resolution via pre-determined digital interface and is not able to resize, convert and adapt the input signal to the “native” resolution.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (a) to Section XVI and Note 7 to Chapter 85) and 6.
Adoption : 2016

 

8525.89

— Other

 

1. Camera apparatus presented in a box for retail sale, consisting of a digital camera, a rubber camera stand, a cable to connect the camera to an automatic data processing (ADP) machine, diskettes containing installation software for capturing still images and video, and a manual. The camera incorporates an adjustable focus lens, an image capture board with charged coupled-device (CCD) and a VIDEC™ (Video Digitally Enhanced Compression) compression board. The apparatus is used for capturing video or still images, converting them into digital signals and sending the signals directly to an ADP machine where the data can be recorded, reworked, edited, etc. with appropriate software. With this apparatus and the appropriate software installed on an ADP machine, one can produce videos and still images, hold video conferences and produce illustrated documents. This apparatus cannot be classified in heading 84.71 by virtue of Note 5 (D) (iv) to Chapter 84.
The diskettes containing the installation software are classified together with the camera apparatus as a set in subheading 8525.80.
Application of GIRs 1, 3 (b) and 6.
Adoption : 20012. Digital still camera fitted with a Charge Coupled Device (CCD) and based on video camera recorder technology. It records, processes and stores images in digital format. It features a built-in, high-resolution, 1.8″ colour LCD screen that is used as a viewfinder when shooting images and as a monitor when viewing recorded or uploaded images. The semiconductor memory of the apparatus holds up to 96 colour still images. The images can be transferred to an automatic data processing machine by means of an optional accessory package for viewing and storing on an automatic data processing machine. For this purpose it has been designed with built-in digital input and output connection ports. It is also designed with a connection port for video cables so that the images can be transferred directly to a TV or a VCR. It can also deliver its stored images to labels by connecting to a label printer specifically designed for use with the digital camera.
Application of GIRs 1, 3 (b) and 6.
Adoption : 1998
8526.91

— Radio navigational aid apparatus

 

1. Distance Measuring Equipment (DME) designed to be used as part of an aircraft’s radio navigation system, enabling the aircraft in flight to measure its distance from a ground-based beacon by radio-electrical and not by optical or opto-electronic means.
Adoption : 1986
8527.13

— Other apparatus combined with sound recording or reproducing apparatus

 

. Portable, battery operated apparatus consisting of a housing incorporating a flash memory and a microprocessor in the form of integrated circuits (“chips”), an electronic system including an audio-frequency amplifier, an LCD screen, a microphone, a radio tuner and control buttons. The microprocessor is programmed to use the MP3 file format. The apparatus has connectors for stereo head- or earphones and for a remote control, and can be connected to an automatic data processing machine for downloading or uploading MP3 or other files (using a parallel or USB port). The storage capacity usually ranges from 32 to 64 MB.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2002
8527.19

— Other

 

1. Multi-purpose portable apparatus, consisting of the following in the same housing :

(i) an AM/FM radio receiver;

(ii) two fluorescent lights;

(iii) a search light;

(iv) a red signal light;

(v) an amber blinker;

(vi) a sonic alarm;

(vii) an integrated circuit which generates a verbal warning when the battery needs recharging;

(viii) a built-in rechargeable battery with AC220V and DC12V charger.

The apparatus is fitted with a handle and a shoulder strap.

Application of Note 3 to Section XVI.
Adoption : 1999

 

8528.52

— Capable of directly connecting to and designed for use with an automatic data processing machine of heading 84.71

 

1. Colour monitor comprising a 22 inch (55.88 cm) TFT LCD (thin film transistor liquid crystal display) panel combined in the same housing with control circuitry, DVI-D (digital visual interface – for digital signal only) and VGA (Video Graphics Array) input connectors and adjustment LED (light emitting diode) touch-sensor controls.
The monitor includes the following components and features :- Colour saturation 72 % (NTSC);
– True resolution 1680 x 1050 pixels, pixel pitch 0.282 mm, display colour 16.7 million colours;
– Brightness (max) 250 cd/m2;
– Contrast ratio 50000:1;
– Viewing angle 170° (H) / 160° (V);
– Response time 2 ms (Gray-to-Gray);
– Video features : Trace Free Technology, Splendid Video Intelligence Technology, Splendid Video Preset Modes (5 modes), Skin-Tone Selection (3 modes), HDCP (High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection) support, Colour Temperature Selection (5 modes);
– Touch-sensor controls for Splendid Video Preset Mode selection, auto adjustment, brightness and contrast adjustment and input selection;
– Analogue and Digital Signal Frequencies : 30 – 83°KHz (H) / 50 – 75 Hz (V).Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20112. Colour monitor comprising a 23.1 inch (58.67 cm) thin film transistor active-matrix liquid crystal display (TFT AMLCD) panel combined with control circuitry, input receptacles and adjustment controls in a case suitable for mounting in place and certified as suitable for installation in a marine environment. It is exclusively designed, tested and type-approved for and used in navigation and automation systems on ships, and is always used in a system configuration with an automatic data processing machine as its primary control and signal source.
The monitor includes the following components and features :

– Resolution : 1600 x 1200 pixels, pixel pitch 0.294 x 0.294 mm, up to 16.7 million colours;
– Brightness : 400 cd/m2;
– Contrast ratio : 600:1;
– Viewable Angle : ± 85° (Up/Down/Left/Right);
– Response time : 12 ms (Black-White-Black) or 8 ms (Gray-to-Gray);
– Images supported : VGA (Video Graphics Array), SVGA (Super VGA), XGA (Extended Graphics Array), SXGA (Super XGA), UXGA (Ultra XGA), WUXGA (Wide UXGA);
– Video standards supported : Interlaced NTSC and PAL/SECAM video, Composite video;
– Surface capacitive touch-sensitive screen;
– Signal input/output receptacles : DVI-I (digital visual interface – for both digital and analog signals) Signal IN, RGB Signal IN (HD D-SUB), RGB Signal OUT (HD D-SUB), Multifunction (D-SUB), USB (Universal Serial Bus) I/O (Type B Connector);
– Power terminals : AC Power IN (Standard IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) Inlet), DC Power IN (D-SUB Connector), AC Power OUT (Standard IEC Outlet);
– Controls on front bezel : Power, brightness, hotkeys (left/right – push buttons), Mode Status Red/Orange/Green Illuminated LED (light-emitting diode)-ring indicator.

Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2013

3. Colour monitor comprising a 19 inch (48.3 cm) thin film transistor liquid crystal display (TFT LCD) active-matrix panel combined in the same housing with control circuitry, two USB (Universal Serial Bus) downstream connectors, one USB upstream connector, one DVI-D (digital visual interface – for digital signal only) connector, one VGA (Video Graphics Array) connector and front panel controls (Menu, Minus/Auto, Plus/Input, Power).
The monitor has the following basic features :

– Resolution (max) : 1280 x 1024 (60 Hz) pixels (analog and digital inputs), pixel pitch 0.294 mm;
– Brightness : 250 cd/m2;
– Contrast ratio : 1000:1;
– Horizontal frequency : 24 – 83 KHz;
– Vertical refresh rate : 50 – 75 Hz.

Application des RGI 1 et 6.
Adoption : 2013

1 AC Power Connector2 USB Downstream Connectors3 USB Upstream Connector4 DVI-D Connector5 VGA Connector

4. Colour monitor comprising a 20.1 inch (51 cm) thin film transistor liquid crystal display (TFT LCD) active-matrix panel combined in the same housing with control circuitry, one USB (Universal Serial Bus) upstream connector, four USB downstream connectors, two DVI-I (digital visual interface – for both digital and analog signals) connectors and front panel controls (Menu, Minus/Auto, Plus, Input Select, Power).
The monitor has the following basic features :

– Resolution (max) : 1600 x 1200 (75 Hz) pixels (analog and digital inputs), pixel pitch 0.258 mm;
– Brightness : 300 cd/m2;
– Contrast ratio : 1000:1;
– Horizontal frequency : 30 – 94 KHz;
– Vertical refresh rate : 48 – 85 Hz.

Application des RGI 1 et 6.
Adoption : 2013

1 Cable Lock Provision2 Master Power Switch3 AC Power Connector4 DVI-I Connectors5 USB Upstream Connector6 USB Downstream connectors7 USB Downstream connectors (side panel)

5. Colour monitor comprising a 23 inch (58.4 cm) active-matrix thin film transistor liquid crystal display (TFT LCD) panel combined in the same housing with control circuitry, integrated speakers, one VGA (Video Graphics Array) connector, one HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) connector, one Audio-In connector and front panel controls (Menu, Minus/Volume, Plus/Source, Select/Auto).
The monitor has the following basic features :

– Resolution (max) : 1920 x 1200 (60 Hz) pixels (analog input), pixel pitch 0.265 mm;
– Brightness : 300 cd/m2;
– Contrast ratio : 1000:1;
– Horizontal frequency : 24 – 83 KHz;
– Vertical refresh rate : 48 – 76 Hz;
– Supports High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection (HDCP) to prevent transmission of non-encrypted high definition content.

Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2015

6. Colour monitor, comprising of a 27-inch (68.58 cm) flat-panel display. It is capable of directly connecting to an automatic data processing (ADP) machine via one VGA or two HDMI connectors. The monitor is designed for use with an ADP machine and does not include a channel selector, a video tuner or speakers.
Specifications :

– Aspect Ratio : 16:9
– Pixel pitch : 0.311 mm
– Response time : 8 ms gray to gray
– Brightness : 250 cd/m²
– Contrast ratio : 1000:1 static; 5000000:1 dynamic
– Viewing angle : 178° horizontal; 178° vertical
– Video input signal : 1 VGA; 2 HDMI (with HDCP (High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection) support)
– Resolution : 1920 x 1080

Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018

7. Colour monitor, comprising of a 32-inch (81.28 cm) flat-panel display. It is capable of directly connecting to an automatic data processing (ADP) machine via two HDMI, three USB 2.0, or one Display Port 1.2 connector. The monitor is designed for use with an ADP machine and does not include a channel selector, a video tuner or speakers.
Specifications :

– Aspect Ratio : 16:9
– Pixel pitch : 0.276 mm
– Response time : 7 ms gray to gray
– Brightness : 300 cd/m²
– Contrast ratio : 3000:1 static; 10000000:1 dynamic
– Viewing angle : 178° horizontal; 178° vertical
– Video input signal : 2 HDMI (with HDCP support); DisplayPort 1.2 (with HDCP support)
– Connectivity : 3 USB 2.0 (two downstream; one upstream)
– Resolution : 2560 x 1440 (60Hz)

Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018

8. Colour monitor, comprising of a 55-inch (139.70 cm) flat-panel display. It is capable of directly connecting to an automatic data processing (ADP) machine via the following connectors : one HDMI, one DVI-D, one VGA, one YPbPr, one USB 2.0, one RJ-45 (Ethernet), an infrared (IR) input/output jack and an audio input/output jack. It is designed for use with an ADP machine.
Specifications :

– Aspect Ratio : 16:9
– Pixel pitch : 0.63 mm
– Response time : 9 ms gray to gray
– Brightness : 350 cd/m²
– Contrast ratio : 1200:1
– Viewing angle : 178° horizontal; 178° vertical
– Video input signal : VGA (D-Sub), DVI-D, HDMI; YPbPr (HDCP support on DVI and HDMI)
– Connectivity : USB 2.0
– Resolution 1920 x 1200 (60 Hz)

Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018

 

8528.62

— Capable of directly connecting to and designed for use with an automatic data processing machine of heading 84.71

 

1. Colour desktop LCD (liquid crystal display) projector. This projector has a resolution of 640 x 480 pixels, is capable of displaying 16 M colours and is exclusively intended to be connected to an automatic data processing machine in order to project images generated by that machine on a large screen. It has built-in amplifier/speakers which enable users to connect to a wireless microphone, portable CD player or to the auxiliary output of a stereo system.
Application of Note 5 (D) (v) to Chapter 84.
Adoption : 1999
8528.69

— Other

 

1. Colour desktop LCD (liquid crystal display) projector. This projector has a resolution of 640 x 480 pixels, is capable of displaying 16 M colours and may be connected to an automatic data processing machine, a videocassette recorder or a laser disc player. It has built-in amplifier/speakers which enable users to connect to a wireless microphone, portable CD player or to the auxiliary output of a stereo system.
Application of GIR 3 (c).
Adoption : 19992. Projector used in the graphics industry for reproducing images of signals received from automatic data processing machines and video sources, with a 22.5 cm (9 inch) high-resolution cathode ray tube and advanced optical/electrical technologies (resolution of 2,000 x 1,600 pixels for the highest frequency computer graphics images).
Application of GIR 3 (c).
Adoption : 1999
8528.71

— Not designed to incorporate a video display or screen

 

1. Satellite television reception system, consisting of :

(i) a parabolic aerial reflector dish;
(ii) a control rotator for the reflector dish;
(iii) a feed horn (wave guide);
(iv) a polarizer (device which rotates the feed horn depending on whether the wave is vertical or horizontal);
(v) a low-noise-block (LNB) down converter;
(vi) a receiver;
(vii) an infra-red remote control.

These elements are presented together as a complete system for receiving satellite broadcasts.
Application of Note 4 to Section XVI.
Adoption : 1997

2. Receiver of satellite television broadcasts, which receives amplified down-converted frequency signals from a low-noise-block (LNB) down converter and selects a single signal (channel) for display, thus acting as a channel selector or tuner. It also contains a reception device for remote signals to change the channel or to rotate the aerial and polarizer.
Adoption : 1997

3. Terminal for receiving satellite broadcast video signals by cable and for sending them to a TV receiver (or a video monitor) or to a video recording apparatus. It incorporates a combined modulator-demodulator (modem) and interfaces, making it possible to :

– send and receive faxes and E-mails or get access to Internet through the incorporated modem;
– connect a printer at the RS232 port and print received faxes;
– download broadcast data to an automatic data processing machine or connect a CD-ROM drive to this terminal through the Small Computer Systems Interface (SCSI) port.

The terminal is presented together with an infrared remote control apparatus.
Application of Note 4 to Section XVI.
Adoption : 1997

4. Modem-based (broadband) set top box having a communication function allowing the user to access the Internet, send and receive e-mail through a telephone line connection, containing a microprocessor, memory (128 MB RAM and 64 MB flash memory), two USB ports, audio/video output jacks, phone jack, ethernet jack and built-in operating and application software optimised for television. It receives digital signals and converts them for display on an external display (e.g., television set, video monitor). It is presented with a wireless keyboard, a remote control, an audio/video cable, a phone cord, a telephone-line T-splitter, a registration card, a power supply and setup and user guides.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption :2006

 

8529.10

– Aerials and aerial reflectors of all kinds; parts suitable for use therewith

 

1. Parabolic aerial reflector dish, for satellite television reception.
Adoption : 19972. Control rotator for a reflector dish, designed to be used with a parabolic aerial dish for satellite television reception.
Adoption : 19973. Feed horn (wave guide), made of aluminium, which has a tubular space for conducting the electromagnetic waves, transmitted by the satellite, to the low-noise-down converter. It is also fitted with three threaded heads for supports to be fixed onto the parabolic reflector dish.
Adoption : 19974. Polarizer, a device designed to be incorporated in a low-noise-block (LNB) down converter to enable a feed horn (wave guide) connected to that converter to be rotated according to whether the wave is vertical or horizontal.
Adoption : 1997

5. Parabolic aerial (parabolic antenna) for receiving satellite television broadcasts, comprising a reflector dish, a control rotator for the reflector dish, a feed horn (wave guide) and a low-noise-block (LNB) down converter incorporating a polarizer.
Adoption : 1997

 

8533.29

— Other

 

1. Polymeric Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) Thermistor Circuit Protectors being devices which have a conductive polymer composition and which act to increase the electrical resistance of the device as its temperature increases. The PTC effect limits the flow of the current to a point where only a “trickle” of electricity still flows in order to protect sensitive electronics such as solid-state (silicon-based) integrated circuits. The thermistor limits the current but does not break the circuit. When the temperature decreases below its designated “trip” point, the resistance of the device reverts back to its original state. These devices have two primary uses. They can be placed in a series and used as an overcurrent protector or they can be used as temperature sensors to protect sensitive electrical components from damage when the application exceeds a defined temperature. While the generic term for these devices is sometimes called “resettable fuses”, technically these are not fuses but are non-linear thermistors.
Application of GIRs 3 (a) and 6.
Adoption : 2005
8535.90

– Other

 

1. Grounding rods welded to cables and connection wires, consisting of copper-coated carbon steel grounding rods, terminals, bronze couplings and special uncovered copper or copper-coated steel cables and wires. These assemblies, designed for a voltage exceeding 1,000 volts, are used to protect (ground) high-tension lines, substations, communication lines, buildings, street lamps, lightning arresters, all kinds of antennas, etc.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20031. Power rail installation, for supplying electric power to machines, tools, etc., which have to be moved while in use, consisting of :(i) a number of steel profile elements the open underside of each of which has one edge forming a rail for the trolley described in (iv) below, and each containing a varying number of copper conductor bars mounted on insulators;
(ii) junction boxes joining these elements end to end and, in certain cases, nonelectrical joints to separate the circuits;
(iii) one or more devices for connecting the whole to the mains;
(iv) a trolley fitted with sliding contacts, for connection by cable to the machines, tools, etc., to be supplied with power.See also Opinion 8535.90 or 8536.90/2.
Adoption : 1964 + 1968

2. Prefabricated elements for electrical conduits, consisting of a varying number of conductor bars whether or not covered with an insulating material, held lengthwise by means of electrical insulators, on a support or in a suitably shaped sheath which may be provided at intervals with openings for connections.
See also Opinion 8535.90 or 8536.90/1.
Adoption : 1964 + 1968

 

8536.50

– Other switches

 

Switching devices housed in boxes of metal or plastics, measuring 63.5 or 82.55 x 152.4 x 158.75 mm and weighing approximately 635 g or 726 g. They have rearmounted connector sockets, a front-mounted rotary action switch and house printed circuits. They are specifically designed to interconnect two or more compatible automatic data processing devices so as to permit the selection of alternative combinations of these devices, e.g., to connect two terminals to one modem, two or more central processing units to one printer or several printers to one terminal. The printed circuits are designed to carry very low electric currents of about one thousandth of an ampere.
Adoption : 1991
8536.69

— Other

 

1. Power distribution unit consisting of a metal box containing one power input plug and 15 AC power sockets. The unit is designed for supplying power to various rack-mounted components in a cabinet (for example, network routers, test equipment, control equipment), and is supplied with mounting brackets and screws for installation inside such a cabinet by means of user-supplied nuts and bolts.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2008
8536.90

– Other apparatus

 

1. Power rail installation, for supplying electric power to machines, tools, etc., which have to be moved while in use, consisting of :

(i) a number of steel profile elements the open underside of each of which has one edge forming a rail for the trolley described in (iv) below, and each containing a varying number of copper conductor bars mounted on insulators;
(ii) junction boxes joining these elements end to end and, in certain cases, nonelectrical joints to separate the circuits;
(iii) one or more devices for connecting the whole to the mains;
(iv) a trolley fitted with sliding contacts, for connection by cable to the machines, tools, etc., to be supplied with power.

See also Opinion 8535.90 or 8536.90/2.
Adoption : 1965

1. Modular apparatus consisting of a printed circuit card (80 mm x 110 mm x 7 mm) for connecting electrical telecommunication cables. The card in question consists of a printed circuit in a plastic housing. A resistor and five terminals are mounted on seven printed connecting elements which place the circuit card in contact with the collection housing. One side of the card also contains four sockets soldered to the printed circuit. A light emitting diode (LED) is contained in one socket and the other three sockets are jack connections. These last three are respectively marked M (Monitor), O (Output) and I (Input). The socket marked M and the resistor permit the LED to indicate if there is a connection to another circuit.
Adoption : 2000

2. Prefabricated elements for electrical conduits, consisting of a varying number of conductor bars whether or not covered with an insulating material, held lengthwise by means of electrical insulators, on a support or in a suitably shaped sheath which may be provided at intervals with openings for connections.
See also Opinion 8535.90 or 8536.90/1.
Adoption : 1965

2. Prefabricated elements for electrical conduits, consisting of a varying number of conductor bars whether or not covered with an insulating material, held lengthwise by means of electrical insulators, on a support or in a suitably shaped sheath which may be provided at intervals with openings for connections.
See also Opinion 8535.90 or 8536.90/1.
Adoption : 1965

 

8537.10

– For a voltage not exceeding 1,000 V

 

1. An assembly of two multi-positional electrical switching devices arranged on two sides of a mounting bracket designed for mounting on the steering column of a motor vehicle. One of the multi-positional devices is intended to control exterior lighting for the vehicle and the other is intended to control the windscreen wiper and washer. The article has electrical contacts for connecting it to the electrical system of the motor vehicle.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20102. Transparent resistive touch screen (dimensions (L x W x H) : 325 x 245 x 2 mm), consisting of two thin transparent indium tin oxide (ITO) conductive layers separated by dot spacers and electric bus-bars, which are laminated with a top layer of protective film of plastics and bottom layer of protective glass, and fitted with a flexible connector tail. When the two ITO conductive layers are connected at the touch point by external force, it causes a voltage change.
A resistive touch controller converts the voltage change to an X-Y position value and sends the corresponding signal to the touch screen’s applied device. The touch screen can detect touch events by any object, including a human finger or a stylus, but it has no displaying capabilities itself.
The product can be used with a variety of apparatus incorporating a display, such as automated teller machines (ATMs), point-of-sale/service (POSs) terminals, monitors and automatic data processing (ADP) machines.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (a) to Section XVI) and 6.
Adoption : 2014
8538.10

– Boards, panels, consoles, desks, cabinets and other bases for the goods of heading 85.37, not equipped with their apparatus

 

1. Cabinet, for power distribution, presented in the form of unassembled modular components, comprising the following components :

(i) Frame and enclosure components: frames, panels, plates, bases, supports and supporting structures;
(ii) Busbar system assembly components: connecting lugs and holders; and
(iii) Circuit breaker assembly components: module doors, mounting plates, separations and connections.

All components are pre-drilled and designed to be assembled together by means of screw connections to form a cabinet for electrical apparatus (switchgear and control gear and their associated circuit breakers and busbars), which is suitable for use indoors for power distribution in buildings. It does not include any electronic or telecommunication apparatus.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (b) to Section XVI), 2 (a) and 6.
Adoption : 2019

2. Cabinet, for power distribution, presented in the form of unassembled modular components, comprising the following components :

(i) Frame and enclosure components: frames, frame connection sets, panels, plates, bases, a cover, a door wiring support and a label; and
(ii) Busbar system components: uninsulated vertical busbars, holders, reinforcements and supports.

All components are pre-drilled and designed to be assembled together by means of screw connections to form a cabinet for electrical apparatus (switchgear and control gear and their associated circuit breakers and busbars), which is suitable for use indoors for power distribution applications in buildings. It does not include any electronic or telecommunication apparatus.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (b) to Section XVI), 2 (a) and 6.
Adoption : 2019

3. Cabinet, for power distribution, presented in the form of unassembled modular components, comprising the following components:

(i) Frame and enclosure components: frames, plates, bases, supporting structures, covers, a door and a label;
(ii) Busbar system assembly components: connecting lugs; and
(iii) Circuit breaker assembly components: covers and fixing kits.

All components are pre-drilled and designed to be assembled together by means of screw connections to form a cabinet for electrical apparatus (switchgear and control gear and their associated circuit breakers and busbars), which is suitable for use indoors for power distribution applications in buildings. It does not include any electronic or telecommunication apparatus.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (b) to Section XVI), 2 (a) and 6.
Adoption : 2019

 

8538.90

– Other

 

1. Tubular contact pins, of base metal, for riveting to the connector piece of fluorescent tubes.
Adoption : 1971
8539.52

— Light-emitting diode (LED) lamps

 

 Light-emitting diode (LED) “spot lamp” composed of several light emitting diodes, circuitry to rectify AC power and to convert voltage to a level useable by the LEDs, a heat sink and a bi-pin base.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20142. Light-emitting diode (LED) “bulb lamp” in the standard shape of an incandescent bulb, composed of several light emitting diodes inside of an envelope of plastics, circuitry to rectify AC power and to convert voltage to a level useable by the LEDs, a heat sink and an Edison screw base.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2014
8540.89

— Other

 

1. Hot cathode intense electronic positive ion sources, for use in particle accelerators, mass spectrometers and the like.
Adoption : 1958
8541.29

— Other

 

1. Packaged insulated gate bipolar transistor (IGBT) device (48 mm x 94 mm x 29 mm) containing 2 IGBT chips, 2 diodes in an anti-parallel connection to the transistors in order to protect them from the damage caused by reverse current when the transistors are turned off, and several electrodes. The foregoing are interconnected by aluminium wires and incorporated in a plastic casing which is filled with silicone gel in order to ensure insulation.
The functions of the product are : amplification, oscillation, frequency conversion, and switching of electrical current. The product regulates current and voltage in high-power applications and is capable of handling high current through-put. The voltage rating is 1,200 V and the current rating is 150 A. It can be used in various applications, such as lifts, elevators, electric railways, electric vehicles, UPS (uninterruptible power supply), robotics and solar/wind power generators.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 9 to Chapter 85) and 6.
Adoption : 20132. Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT) module, (dimensions : 62 mm x 106 mm x 36 mm) containing 1 IGBT, 1 diode in anti-parallel connection to the transistor in order to protect the transistor from the damage caused by reverse current when the transistor is turned off, and several electrodes. These components are interconnected by aluminium wires and enclosed in a plastic casing.The functions of the product are : amplification, oscillation, frequency conversion, and switching of electrical current. The product regulates current and voltage in high-power applications and is capable of handling high current throughput. The voltage rating is 1200 V and the current rating is 400 A. It can be used in various applications, such as lighting and heating, motion control applications, electric fans, control of electric pumps, etc.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2017 
8541.41

— Light-emitting diodes (LED)

 

1. Assembly of 62 light-emitting diode (LED) packages mounted on a printed circuit board (with the dimension of 440 mm in length, 5 mm in width) in a row with an electric connector at the bottom of the printed circuit board. Each package consists of an LED chip and a diode combined inside. The surface of the package is coated with fluorescent material. The LED assembly is used, e.g., in the backlight unit of liquid crystal display (LCD) TVs, tubular-type LED lamps and exterior lighting. The device does not have the control circuitry necessary to rectify AC power and convert voltage to a level usable by the LEDs.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2015
8541.43

— Photovoltaic cells assembled in modules or made up into panels

 

1. Thin-film solar module (dimensions L x W x H : 1409 x 1009 x 46 mm). The front of the module is fitted with an anodized aluminium alloy frame with low iron non-tempered glass and contains 630 photovoltaic cells. These cells are arranged in 14 strings of 45 photovoltaic solar cells connected in series. These strings are connected in parallel and have two terminals of polarity (+) and (-).
A junction box (dimensions L x W x H : 74 x 74 x 18 mm) is attached to the rear of the module. Inside the junction box is a bypass diode to protect the cells. Two connection “solar cables” (double insulation, with protection from UV, water, temperature and ozone) of a length of 900 mm and with “solar connectors”, are also connected to the terminals of the strings inside the junction box.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 to Chapter 85) and 6.
Adoption : 2018
8542.39

— Other

 

1. Power module containing 6 transistors, 6 diodes and 4 integrated circuits, in addition to 3 resistors and other passive components, including a thermistor. All the foregoing are manufactured through separate processes, and are mounted on a copper lead frame, bound by wire and molded by plastic resin. The subject module performs switching of current in order to provide current to threephase electric motors. Specific applications include, but are not limited to, consumer appliances such as washing machines and air conditioning units.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 9 to Chapter 85) and 6.
Adoption : 20082. Power module containing 6 transistors, 6 diodes and 4 integrated circuits, in addition to 3 resistors and other passive components, including a thermistor. All the foregoing are manufactured through separate processes, and are mounted on a copper lead frame, bound by wire and molded by plastic resin. The subject module performs switching of current in order to provide current to three-phase electric motors. Specific applications include, but are not limited to, consumer appliances such as washing machines and air conditioning units.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 9 to Chapter 85) and 6.
Adoption : 20083. Power module containing (i) a metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistor and (ii) a monolithic integrated circuit which controls and protects the transistor. The foregoing are manufactured by separate processes, and are mounted on a copper lead frame, either vertically or horizontally, which are bound by wire and molded by plastic resin. The subject module switches electrical currents from the primary side to the secondary side of the forward converter of a switching mode power supply. Specific applications include, but are not limited to, battery chargers and adapters, mobile phones, personal digital assistants (PDAs), apparatus incorporating solid-state non-volatile storage devices (such as “MP3 players”), monitors and automatic data processing machines.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 9 to Chapter 85) and 6.
Adoption : 20084. Power module containing (i) a metal oxide semiconductor field effect transistor and (ii) a monolithic integrated circuit which controls and protects the transistor. The foregoing are manufactured by separate processes, and are mounted on a copper lead frame, horizontally, which are bound by wire and molded by plastic resin. The subject module serves as a linear regulator, which maintains or regulates an output voltage based on the input reference voltage. Specific applications include, but are not limited to, battery chargers and adapters, mobile phones, personal digital assistants (PDAs), apparatus incorporating solid-state non-volatile storage devices (such as “MP3 players”), monitors and automatic data processing machines.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 9 to Chapter 85) and 6.
Adoption : 2008

 

8543.40

– Electronic cigarettes and similar personal electric vaporising devices

 

1. “Electronic cigarette”, a battery-operated device in the shape of a round tube resembling a normal cigarette, measuring approximately 150 mm in length and 11 mm in diameter. When a user inhales through the device, air flow is detected by the air sensor, which activates an atomizer that heats and vaporises the liquid in the cartridge. This produces a vapour mist which is inhaled by the user.
The product is put up in a set for retail sale in a box together with a power cord, a charger and five spare cartridges.
Application of GIRs 1, 3 (b) and 6.
Adoption : 2011A ChargerB Power cableC Cartridges (5 pcs)D Electronic cigaretteE Battery partF Atomizing partG Cartridge
8543.70

– Other machines and apparatus

 

1. Electroluminescent devices, generally in the form of tapes, plates or panels, consisting essentially of :

(i) an electroluminescent crystalline substance (usually zinc sulphide) sandwiched between two layers of electrically conductive materials, one of which is transparent (plastics or special glass);
(ii) electrical leads;
(iii) two thin sheets, usually of plastics, sealing and protecting the whole;

when excited by an alternating current, these devices become luminescent over their whole surface and have many applications such as : background lighting, decoration, signalling, etc.
Adoption : 1966 + 1994 + 2007

2. Low-noise-block (LNB) down converter which is designed to be mounted on an aerial (dish) of a system for receiving satellite broadcasts and is used to amplify weak signals and convert frequencies from very high levels to levels within the VHF and UHF range.
Adoption : 1997

3. Remote control, which uses infra-red rays of a frequency exceeding 3,000 GHz (the upper limit for radio frequencies), to control (from a distance) a receiver of satellite television broadcasts in order to change channel or alter the rotation of the aerial (dish) and the polarizer.
Adoption : 1997

4. System, consisting of a combination of machines, designed to record digital video images, create video effects, or edit and finalise video programmes for broadcasting. The system is capable of sending and receiving video signals. Inside the system, video signals are converted into digital signals so that they can be processed by the central processing unit. The system consists of the following components :

(i) one central processing unit;
(ii) two colour display units (monitors) (with a non-interlaced scanner for displaying data, and an interlaced scanner for video presentations); one of these units shows digital operations conducted by the central processing unit and the other shows the final result;
(iii) input unit in the form of a keyboard;
(iv) 4 and 9 Gb (gigabyte) magnetic hard disks;
(v) logging software;
(vi) video coprocessor board;
(vii) compression board;
(viii) DVE (Digital Video Effects) real-time board;
(ix) audiomedia II sound board;
(x) SCSI-II (Small Computer Systems Interface) accelerator board;
(xi) two amplified speakers.

Application of Note 4 to Section XVI and Note 5 (E) to Chapter 84.
Adoption : 1997

5. “Hall element device” with four terminals, consisting of a ferrite substrate with a layer of indium antimonide (InSb) and a ferrite yoke in the role of a magnetic circuit, mounted on a lead frame and wire bonded for connecting to an outer electronic circuit. The device senses magnetism and produces an electric current by “Hall effect” and is used for small accurate motors of washing machines, refrigerators, air conditioners, etc.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2017

A Bonding wireB Ferrite yokeC SubstrateD Lead frame

6. Superluminescent diode module (SLED) consisting of a superluminescent diode, a thermoelectric cooler and a thermistor, permanently mounted in a 14-pin butterfly housing, which is fitted with a fibre optic pigtail with an FC/APC connector. The superluminescent diode produces an emission in the spectral band of 800 to1700 nm, with a centre wavelength range of 1530 to 1570 nm.
Applications include, but are not limited to, light sources in medical diagnostics (optical coherence tomography), fibre optic sensors or fibre optic gyroscopes.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2019

 

8603.10

– Powered from an external source of electricity

 

1. Three uncoupled railway coaches, comprised of two electrically-propelled “M-Cars” and one trailer “T-Car”, each being 22.6 m long, 2.9 m wide, and 3.8 m high. After coupling, the three coaches, also known as an Electric Multiple Unit (EMU), are intended to be used in a distributed traction system for an urban railway.
A pantograph in the upper part of the T-car provides electricity, which passes through the main transformer and is transmitted to converters in the M-Cars. The converters transform the electric current from AC (alternating current) to DC (direct current) and send it to inverters, which change the DC into three-phase AC to activate the electric motors.
Application of GIRs 1, 2 (a) and 6.
Adoption : 2016
8609.00

Containers (including containers for the transport of fluids) specially designed and equipped for carriage by one or more modes of transport.

 

1. Tube bundle container, consisting of a number of cylinders used for the transportation of compressed natural gas (CNG). Each cylinder is equipped with a separate valve and gauge for the discharge and filling of gas. The cylinders are not welded or permanently combined, but enclosed within an outer metal frame of the same dimension as a regular 6 or 12 metre (20 or 40 foot) container. The product is also equipped with holes on the frame, which makes it possible to be attached to a road trailer or other modes of transport.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 2017
8701.10

– Single axle tractors

 

1. Self-powered, pedestrian controlled, propelling units (pedestrian controlled tractors) with one driving axle, an internal combustion engine (single cylinder, four-stroke cycle, air cooled, max. power : 4.8 (6.5) or 4.4 (6.0) kW(hp)/3600 rpm), fuel tank (6.5 or 3.5 l) and handle bar type steering. These units are presented disassembled and together with two wheels with tyres, 4-4 blades (2+2) and disc dry land blade, in a single box.
They are designed for use with different interchangeable implements (such as, ridger, plough, ditching blade, etc. which are not presented with the units) and can also be used for short distance transportation or as a fixed motive power machine.
The 4-4 blades (2+2) and disc dry land blade presented together with the units are classified separately.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 to Chapter 87), 2 (a) and 6.
See also Opinion 8432.29/1.
Adoption : 2016
8701.30

– Track-laying tractors

 

1. Snow-scooters and snow-sledges, motorised, track-laying, with a seat for the driver and essentially designed for hauling another vehicle, appliance or load.
Adoption : 19662. “Basic” tractors, track-laying, with some of the features typical of self-propelling bases, but suitable for fitting with various attachments either for work of the kind described in, inter alia, heading 84.28, 84.30 or 84.32, or for operation as a tractor within the meaning of Note 2 to Ch. 87.
Adoption : 1966
8701.94

— Exceeding 75 kW but not exceeding 130 kW

 

1. Six-wheeled off-road motor vehicle (two front wheels and four rear wheels) on two axles, with a 138 hp (103 kW) diesel engine and a maximum speed of 40 km/h. The vehicle, which is 3,048 mm high, 2,514 mm wide and 4,877 mm long, has electronic automatic transmission, an enclosed cab with a single seat for the driver, and one traction axle (rear wheel drive). This vehicle has a 2,946 mm wheelbase, and the tyre type is 11R22.5. The chassis is equipped with a fifth wheel coupling for the semi-trailer, and has a maximum combined gross weight of 36,700 kg. This vehicle is specially designed to pull semi-trailers.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 of Chapter 87) and 6.
Adoption : 20152. Six-wheeled off-road motor vehicle (two front wheels and four rear wheels) on two axles, with a 160 hp (119 kW) diesel engine and a maximum speed of 40 km/h. The vehicle, which is 3,200 mm high, 2,464 mm wide and 4,597 mm long, has three-speed electronic automatic transmission, an enclosed cab with a single seat for the driver, and one traction axle (rear wheel drive). This vehicle has a 2,794 mm wheelbase, and the tyre type is 11R22.5. The chassis is equipped with a fifth wheel coupling for the semi-trailer, and has a maximum combined gross weight of 43,500 kg. This vehicle is specially designed to pull semi-trailers.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 of Chapter 87) and 6.
Adoption : 2015

8702.10

– With only compression-ignition internal combustion piston engine (diesel or semi-diesel)

 

1. Van type motor vehicle (monocoque body type having a chassis-body framework and a single enclosed space for the transport of both persons and goods) powered by a compression ignition engine of a cylinder capacity of 2,380 cc or by a spark-ignition engine of a cylinder capacity of 1,994 cc, and having window side panels only, a sliding door on one side, a lift-up rear door with window and three or four benches (part of the benches can be folded away to allow passengers to pass) behind the front seats. It can transport twelve or fifteen people, including the driver, and has a small space at the back of the passenger compartment for the transport of goods. The vehicle is often referred to as a “minibus” and has a well-finished interior (e.g., upholstered seats or benches and decorative wall panels).
Adoption : 19982. Van type motor vehicle (monocoque body type having a chassis-body framework and a single enclosed space for the transport of both persons and goods) powered by a compression ignition engine of a cylinder capacity of 2,380 cc or by a spark-ignition engine of a cylinder capacity of 1,994 cc, and having window side panels only, a sliding door on one side, a lift-up rear door with window and three or four benches (part of the benches can be folded away to allow passengers to pass) behind the front seats. It can transport twelve or fifteen people, including the driver, and has a small space at the back of the passenger compartment for the transport of goods. The vehicle is often referred to as a “minibus” and has a well-finished interior (e.g., upholstered seats or benches and decorative wall panels).
Adoption : 19983. Ten-seat motor vehicle, with a compression-ignition engine of a cylinder capacity of 1948 cc, equipped with window side panels, four doors, a lift-up rear door with window, two front seats for the transport of three persons, a bench seat for the transport of three persons behind the front seats, and two fold-away bench seats, 78 cm long, fixed on lateral panels in the rear section of the vehicle. The fold-away bench seats permit the rear section to be used for the transport of either persons or goods. The two bench seats, for two persons each in the rear section of the vehicle, are made of the same fabric and upholstered in the same fashion as the front seats. All of the seats are equipped with safety seat belts or anchor points for safety seat belts. The motor vehicle is designed for the transport of ten persons, including the driver.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2000 
8702.90

– Other

 

1. Van type motor vehicle (monocoque body type having a chassis-body framework and a single enclosed space for the transport of both persons and goods) powered by a compression ignition engine of a cylinder capacity of 2,380 cc or by a spark-ignition engine of a cylinder capacity of 1,994 cc, and having window side panels only, a sliding door on one side, a lift-up rear door with window and three or four benches (part of the benches can be folded away to allow passengers to pass) behind the front seats. It can transport twelve or fifteen people, including the driver, and has a small space at the back of the passenger compartment for the transport of goods. The vehicle is often referred to as a “minibus” and has a well-finished interior (e.g., upholstered seats or benches and decorative wall panels).
Adoption : 1998
8703.10

– Vehicles specially designed for travelling on snow; golf cars and similar vehicles

 

1. Three- or four-wheeled vehicles, driven by battery-powered electric motors (150 W continuous and 1700 W maximum power), having a horizontal platform which joins their front and rear portions, small tyres (290 mm in diameter), a rotating adjustable seat with foldable armrests at the rear, and handgrips on a steering column. This steering column can be moved forward and is equipped with a small control panel with an ignition switch, four speed buttons and levers for accelerating, braking and reversing the vehicle. The motor is started with a key and, after selection of the desired speed, the vehicle is accelerated when the speed lever on handgrip is squeezed and automatically braked when the lever is released. The vehicle is operated in reverse by squeezing the opposite speed lever. It can be equipped with a range of hand controls for one-handed or arthritic users, or with right/left handed options or other custom options for a driver. The vehicles can be used on footpaths and in public places to go shopping, fishing, to golf courses, etc.
The three-wheeled model is 650 mm in width, 1170 mm in length, and weighs 44 kg total (without batteries); it has a 100 kg maximum payload capacity, and is equipped with one 150 W electric motor. Two four-wheeled models are 650 mm in width, 1260 and 1290 mm in length, and weigh 54 kg and 60 kg total (without batteries), respectively; they have a 127 kg maximum payload capacity, and two electric motors (150 W each).
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20012. Four-wheeled vehicle equipped with a battery powered electric motor (eight 6-volt batteries) having an output of 3.7 hp. The vehicle, which is 122 cm high, 125 cm wide and 339 cm long and has a 250 cm wheelbase, is equipped with an automatic, computer-controlled charger (48-volt DC, 17 amp), self-adjusting rack and pinion steering, front suspension (independent leaf spring) with dual hydraulic shock-absorbers, mechanical drum brakes on all four wheels and a foot-operated, multi-lock parking brake. This vehicle, which has a gross vehicle weight of 681 kg and a maximum speed of 27.3 km/h, is fitted with small wheels and can carry up to six people (including the driver).
It is intended for use as a utility vehicle in locations (camping or leisure sites, theme parks, resort hotels, industrial sites) which are not suitable for road traffic.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20153. Four-wheeled vehicle equipped with a 351cc single cylinder internal combustion engine having an output of 11.5 hp. The vehicle, which is 122 cm high, 120 cm wide and 399 cm long and has a 334 cm wheelbase, is equipped with a 12-volt battery, self-adjusting rack and pinion steering, front suspension (independent leaf spring) with dual hydraulic shock-absorbers, mechanical drum brakes on all four wheels and a foot-operated, multi-lock parking brake. This vehicle, which has a gross vehicle weight of 681 kg and a maximum speed of 25.7 km/h, is fitted with small wheels and can carry up to eight people (including the driver).
It is intended for use as a utility vehicle in locations (camping or leisure sites, theme parks, resort hotels, industrial sites) which are not suitable for road traffic.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2015 
8703.21

— Of a cylinder capacity not exceeding 1,000 cc

 

1. Four-wheeled (two wheel-driven) All Terrain Vehicle (” ATV “) with tube chassis, equipped with a motorcycle type saddle, handlebars for steering and off-the-road balloon tyres. Steering is achieved by turning the two front wheels and is based on a motor-car type steering system (Ackerman principle). The vehicle is fitted with an automatic transmission with reverse gear, chain-driven rear axle, and front and rear drum brakes. It is powered by a four-stroke single cylinder engine of a cylinder capacity of 124 cc. It is not fitted with cargo racks or with a trailer hitch.
Adoption : 19982. Four-wheel-driven All Terrain Vehicle (“ATV”) with tube chassis, equipped with a motorcycle-type saddle, handlebars for steering and off-road balloon tyres. Steering is achieved by turning the two front wheels and is based on a motor-car-type steering system (Ackerman principle). The vehicle is fitted with a five-speed dual range transmission with one reverse gear, front-wheel dual drum brakes and rear-wheel single drum brakes. It is powered by a four-stroke single cylinder engine of a cylinder capacity of 386 cc, the power being transmitted to the rear and front wheels by shafts. It is fitted with cargo racks to carry goods (total load capacity of 120 kg, excluding the driver) and a trailer hitch, and has a towing capacity of 410 kg (the vehicle itself has a weight of 273 kg).
Adoption : 1999
8703.23

— Of a cylinder capacity exceeding 1,500 cc but not exceeding 3,000 cc

 

1. On-road or off-road motor vehicle with a minimum ground clearance of 22 cm, with spark-ignition internal combustion reciprocating piston engine of a cylinder capacity of 2,960 cm3, two doors, with a tail-gate, two front bucket seats and foldaway rear seats. It can transport five people, including the driver, and has space at the back of the passenger compartment for transporting goods. The interior trimmings are similar to those found in other vehicles for the transport of persons. There are three windows on each side and a rear window.
Adoption : 19902. Two-wheel-driven motor vehicle, with spark-ignition internal combustion piston engine of a cylinder capacity of 1,800 cc. The vehicle has two doors, two front seats, a non-collapsible rear bench for three persons in the passenger area (so-called double cab), and a well-finished interior (e.g., upholstered seats, decorative wall panels). The rear part, which is open and intended for the transport of cargo, is separated from the passenger area and has a drop-down tailgate. The total load capacity (persons, including the driver, and cargo) is 495 kg, with a cargo capacity estimated at approximately 145 kg. The g.v.w. (gross vehicle weight) of the vehicle is 1,566 kg.
Adoption : 19993. Motor vehicle components, presented together and unassembled, comprising all the components for the assembly of a complete four-wheeled motor car with a spark ignition internal combustion reciprocating piston engine of a cylinder capacity of 2,792 cc.
After the assembly of all components into a complete motor car, the following operations are carried out : vehicle identification number fixation, brake system charging and bleeding air from brakes, charging of the steering booster system (power steering) and cooling and conditioning systems, headlights regulation, wheel geometry regulation (alignment), and regulation of brakes.
Application of GIRs 1, 2 (a) and 6.
Adoption : 2012 
8703.32

— Of a cylinder capacity exceeding 1,500 cc but not exceeding 2,500 cc

 

Van type motor vehicle (monocoque body type having a chassis-body framework and a single enclosed space for the transport of both persons and goods) powered by a compression ignition engine of a cylinder capacity of 2,299 cc and having window side panels (for the passenger area (dual-purpose area)) and closed side panels (for the cargo area), a sliding door on one side, a lift-up rear door with window and a non-collapsible bench behind the front seats. Behind the bench is a loading space, which is separated from the passenger area by a removable partition (metal plate in the lower part and grill in the upper part). A panel of plywood is placed on the floor to provide a flat floor in the cargo area and the rear part of the passenger area (dualpurpose area). The panel has openings for mounting the bench on anchor points in the passenger area (dual-purpose area). There is no anchor point in the cargo area. The total load capacity (cargo and persons, excluding the driver) is 945 kg. The vehicle has a well-finished interior (e.g., upholstered seats or benches with headrests and decorative wall panels).
Adoption : 1998Van type motor vehicle (monocoque body type having a chassis-body framework and a single enclosed space for the transport of both persons and goods) powered by a compression ignition engine of a cylinder capacity of 2,270 cc and having window side panels only, a sliding door on one or both sides, a lift-up rear door with window and a collapsible bench for three persons behind the front seats. Behind the bench is a loading space. A partition in the form of a grill to protect the driver and the passengers has been fixed to the side walls directly behind the bench. There is no anchor point for additional seats or benches in the cargo area. The total load capacity (without persons) is 1,000 kg when the bench is not collapsed and 1,250 kg when it is collapsed. The vehicle has a well-finished interior (e.g., upholstered seats or benches with headrests and decorative wall panels).
Adoption : 1998
8703.33

— Of a cylinder capacity exceeding 2,500 cc

 

1. On-road or off-road motor vehicle with compression ignition engine of a cylinder capacity of 2,874 cc, two doors, a rear door with window, two foldable front seats, anchor points for a rear bench and provisions for the installation of seat belts, ashtrays and armrests in the area behind the front seats. The rear panels have windowshaped PVC sheets. The vehicle has a GVW of 2,410 kg, a load capacity of 500 kg and a net weight of 1,780 kg.
Adoption : 19982. Vehicle for the transport of goods permanently converted into a “motor-home” to provide accommodation for persons by mounting on the chassis a body with a single access door, incorporating :
– a bedroom with a double bed;
– a kitchenette equipped with electrical appliances;
– a shower, a washbasin and toilets; and
– a sitting room equipped with a three-seat sofa, a table, a cupboard, etc.
The vehicle has a net weight of 10,250 kg and a gross vehicle weight of 11,990 kg. It is powered by a compression-ignition internal combustion piston engine of a cylinder capacity of 5,861 cc.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2013
8703.40

– Other vehicles, with both spark-ignition internal combustion piston engine and electric motor as motors for propulsion, other than those capable of being charged by plugging to external source of electric power

 

1. Motor car, equipped with a “hybrid” power system which allows a spark-ignition internal combustion piston engine and an electric motor to work in combination. The engine has a cylinder capacity of 1497 cc and a maximum output of 53 kW (72 DIN hp) at 4500 rpm, and the electric motor (permanent magnet) has a maximum output of 33 kW (45 DIN hp) at 1040-5600 rpm. In the “hybrid” system, a sophisticated controller allows the spark-ignition internal combustion piston engine and electric motor to work together.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2002
8704.21

— g.v.w. not exceeding 5 tonnes

 

1. Four-wheel-driven motor vehicle with a compression-ignition internal combustion piston engine of a cylinder capacity of 2,779 cc, having a double cab and a separate loading platform, built on a separate chassis. The total load capacity (persons, including the driver, and cargo) is 625 kg, with a cargo capacity estimated at approximately 350 kg. The vehicle has four doors and a non-collapsible bench for three persons behind the two front seats, and has a well-finished interior, e.g., upholstered seats with headrests and decorative side panels. The loading platform has a dropdown rear tailgate and is covered by a canvas material over a metal frame. A removable board of plastics on which a bench seat is mounted is placed on the loading platform.
The vehicle and the board with the bench are classified separately in subheadings 8704.21 and 9401.20, respectively.
Adoption : 19992. Three-wheeled vehicle, enclosed for the transport of beverages and incorporating a driver’s cab, propelled by a four-stroke, single-cylinder, compression-ignition engine with a cylinder capacity of 395 cc. The load capacity is 500 kg. The front wheel is steered using handlebars. The vehicle has a differential, a four-speed gear box with a reverse gear, a transmission shaft and drum brakes. The front wheel suspension consists of shock-absorbers and spiral springs, and the rear wheel suspension consists of leaf springs assisted by two telescopic shock-absorbers.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20123. Two-wheel-driven motor vehicle, with a compression-ignition internal combustion piston (diesel) engine of a cylinder capacity of 1,686 cc. The vehicle has a single enclosed space with only two doors with windows and two seats with safety equipment for the driver and one passenger and comfort features in the front area. Behind the two seats, there is a barrier (bolted into place) separating the front part of the vehicle from the rear part with a platform intended to be loaded with goods; no permanent seats, nor permanent anchor points and fittings for installing seats and safety equipment; no comfort or safety features; and four rings on the platform to secure the load by using straps. There are two spaces behind the front seats, which can be used to install other seats to form a second row. The only access to the load area is through the lift-up tailgate in the rear. The g.v.w. (gross vehicle weight) is 1,950 kg and the unladen vehicle weight is 1,290 kg.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2015 
8704.23

— g.v.w. exceeding 20 tonnes

 

Tipping lorry (truck), with a six cylinder compression-ignition internal combustion piston engine of a cylinder capacity of 11,051 cc. The vehicle is 7,775 mm in length, 2,555 mm in width and 3,060 mm in height, and has a g.v.w. (gross vehicle weight) of 33.5 tonnes. The structure of the vehicle consists of a cab and tipping body mounted on a ladder type rigid truck chassis.

– The tipping body is made of rolled steel for welded structure; its front part is not extended over the driver’s cab but covers only the back side of the cab; the whole or part of the floor does not slope upwards towards the rear; it has a tailgate;

– The cab occupies the full-width of the vehicle;

– The front and rear suspensions contain semi-elliptical leaf springs, and the front axle has shock absorbers;

– The front and rear brake systems are full air dual circuit;

– The maximum speed is 97 km/h;

– The tyre type is 315/80R22.5;

– The curb weight is 11.17 tonnes and the tare weight/payload ratio is calculated as 1:2 (11.17 tonnes : 22.33 tonnes).

The vehicle is intended for the transport and dumping of excavated or other materials.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2010

8704.31

— g.v.w. not exceeding 5 tonnes

 

1. Two-wheel-driven motor vehicle, with a spark-ignition internal combustion piston engine of a cylinder capacity of 2,254 cc. The vehicle has four doors, two seats in the front and a non-collapsible bench for three persons in the passenger area (so-called double cab). The superstructure of the vehicle consists of two separate bodies, one for the driver and passenger area, and one for the cargo area. The cargo area is open and has a drop-down tailgate to facilitate the loading or unloading of cargo. The total load capacity (persons, including the driver, and cargo) is 1,140 kg. The g.v.w. (gross vehicle weight) of the vehicle is 2,450 kg.
Adoption : 19992. Four-wheel-driven motor vehicle, with a spark-ignition internal combustion piston engine of a cylinder capacity of 2,254 cc. The vehicle has four doors, two seats in the front and a non-collapsible bench for three persons in the passenger area (so-called double cab). The superstructure of the vehicle consists of two separate bodies, one for the driver and passenger area, and one for the cargo area. The cargo area is open and has a drop-down tailgate to facilitate the loading or unloading of cargo. The total load capacity (persons, including the driver, and cargo) is 950 kg. The g.v.w. (gross vehicle weight) of the vehicle is 2,450 kg.
Adoption : 19993. Multipurpose four-wheeled utility motor vehicle that features a front seat and an open rear cargo area. It is powered by a gasoline engine with a top speed of 21 kilometres per hour and has a load capacity of 545 kilograms (including operator, passenger, accessories and cargo). The vehicle is 2.8 metres in length and 1.26 metres in width with a turning clearance diameter of 6.7 metres. This vehicle is used for all kinds of jobs including turf care jobs.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinion 8704.90/1.
Adoption : 20094. Three-wheeled vehicle that features an open rear cargo area, propelled by a four-stroke, single-cylinder, spark-ignition engine with a cylinder capacity of 175 cc. The vehicle is 2900 mm long, 1050 mm wide and 1250 mm high. The dimensions of the cargo area (L x W x H) are 1250 x 1000 x 280 mm. The vehicle has a net weight of 260 kg and a maximum load capacity of 230 kg. The front wheel is steered using handlebars. The vehicle has a differential, a four-speed gear box with a reverse gear, a transmission shaft and drum brakes. The brakes are operated via the handlebars and by a pedal. The front wheel has cylinder suspension, and the rear wheels have leaf-spring suspension.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2012

5. Three-wheeled vehicle that features a driver’s cab, constructed and fitted out in the manner of a motor vehicle cab and an open rear cargo area. The vehicle is propelled by a four-stroke, single-cylinder, spark-ignition engine with a cylinder capacity of 249 cc. It is 3380 mm long, 1435 mm wide and 1545 mm high. The dimensions of the cargo area (L x W x H) are 1530 x 1412 x 300 mm. The vehicle is steered using a steering wheel. It has a differential, a four-speed gear box with a reverse gear and an electric starter.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2012

 

8704.60

– Other with only electric motor for propulsion

 

1. Multipurpose four-wheeled utility motor vehicle that features a front seat and an open rear cargo area. It is powered by an electrical motor, having a top speed of 21 kilometres per hour and load capacity of 450 kilograms (including operator, passenger, accessories and cargo). The vehicle is 2.8 metres in length and 1.26 metres in width with a turning clearance diameter of 6.7 metres. This vehicle is used for all kinds of jobs including turf care jobs.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinion 8704.31/3.
Adoption : 2009
8705.90

– Other

 

1. Motor vehicle constructed on a chassis frame with solid longitudinal rails and four tubular cross members, of steel. It is equipped with two traction axles fitted with two pneumatic tyres each, retractable bogies and differentials, a diesel propelling engine, a hydrostatic automatic transmission by cardan shafts from the engine to the two axles and three braking systems.
The vehicle has a driving cabin with controls, a welding head attached to a double boom mounted on a rotating turret designed for electric rail welding operations, and a generator.
It is capable of being driven on the railway track (with a maximum speed of 47 km/h) as well as on road (with a maximum speed of 32 km/h).
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 4 (a) to Section XVII) and 6.
Adoption : 2013
8708.22

— Front windscreens (windshields), rear windows and other windows specified in Subheading Note 1 to this Chapter

 

1. Coated heating automotive glass, of dimensions and in a format suitable for use as a windscreen (windshield) for motor vehicles, consisting of laminated glass interlayered with several sheets of metal film 50-250 nm thick attached to electrical connectors. When connected to the activated power system of the vehicle, the film acts as a heating resistor, heating the surface of the glass and removing frost and snow.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20182. Print heating automotive glass, of dimensions and in a format suitable for use as a windscreen (windshield) for motor vehicles. The heating-resistor function is obtained by applying a silkscreen printing technique in order to affix silver paste to the glass, with the heating loop being formed by high temperature sintering. The electrical connector is soldered to the silver paste. It is then connected to the power system of the vehicle. When the power is switched on, the surface of the glass heats up, removing frost and snow.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20183. Automotive glass with a rubber strip, of dimensions and in a format suitable for use as a windscreen (windshield) for motor vehicles. The strip, produced by injection moulding, has a stiffness of between 60 and 95 (shore hardness) and is between 3 and 15 mm thick. It is permanently attached to the automotive glass, forming its frame. The framed product is intended to be installed directly in the motor vehicle as a windscreen (windshield).
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2019 
8708.29

— Other

 

1. Bonnet opener cable and fuel cap cover cable, which consist of a flexible outer casing and a moveable inner cable. The outer casing is a tube made of spiral steel wire and covered with plastics. They are presented cut to length and designed for use in motor vehicles. The bonnet opener cable is designed to connect at one end to a bonnet release mechanism and is fitted at the other end with a handle for operating the inside cable to open the bonnet; the fuel cap cover cable, whose cross-section is significantly smaller than the other, is fitted with ends consisting of metal and plastic fittings. These cables are designed to form parts of bodies of motor vehicles.
Application of Note 1 (g) to Section XV.
See also Opinions 8708.30/1, 8708.93/1 and 8708.99/2.
Adoption : 1993
8708.30

– Brakes and servo-brakes; parts thereof

 

Hand-brake cable, which is similar in construction to the cables described in Opinion 8708.29/1, consisting of a flexible outer casing and a moveable inner cable. The outer casing is a tube made of spiral steel wire and covered with plastics; it is fitted with a formed cap and a bellows at one end and a formed cap at the other. The moveable cable inside the flexible tube is a cable obtained by tightly twisting together several wires; each end of the cable is fitted with a stop. The hand-brake cable is presented cut to length and is designed to connect the parking brake hold and release mechanisms to a motor-vehicle brake system.
Application of Note 1 (g) to Section XV.
See also Opinions 8708.29/1, 8708.93/1 and 8708.99/2.
Adoption : 1993
8708.50

– Drive-axles with differential, whether or not provided with other transmission components, and non-driving axles; parts thereof

 

1. Flanged tapered roller bearing hub unit for inner ring rotating type, also called “2nd Generation Tapered Roller Bearing Hub Unit”, with double rows of rollers consisting of (i) two steel inner rings (internal diameter: 54 mm), (ii) a flanged steel outer ring (outer diameter: 96 mm, flange diameter 159 mm), (iii) 40 pieces of steel rollers (20 pieces x 2 rows), (iv) two plastic cages and (v) two rubber seals. The flanged outer ring has tapped holes for bolts to allow attachment to the body of a motor vehicle.
This product is designed to be mounted onto the body of a motor vehicle by the flanged outer ring (ii). The inner rings (i) of the product are designed to be engaged to a wheel hub and driving shaft, when they are attached to a driving wheel. The functions include supporting the weight of a vehicle and making the driving shaft rotate smoothly, in addition to enabling friction to be considerably reduced. This product can be used on both driving wheels and non-driving wheels.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 3 to Section XVII) and 6.
Adoption : 2019Inner ringsFlanged outer ringRollers

Cages

Rubber seals

Inner rings

2. Bearing hub unit for outer ring rotating type (137 mm (diameter) x 68 mm (thickness)), also called “2nd Generation Hub Unit Bearing of the outer ring rotating type,” consisting of (i) two inner rings, (ii) an outer ring, (iii) steel balls, (iv) cages and (v) rubber seals. The outer ring is integrally formed with a flange with five holes for mounting the wheel of a motor vehicle by bolts. The wheels rotate on a spindle attached through the hub unit bearing. The functions of this product are to support the weight of a vehicle, to attach the wheel, and to allow the wheel to rotate smoothly. It is used on non-driving wheels.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 3 to Section XVII) and 6.
Adoption : 2019

Inner rings

Outer ring

Steel balls

Rubber seals

3. Finished outer ring for a Flanged Tapered Roller Bearing Hub Unit (outer diameter: 96 mm, flange diameter: 159 mm). It has tapped holes for bolts to allow attachment to the body of a motor vehicle after assembly into a Flanged Tapered Roller Bearing Hub Unit.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 3 to Section XVII) and 6.
Adoption : 2019

4. Forged, unfinished, outer ring for a Flanged Tapered Roller Bearing Hub Unit (outer diameter: 96 mm, flange diameter: 159 mm). The outer ring has the shape and dimensions of a finished flange, but will be turned, heattreated and ground before being used as an outer ring. It has no double rows raceway for rolling elements and no holes for bolts in the flange.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 3 to Section XVII and Note 1 (f) to Section XV), 2 (a) and 6.
Adoption : 2019

 

8708.93

— Clutches and parts thereof

 

Clutch cable, which is similar in construction to the cables described in Opinion 8708.29/1 except for the ends, one of which is fitted with a rod and the other with a stop. It is also presented cut to length and is designed to connect a motor vehicle clutch pedal to the clutch.
Application of Note 1 (g) to Section XV.
See also Opinions 8708.29/1, 8708.30/1 and 8708.99/2.
Adoption : 1993
8708.99

— Other

 

1. Track link assembly :
Identifiable as suitable, after fitting with shoes, as tracks for use solely or principally :
On a vehicle of headings 87.01 to 87.05.
See also Opinions 8431.49/1, 8487.90/4 and 8710.00/1.
Adoption : 19652. Accelerator cable, which is similar in construction to the cables described in Opinion 8708.29/1 and is also presented cut to length and designed for use in motor vehicles. The accelerator cable is designed to connect a vehicle accelerator pedal with the engine fuel control system.
Application of Note 1 (g) to Section XV.
See also Opinions 8708.29/1, 8708.30/1 and 8708.93/1.
Adoption : 19933. Front section of a used motor vehicle cut from a vehicle of unspecified make. This section, as presented, comprises an engine, a gear box, a bonnet, two front doors, front seat(s), a dashboard, a windscreen and a section of the chassis.
Adoption : 19964. Roof cargo box (dimensions : 226 cm (L) x 55 cm (W) x 37 cm (H); weight : 12 kg; volume : 290 l; load capacity : 50 kg) for storing and protecting personal effects, such as skiing equipment, camping equipment, luggage, etc., during travel. It is designed to be mounted on exterior roof luggage racks of a motor vehicle by specific hardware delivered with the box. The box is composed of a top shell, which has a streamlined design, and a bottom shell, both of moulded plastics that are attached together on one side. It has an integrated lock to restrict access into the box.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2013

5. Foldable roof cargo box (dimensions : 110 cm (L) x 80 cm (W) x 40 cm (H); weight : 7 kg; volume : 280 l; load capacity : 50 kg) for storing and protecting personal effects, such as camping equipment, luggage, etc., during travel. It is designed to be mounted on exterior roof luggage racks of a motor vehicle by specific hardware delivered with the box. The box is composed of a base of moulded plastics and an exterior surface made of waterproof textile material with welded seams. It is equipped with an integrated padlock, and a zipper which runs most of the way around the base. The box can be folded up and kept in a storage bag with a carrying strap delivered with the box.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2013

6. Demountable mobile camper pop-top, designed to fit, or to be mounted onto, the back of vehicles with a tray back (“pick-up trucks”). It can be moved with ease from one place to another using the vehicle upon which it is fitted or mounted. The camper pop-top is fully equipped with fixed appliances, such as a refrigerator, stove, fresh water tank, on-board power, mattresses, etc. It can be used for accommodation while on the vehicle or in a dismounted (freestanding) position.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2021

 

 

8710.00

Tanks and other armoured fighting vehicles, motorised, whether or not fitted with weapons, and parts of such vehicles.

 

Track link assembly :
Identifiable as suitable, after fitting with shoes, as tracks for use solely or principally :
On an armoured fighting vehicle of heading 87.10.
See also Opinions 8431.49/1, 8487.90/4 and 8708.99/1.
Adoption : 1965
8711.20

– With internal combustion piston engine of a cylinder capacity exceeding 50 cc but not exceeding 250 cc

 

Motorcycle components, presented together and unassembled, belonging to the same model of motorcycle, consisting of the following :

– an instrument panel;

– a spark-ignition internal combustion reciprocating piston engine, of a cylinder capacity of 124.1 cc;

– a frame body;

– a fuel tank;

– a harness wire;

– a seat;

– a steering handle pipe;

– a headlight;

– a front mudguard ;

– a fork top bridge;

– a set/starting motor;

– two front fork tubes, right and left;

– two rear cushions;

– an exhaust silencer (muffler).

Application of GIRs 1, 2 (a) and 6.
Adoption : 2012

8711.50

– With internal combustion piston engine of a cylinder capacity exceeding 800 cc

 

1. Motorcycle, specially modified and equipped with fire-fighting equipment. The fire-fighting equipment, which is mounted on to an added stainless steel frame, consists of two interconnected 25 litre tanks for premixed water and foam, a 6.8 litre tank filled to 300 bars pressure for delivering compressed air, a 30 metre hose, a hose reel, nozzles/lance attachment, and emergency lights and sirens. A backup battery and separate circuit boards are also installed to accommodate additional electrical devices. In order to support the fire-fighting equipment, some parts of the motorcycle have been removed, such as the rear part of the motor bike, side panniers, top box, rear protection frame and passenger footrest.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2015
8711.60

– With electric motor for propulsion

 

1. A two-wheeled, electrically-powered transportation device, designed for carrying a single person, for use within low speed areas such as pavements (sidewalks), paths, and bicycle lanes. Its technology allows the rider to stand upright while a system composed of gyroscope sensors and multiple onboard microprocessors maintains both the device’s and rider’s balance on two independent, non-tandem wheels.
It has a sensor system comprising five solid-state silicon gyroscopes, a control system comprising 10 onboard microprocessors, and an electric drive system comprising two brushless servo motors that have a maximum output of 2 hp. It is powered by two rechargeable batteries.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2007 + 20162. Two-wheeled, self-balancing, electrically-powered transportation device, designed for carrying a single person, for use within low speed areas such as pavements (sidewalks), paths, and bicycle lanes. The maximum speed of the device is 10 km/h and the maximum distance per charge is 15-20 km.
Through the built-in gyroscope and acceleration sensors, the device uses the dynamic balance principle to control moving forward, backward, turning and stopping. It is controlled by the changes of the operator’s body posture.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2017
8712.00

Bicycles and other cycles (including delivery tricycles), not motorised.

 

1. Bicycle components, presented together and unassembled, suitable for the same model of bicycle, not including all of the parts necessary to assemble a finished bicycle, with the following configuration :

– Frame;

– Fork;

– Handlebar;

– Brake levers;

– Stem (connecting the fork and handlebar);

– Grip;

– Complete crank set;

– Shifter(s);

– Brake mechanism/brakes;

– Bottom bracket (BB) parts;

– Saddle;

– Seat post;

– Chain wheel.

Application of GIRs 1 and 2 (a).
Adoption : 2017

2. Bicycle components, presented together and unassembled, suitable for the same model of bicycle, not including all of the parts necessary to assemble a finished bicycle, with the following configuration :

– Frame;

– Fork;

– Handlebar;

– Stem (connecting the fork and handlebar);

– Brake and gear levers and cables;

– Brakes;

– Crank arms;

– Crank set;

– Chain ring;

– Chain ring bolts;

– Front derailleur;

– Seat post clamp.

Application of GIRs 1 and 2 (a).
Adoption : 2017

3. Bicycle components, presented together and unassembled, suitable for the same model of bicycle, not including all of the parts necessary to assemble a finished bicycle, with the following configuration :

– Frame;

– Fork;

– Handlebar;

– Stem (connecting the fork and handlebar);

– Brake handles and cables.

Application of GIRs 1 and 2 (a).
Adoption : 2017

 

8714.10

– Of motorcycles (including mopeds)

 

1. Aluminium radiator (359 mm x 181 mm) for a motorcycle. It is designed to cool down the coolant fluid coming from the engine of the motorcycle by transferring excess heat from the coolant into the air. The coolant is then returned back to the engine.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinion 8431.49/2.
Adoption : 2014
8716.80

– Other vehicles

 

Golf carts of base metal, to be pushed or pulled by hand, fitted with two wheels and a handbar and equipped with accessories (e.g., scorecard holder, cigarette holder, semitransparent rain-cover), designed to carry golf bags and other golf equipment.
Adoption : 2000
8716.90

– Parts

 

Reflectors for road trailers, consisting of a triangular sign plate of red plastics, with small pyramid-shaped bosses to improve the reflecting properties, mounted in a frame complete with bolts for fixing in position.
See also Opinion 3926.90/3.
Adoption : 1965
8806.22

— With maximum take-off weight more than 250 g but not more than 7 kg

 

1. Digital camera (14 MP) integrated on to a remote-controlled four-rotor helicopter, also called “drone” or “quadcopter”, (dimensions : 29 cm long x 29 cm wide x 18 cm high; weight : 1,160 g) presented as a set for retail sale in a single cardboard box along with a radio remote controller, Wi-Fi range extender and a mobile telephone mount.
The range of the supplied Wi Fi range extender is approximately 300 metres and flying time is approximately 25 minutes before the battery must be recharged. The operator may use a separate program (“app”) from the manufacturer to control the camera via a mobile telephone.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 1 of Chapter 88) and 6.
Adoption : 2015The mobile telephone is not included in the set.2.  Digital camera integrated on to a remote-controlled four-rotor helicopter, also called a “drone” or “quadcopter” (diagonal size: 35 cm; weight : 1,388 g), presented as a set for retail sale in a single box along with a remote controller with a 14 cm (5.5 inch) built-in monitor and Wi-Fi connectivity, a battery and a charger, cables and other accessories.
The digital camera is equipped with a 2.54 cm (1 inch) 20 megapixel CMOS sensor and is capable of taking still photos at 14 fps and of recording video of 4K at 60 fps. The product includes GPS and GLONASS modules for stable hovering and fly back to the take-off point. It also has a computer vision system for avoiding obstacles, and active tracking function for automatic recognition of objects. The maximum flight height is 500 m but it is restricted to 120 m and flying time is approximately 30 minutes before the battery must be recharged.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 1 of Chapter 88) and 6.
Adoption : 2019 
8905.20

– Floating or submersible drilling or production platforms

 

1. Jack-up drilling platform, designed to operate at sea depths of up to 76 m. It rests on a mat (ballast tank) on the seabed via three tubular columns, and a hydraulic elevating unit keeps the platform above sea level while in operation. When the platform is to be moved to another location, the water in the mat is partially drained, enabling the mat to rise up. The drilling platform, along with the mat, is then towed to the next working site.
Adoption : 1997
8907.90

– Other

 

1. Floating structure consisting of a subassembly of six plastic cubes connected together. The structure provides flotation of 408 kg (68 kg x 6) and a floating surface above the water of 1.0 m (width) x 1.5 m (length). Each cube is made of high density polyethylene (HDPE) (length 48 cm, width 48 cm, height 36 cm and weight 5.2 kg) and is filled with expanded polystyrene. The cubes are fitted with pressure regulation and moisture control valves and equipped with tabs to facilitate linking them together.
The six-cube subassembly is a fairly substantial floating structure but would typically be used with others to form larger floating structures, such as floating docks, floating walkways, floating work platforms, marinas, etc.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinion 8907.90/2.
Adoption : 20172. Floating structure consisting of 134 subassemblies, each subassembly comprising six cubes made of high density polyethylene (HDPE) and filled with expanded polystyrene. The subassemblies are to be assembled together to form larger pre-determined floating structures such as floating docks, floating walkways, floating work platforms, marinas, etc.
Application of GIRs 1, 2 (a) and 6.
See also Opinion 8907.90/1
Adoption : 2017
9004.90

– Other

 

1. Virtual reality headset (VR headset) designed to be connected to and used with a specific type of mobile phone. In the common housing resembling goggles, the product incorporates the following main components :

– an internal Central Processing Unit (CPU);

– a pair of convex lenses to magnify the image of mobile phone’s screen;

– a focus wheel to adjust the position of magnifying lenses;

– a key to control the volume of a mobile phone;

– two micro-USB connectors to connect external power source and the mobile phone;

– an accelerometer sensor and a gyro sensor for tracking the movement of user’s head;

– a proximity sensor to switch on/off mobile phone’s screen;

– a touch pad to control a mobile phone.

The product is equipped with a flap holder for placing the mobile phone and holding it by its screen directly in front of the user’s eyes. When a specific application is installed on the mobile phone and the mobile phone is connected to the headset, the built-in magnifying lenses allow the user to see a stereoscopic view of the mobile phone screen, which displays two, almost the same, side-by-side images. In addition, it also allows to control running of the application on the mobile phone by detecting the movements of the user’s head (tilting and turning) in real time and transmitting the information, over the CPU of the headset, to the main board of the mobile phone. The touch pad and control keys of the headset can also be used to control the use of certain other functions (such as volume, etc.) of the mobile phone.
Application des RGI 1 et 6.
Adoption : 2017

9006.30

– Cameras specially designed for underwater use, for aerial survey or for medical or surgical examination of internal organs; comparison cameras for forensic or criminological purposes

 

1. Photographic camera, separately presented, intended to be mounted inside an X-ray apparatus for the examination of patients. The camera consists of three main components : a tube with a fluorographic (X-ray) screen, an objective lens assembly and a tape drive mechanism. An X-ray image of the organs of the patient is displayed on the fluorescent screen and recorded on photographic film.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 3 to Chapter 90) and 6.
Adoption : 20131 Tape drive mechanism2 Objective lens assembly3 Tube with a fluorographic (X-ray) screen
9006.59

— Other

 

1. Laser photoplotter for creating latent “printed circuit board” images on photosensitive film from digital formats (which is subsequently used in the production of printed circuit boards) by means of a laser beam. To reproduce an image, the image is turned into rasterized data by an automatic data processing machine or raster image processor. Having been transformed into “raster data”, the data is broken up into millions of individual picture elements, arranged in a series of regular, adjacent lines, all of which are exposed on photosensitive film by the laser beam. The product is comprised of a keyboard, a screen (cathode ray tube), a raster image processor and an image reproducer.
Adoption : 20002. Imagesetter working with a visible red laser beam and a raster image processing platform to transfer digital data into a latent image on four photosensitive films (cyan, magenta, yellow and black) or other photosensitive media, including polyester printing plates. In this apparatus, the laser beam moves horizontally, dot by dot, line by line, over the entire surface of the film (drum-based imagesetter). The laser is switched on or off according to the “raster” data provided by an external automatic data processing machine. The image thus obtained may contain text, pictures, drawings, etc., and is used in the preparation of plates for the offset printing industry. The maximum image format is 754 x 635 mm and the resolution ranges from 1,200 to 3,600 dpi (dots per inch).
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20003. Laser photoplotter for creating latent images on photosensitive film from digital formats (e.g., colour transparencies, which are used to reproduce digital artwork with continuous-tone) by means of a laser beam. To reproduce an image, the primary colours (cyan, magenta and yellow) are first selected, whereupon each colour is separately turned into rasterized data by an external host automatic data processing machine or raster image processor. Having been transformed into “raster data”, the data for each separate colour is broken up into millions of individual picture elements, arranged in a series of regular, adjacent lines, all of which are exposed on photosensitive film by the laser beam. The raster image processor is not included.
Adoption : 2000 
9011.80

– Other microscopes

 

. Compound optical microscopes (other than special-purpose microscopes) :
Having the following two characteristics :(i) eyepiece diameter (outside diameter of the lens tube) : not less than 16 mm;(ii) tube-length (distance between the face where the eyepiece is attached and the face where the objective is attached) : not less than 110 mm.See also Opinion 9503.00/6.
Adoption : 1970

 

9013.20

– Lasers, other than laser diodes

 

1. Laser pointers, which are portable, in the shape of pistols, pens, etc., and designed to function by their own source of energy. They consist of a laser diode and microelectronics in a housing of copper, fitted with a switch. They are battery-powered and may be equipped with a chain fixed to a key ring and a clasp, of base metal. Laser pointers produce a red visible coherent light beam in the wavelength range between 660-680 nanometers (nm). They can project a red beam and create a brilliant red dot on an object far away. Laser pointers are commonly used in teaching and presentations to draw the audience’s attention.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2000
9017.10

– Drafting tables and machines, whether or not automatic

 

1. System for the control of industrial drafting instruments (Computer Aided Design (CAD) system) consisting of the following components :

(i) an automatic data processing machine (“graphics processor”);

(ii) an interactive design console together with an electronic pen and tablet with the aid of which drawings are drafted on a video screen and information is fed into the “graphics processor” while at the same time being shown on the screen;

(iii) a teledisplay with a keyboard for giving commands to the “graphics processor”. The commands are shown on a video screen;

(iv) a digitiser/plotter, which produces drawings on paper and is controlled by signals from the “graphics processor”. The unit is also used for “reading” drawings, the data thus collected from the drawings being fed into the “graphics processor”;

(v) a “telewriter” which is used for giving commands to or receiving information from the “graphics processor”.

 

Adoption : 1985

 

9018.32

— Tubular metal needles and needles for sutures

 

1. Blanks for surgical needles, consisting of stainless steel tubes 44 mm long, of a circular cross-section, having an external diameter of 1.3 mm and an internal diameter of 0.9 mm. One end has been cut at right angles to the length and the other at an acute angle. The latter end has then been ground in two planes which intersect to form a sharp point.
Adoption : 1983
9018.39

— Other

 

 Evacuated tubes for the collection and transport of blood, containing chemical additives, of plastics, with a pre-defined vacuum to withdraw the exact volumes of blood. The tubes are used to collect and, for a limited time, also to transport, preserve and store blood for specific testing of serum, plasma or whole blood in a clinical laboratory. They are suitable for use principally with phlebotomy needles and holders produced by the same manufacturer.
They have a sterile interior with additives in predetermined amounts depending on the draw volumes. The tubes are fitted with colour-coded safety caps having colour-coded inner rings.
The additives can be either chemically inert or of a kind to chemically interact with a blood sample. The chemically inert additives (clot activator, separation gel and polystyrene beads) have mechanical functions. The chemical additives act, for example, as anticoagulating agents (ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), heparin (ammonium, lithium, sodium), sodium citrate, potassium or ammonium oxalate) or as antiglycolytic agents (sodium fluoride and lithium iodoacetate).
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20072. Evacuated tubes for the collection and transport of blood, not containing chemical additives, of plastics, with a pre-defined vacuum to withdraw the exact volumes of blood. The tubes are used to collect and, for a limited time, also to transport, preserve and store blood for specific testing of serum, plasma or whole blood in a clinical laboratory. They are suitable for use principally with phlebotomy needles and holders produced by the same manufacturer.
They have a sterile interior without any chemical additives and are fitted with specific colour-coded safety caps for this type of tubes.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2007
9018.90

– Other instruments and appliances

 

1. Single use blanket, made up of two-ply nonwovens, coated on one side with plastics, layered and heat sealed along the edges, open at one end and fitted with a nozzle to allow the injection of warm air by means of a warming device, for the prevention and treatment of hypothermia in hospital patients.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (b) to Chapter 90) and 6.
Adoption : 20082. Total body cryotherapy chamber for the treatment of, e.g., skin diseases, joint inflammations or rheumatic illnesses, consisting of the following separate basic parts, which are presented together and unassembled :(i) Cryotherapy chamber consisting of a pre-chamber (-60 °C) and a therapy chamber (approximately -110 °C) which are connected by a door.
The cryotherapy chamber is made up of insulating elements. The external dimensions of the chamber are 2400 mm (W) x 4200 mm (L) x 2550 mm (H). The internal dimensions of the pre-chamber are 1600 mm (W) x 2250 mm (H) x1760 mm (D) and of the therapy chamber are 2100 mm (W) x 2250 mm (H) x 1700 mm (D). Both the pre-chamber and the therapy chamber are equipped with a special water-resistant carpet on the floor, entrance doors, windows, lighting, loudspeakers, emergency signal switches, pressure balance elements, and with evaporators. The evaporators have three built-in fans enabling the air circulation and integrated defrost-heating device. The therapy chamber is further equipped with an inside handrail along three sides, a microphone and a video monitoring system.(ii) Refrigeration machine.
The refrigeration machine is an air-cooled 3-level cascade system installed in a closed machine housing. The machine is located in a room other than the cryotherapy chamber, and together with the evaporator, it brings down the temperature in the chamber to -110 °C. The dimensions of the refrigeration machine are 1600 mm (W) x 1700 mm (H) x 800 mm (D).

(iii) Switching cabinet.
The switching cabinet incorporates an electric switching system which is necessary for operating the total body cryotherapy chamber as a whole. The cabinet is placed in the same room as the above-mentioned refrigeration machine. Its dimensions are 1000 mm (W) x 2000 mm (H) x 500 mm (D).

(iv) Control desk.
The control desk includes an automatic data processing machine equipped with nano-servers, a 15 inch (38.1 cm) TFT display with touch screen, an interphone, two loudspeakers, a microphone, a CD player and an emergency stop switch. All these components are integrated into the same housing. Using the touch screen, an operator can control all functions, adjustments and machine values. The desk has dimensions of 600 mm (W) x 980 mm (H) x 400 mm (D) and is separate from the cryotherapy chamber.

(v) Condenser.
The condenser consists of a heat exchanger with crossing twin ribs and ventilators with three-phase motors. The condenser is located outside the building where the cryotherapy chamber is placed and it contributes to lowering the temperature in the chamber.

All above-mentioned units are connected by copper tubes, through which the coolant circulates, and by electrical cables.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 3 to Chapter 90 and Note 4 to Section XVI) and 6.
Adoption : 2012

 

9019.10

– Mechano-therapy appliances; massage apparatus; psychological aptitude-testing apparatus

 

1. “AQUASPA” hydromassage apparatus consisting of :

(i) a bathtub made of acrylic plastics and fitted with a number of adjustable nozzles;

(ii) a hydromassage device which creates a whirlpool effect and comprises, inter alia, a pump used to project jets of water or a blend of air and water under pressure, and a turbine or air blower to project air under pressure; the direction and intensity of the jets are adjustable, allowing massage of all or parts of the body;

(iii) an electronic control box;

(iv) an electric water heating system;

(v) a skim filter to filter the water and remove the foam;

(vi) an electric lighting system;

(vii) a security device to prevent electrocution;

(viii) a system of ducts.

Application of Note 3 to Chapter 90.
Adoption : 1993

2. Massage apparatus, resembling a chair, consisting of a frame upholstered with leather on the inner side and with padded seat, back and headrest. It is fitted with built-in massage components comprising :

– Inflatable bladders with a mechanism delivering vibrational friction at a number of points;

– A system of rollers with air cells;

– Extendable footrests.

The massage apparatus also has an “L-shaped” guide rail, made of lead, a forward-sliding design, waist heating, a speaker, “Bluetooth®” connection and provides support for devices with the “Android 2.0+” operating system. This “zero gravity” massage apparatus is used to massage the body from neck to feet, by kneading, tapping, vibration, “shiatsu” technique or pressure. The massaging mechanism can be adjusted using a power-operated remote control. Massage time, area and speed are all adjustable, as is the air cell intensity.Rated power: 260 W; rated voltage : 110 V.
Application of GIRs 1, 3 (b) and 6.
Adoption : 2015

 

9019.20

– Ozone therapy, oxygen therapy, aerosol therapy, artificial respiration or other therapeutic respiration apparatus

 

1. Aerosol-type hand-spray, for use by a dentist or by the patient himself to spray the teeth or gums. The spray operates by means of compressed gas (e.g. CO2) contained in a screw-on cartridge; the action of the medicinal substance used and the massage resulting from spraying the mucous membranes cleans the mouth and treats certain diseases (e.g. periodontitis).
Adoption : 1967
9021.10

– Orthopaedic or fracture appliances

 

1. Orthopaedic walking aid known as a “rollator” to assist persons who have difficulty in walking by providing support for the person pushing it as he/she walks. It consists of a tubular aluminium frame on four wheels (the front two of which swivel), handles and hand-brakes. The “rollator” is adjustable in height and is equipped with a seat between the handles and with a wire basket for carrying personal items. This seat allows the user to take short rest breaks whenever necessary. The “rollator’s” collapsible design allows the product to be folded for transport or storage.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 6 to Chapter 90) and 6.
Adoption : 20102. Screw designed for use in the field of trauma surgery, made of extra hard, colour-finished titanium alloy, of a length of approximately 12 mm. It has a wholly threaded shank with a constant outer diameter of 3 mm and a head. The shank has an asymmetrical thread. The head is also threaded, allowing it to lock into a compression plate in fixation systems, with a recessed socket drive. The product corresponds to the ISO/TC 150 standards for implant screws. It is presented in a sterilized packing. The product is marked with a number and thereby traceable throughout production, distribution and use.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20173. Screw designed for use in the field of trauma surgery as a part of a system for posterior stabilization of the spine, made of extra-hard titanium alloy, of a length of 20 to 45 mm. It has a wholly threaded shank with a constant outer diameter of 4 mm and a dual core thread containing a transition zone for the core diameter change. It has also a self-tapping profile and a blunt, threaded tip. The product has a polyaxial (movable) U-shaped, internally threaded head that offers 25° of angulation around its axis allowing its adjustment and a specialized locking cap for fixing a rod (presented separately) in its head. The product corresponds to the ISO/TC 150 standards for implant screws. The product is marked with a number and thereby traceable throughout production, distribution and use.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2017 
9022.90

– Other, including parts and accessories

 

1. Thin-film transistor and photodiode (TFT-PD) array panel, composed of a glass substrate containing millions of pixels, with the dimension of 40 cm in length, 30 cm in width. Each pixel consists of one thin-film transistor and one photodiode. The circuits are formed on the glass substrate by the process of deposition and etching.
The panel receives visible light through a scintillator which converts X-ray into visible light, and converts that visible light into electric signals. It is used in a digital X-ray detector for medical and industrial purposes.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (b) to Chapter 90) and 6.
Adoption : 2019DataBiasPIN Photo diodeGateTFT
9026.20

– For measuring or checking pressure

 

1. “Emergency Kit” for motor vehicles, set put up for retail sale, with the following components:
– 1 carrying bag, made of textile materials;
– 1 set of cables for car battery (booster cables);
– 1 tie down belt (safety) 60 cm long, made of textile materials;
– 1 adhesive tape made of textile materials;
– 1 tire gauge;
– 1 utility knife;
– 1 headlamp;
– 3 batteries for headlamp;
– 1 triangular warning sign made of plastics;
– 1 blanket, made of textile materials;
– 5 cable ties (plastic closures);
– 1 pair of nitrile gloves;
– 1 emergency waterproof garment made of plastics.
Application of GIRs 1, 3 (c) and 6.
Adoption : 2021
9027.30

– Spectrometers, spectrophotometers and spectrographs using optical radiations (UV, visible, IR)

 

1. Atomic absorption spectrometer, consisting of an analysis device which, under the control of an external automatic data processing machine, measures the spectroscopy of various substances by means of atomic absorption. The analysis device uses optical radiations of the wavelength range 185 – 900 nm (UV, visible). This device is presented together with an automatic data processing machine and a CD-ROM (special software) which are used for controlling the analysis device and processing the data obtained from the analysis.
The analysis device must be connected to the automatic data processing machine, since all its operations are performed in conformity with the instructions given by the automatic data processing machine, e.g., measurement mode, sampling mode, etc. The results from the analysis are communicated to the automatic data processing machine, which converts them into a spectrograph and intelligible data for further use (e.g., for quantitative analysis).
Application of Note 4 to Section XVI and Note 3 to Chapter 90.
See also Opinion 9027.30/2.
Adoption : 19982. Atomic absorption spectrometer, consisting of an analysis device which, in the form of a stand-alone, keyboard-controlled unit with built-in LCD display, measures the spectroscopy of various substances by means of atomic absorption. The analysis device uses optical radiation of the wavelength range 185 – 900 nm (UV, visible).
The analysis device is presented together with an automatic data processing machine (in the form of a system) and a CD-ROM (special software) which are used for upgrading the functions of the analysis device. Being capable of carrying out the analysis by itself, the analysis device is merely connected to the automatic data processing machine in order to have the controlling of its operation and the processing of its results upgraded from a stand-alone, keyboard-controlled unit to an automatic data processing machine controlled flame or furnace system for automated multielement analysis. The automatic data processing machine and the software are classified together in subheading 8471.49.
Application of Note 1 (m) to Section XVI and Note 5 (E) to Chapter 84.
See also Opinion 9027.30/1.
Adoption : 1998
9027.89

— Other

 

1. Fully automated, real- time Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR)-based molecular diagnostic system. The fully integrated system enables clinical laboratories to perform a broad range of applications, including oncology, infectious diseases and genetic testing. The processing steps consist of (i) liquefaction, (ii) cell lysis, (iii) DNA/RNA extraction, and (iv) data analysis and reporting.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20182. Quantitative automated hematology analyser and leukocyte differential counter, for in vitro diagnostic (IVD) use in clinical laboratories. The apparatus uses the following two independent measurement methods :- The impedance method for determining the WBC (White Blood Cell or leukocyte), RBC (Red Blood Cell or erythrocyte), and PLT (Platelet) Data; and- The colorimetric method for determining the HGB (Hemoglobin Concentration).

Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018

 

9027.90

– Microtomes; parts and accessories

 

1. Tubes for accelerating and/or focusing positive ions, identifiable as parts of mass spectrometers or of mass spectrographs.
Adoption : 1960
9029.20

– Speed indicators and tachometers; stroboscopes

 

1. Flash apparatus for stroboscopic checking of ignition timing of internal combustion engines (ignition timing lamp), comprising :

(i) a relay to adjust automatically for 6 or 12 volt battery operation;

(ii) a transformer to step-up to the 450 volts required to operate the flash tube;

(iii) a synchronous vibrator;

(iv) capacitors to store electrical energy;

when connected to the electrical circuit supplying one sparking plug of the engine under test, produces flashes synchronised with the sparking of that plug.
Adoption : 1968

 

9029.90

– Parts and accessories

 

. Main board (PCB) for vehicle instrument panel, including approximately 440 active elements and passive elements.The product will be combined with other components after import, such as a window plate, liquid crystal displays (LCD), speaker, indicating pointers and various plastic structural components, to form a complete instrument panel.
In use, the final instrument panel can display the speed, revolutions per minute (RPM), and mileage of a vehicle (through data that the separate Electronic Control Unit (ECU) receives from the hall sensor mounted on the vehicle wheel) and information on the status of the vehicle received from sensors, such as the coolant temperature, remaining fuel amount and door open warning.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 to Section XVII, Note 2 (b) to Chapter 90) and 6.
Adoption : 2019Temp gaugeTacho meterLCD displaySpeed meterFuel gaugeIndicatorsAcrylWindow platePointerDialLCDColor lensCasePrismPCB assySpeakerLower case 
9030.40

– Other instruments and apparatus, specially designed for telecommunications (for example, cross-talk meters, gain measuring instruments, distortion factor meters, psophometers)

 

1. Network analyzer that analyzes the operational state of networks that employ multiple protocols (Ethernet, ATM (asynchronous transfer module), IPv6 (Internet Protocol version 6), VoIP (Voice-over-internet protocol), HSDPA (High-Speed Downlink Packet Access), UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System), CDMA (Code division multiple access), etc.), simulates traffic and fault conditions in existing networks to analyze effects during the design stage, and detects fault condition. It can provide an analysis of every packet on a network, add time stamp data to the packets, filter out packets that are not of interest, break down the packets that are of interest by checking every bit, and then provide the user information about the packet or sequence of packets, such as packet jitter, delay, dropped or lost packets, and bit or data errors.
The analyzer includes an acquisition memory (512 MB) and a hot-swapping line interface module (LIM). The analyzer can be connected to an automatic data processing machine.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.Adoption : 20112. Network analyzer that analyzes the operational state of networks that employ multiple protocols (Ethernet, ATM (asynchronous transfer module), IPv6 (Internet Protocol version 6), VoIP (Voice-over-internet protocol), HSDPA (High-Speed Downlink Packet Access), UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System), CDMA (Code division multiple access), etc.), simulates traffic and fault conditions in existing networks to analyze effects during the design stage, and detects fault condition. It can provide an analysis of every packet on a network, add time stamp data to the packets, filter out packets that are not of interest, break down the packets that are of interest by checking every bit, and then provide the user information about the packet or sequence of packets, such as packet jitter, delay, dropped or lost packets, and bit or data errors.
The analyzer includes an acquisition memory (512 MB) and a hot-swapping line interface module (LIM). The analyzer can be connected to an automatic data processing machine.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2011 
9032.89

— Other

 

1. System for controlling and monitoring paper during manufacture consisting generally of the following components :

(i) a scanner with a traversing sensor head, which incorporates one or more sensors and a microprocessor, the function of the sensors being to measure the product and monitor the manufacturing process;

(ii) a process support station incorporating a microprocessor, and forming a junction between the scanners and the rest of the system;

(iii) a central computer unit of heading 84.71, as control device which compares the measured values with the desired value and transmits electrical signals to the action devices in order to regulate the technical specifications of paper (e.g., thickness, moisture);

(iv) an operator station incorporating a microprocessor with video display and keyboard;

(v) a printer/plotter also incorporating a microprocessor.

Application of Note 3 to Chapter 90.

Adoption : 1982

 

9033.00

Parts and accessories (not specified or included elsewhere in this Chapter ) for machines, appliances, instruments or apparatus of Chapter 90.

 

1. Ball bearing control cables :
Not identifiable as suitable for use solely or principally with a particular machine, apparatus or vehicle :
Equally suitable for use on several instruments or apparatus of Ch. 90.
See also Opinions Sect. XVI/1, 8487.90/2. and Sect. XVII/1.
Adoption : 1962
9401.61

— Upholstered

 

1. Seat with a wooden frame and with brushed aluminum arms, upholstered and covered with a sheeting of plastics, incorporating a sound system, a side control panel and input/output jacks, and which is suitable for use with video game consoles or machines, television or satellite receivers, as well as DVD, music CD, MP3 or video cassette players.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2012
9401.71

— Upholstered

 

. Infant seat with a textile upholstered cover over a metal frame incorporating toys, a vibration mechanism and a sound system. The product has a curved bottom portion which can convert into a rocking chair. It can also be locked into a non-rocking position.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.Adoption : 20152. Baby seat with an upholstered covering over a metal frame, incorporating a vibration mechanism, a sound system, and a removable toy bar. It is designed for a baby until it is able to sit upright.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.Adoption : 2015

3. Baby seat consisting of a padded ring, covered with plastics, that is suspended from three steel posts by three covered springs, incorporating a lighting mechanism, a sound system and toy components. The posts are attached to a round steel tubular base. It is designed for babies who are able to hold their heads upright unassisted but who are unable to walk.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.

Adoption : 2015

4. Swing-seat for babies which is mounted on a painted metal frame with fittings of plastics and is designed to be placed on the floor. It is powered by batteries and can be set to six different speeds. It includes toys and a musical apparatus. The seat part is padded and includes a harness-type belt for securing the baby.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.

Adoption : 2015

 

9401.80

– Other seats

 

1. Car safety seats suitable for use for the carriage of infants and toddlers in motor vehicles or other means of transport. They are removable and are attached to the vehicle’s seats by means of the seat belt and a tether strap.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2003
9401.99

— Other

 

1. Covers for seats of motor vehicles consisting of assembled pieces made from leather, textile fabrics or plastic materials. These covers are equipped with several elements and cut-outs for fixing and adapting them to the seat carcass. They serve as permanent covers of the seats for specific motor vehicles. After the assembly of the seats, the covers cannot be removed without disassembling the seats.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2017
9403.10

– Metal furniture of a kind used in offices

 

1. Metal filing cabinets, floor-standing, equipped with a set of push-buttons for control of a built-in electro-mechanical device which brings the selected “tray” containing the documents to be consulted to the desired level.
Adoption : 1972
9403.20

– Other metal furniture

 

1. Display units for stores, supermarkets, etc., of sheet steel, consisting of a base (generally with screw-in feet for levelling), a back panel (wall unit) or a central post (free-standing unit with one set of shelving on each side), and a varying number of adjustable shelves or other display accessories (racks, bins, etc.), for placing on the floor.
Adoption : 19692. Checkout counter of aluminium, measuring 210 cm in length, featuring a conveyor belt and designed to house a cash register, of a kind used in shops and supermarkets.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20143. Steel cabinet (dimensions (H x W x D) : 2000 mm (45 RU – “Rack Unit”) x 600 mm x 600 mm), designed to be free-standing and having the following specifications :- lockable glass front door;

– open back;

– open base (no plinth);

– two steel side doors, lockable and removable, allowing cabinets to be placed side by side and the equipment therein to be interconnected when the facing sides are removed; and

– four perforated posts screwed to the cabinet’s side walls, to which the equipment to be housed in it can be bolted on.

The cabinet is presented together with patch panels (50-port voice), which are designed to be fitted to the cabinet interior but are supplied unassembled for ease of shipping. Other apparatus and equipment, namely a circuit breaker, a service board, power sockets, jumper bars/cable holders and a router, not presented together with the cabinet, will be fitted to the cabinet interior later.
The patch panels presented together with the cabinet are classified separately.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinion 8536.90/2.
Adoption : 2014

4. Steel cabinet (dimensions (H x W x D) : 605 mm (12 RU – “Rack Unit”) x 600 mm x 600 mm), designed to be wall-mounted and having the following specifications :

– lockable glass front door;

– open back (back is fixed to the wall);

– two perforated posts screwed to the cabinet’s side walls, to which the equipment to be housed therein can be bolted on;

– perforated top and bottom to facilitate air flow; and

– special provision (space) at the bottom of the cabinet for connecting cables.

Patch panels, which are not presented together with the cabinet, will be fitted to the cabinet interior later. However, its technical characteristics also allow for the installation of other networking hardware, electrical feed and distribution equipment.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 (a) to Chapter 94) and 6.
Adoption : 2014

5. Audio/video floor stand made of aluminium (dimensions (H x W x D) : 195 cm x 89 cm x 69 cm) on castors, also known as a “conference TV cart”. The stand is presented unassembled. It is designed to be used in conference rooms, classrooms, meeting rooms, training rooms, trade shows, marketing events, etc.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 to Chapter 94), 2 (a) and 6.
Adoption : 2016

6. Audio/video floor stand (overall height : 180 cm) on castors, also known as a “wide body TV cart”, constructed mainly of steel. The stand is presented unassembled and without the flat panel display. It is built to accommodate up to a 42-inch (106.7 cm) flat panel display weighing 68 kg.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 to Chapter 94), 2 (a) and 6.
Adoption : 2016

7. Steel cabinets, with a door on the front side, presented empty (dimensions: height 250 mm to 1800 mm; width 250 mm to 1000 mm; depth 150 mm to 300 mm). The cabinets are designed to be mounted on a wall, or fixed on a flat surface and are fitted with a special lock, metal plate for fixing electrical devices, lid for the input-output conductors, grounded dowel pin, gaskets, etc.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 to Chapter 94) and 6.
Adoption : 2018

8. Stainless steel cabinets, with a door on the front side, and anti-corrosion treatment, presented empty (dimensions: height 250 mm to 1200 mm; width 250 mm to 800 mm; depth 150 mm to 300 mm). The cabinets are designed to be mounted on a wall, or fixed vertically on a flat surface and are fitted with a special lock, metal plate for fixing electrical devices, lid for the input-output conductors, grounded dowel pin, gaskets, etc.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 to Chapter 94) and 6.
Adoption : 2018

 

9403.60

– Other wooden furniture

 

1. Set consisting of a square (76 x 76 cm) solid hardwood table and two matching wooden chairs with plaid fabric cushion seat, put up in a single box for retail sale. The table and chairs are presented unassembled.
Application of GIRs 1, 2 (a), 3 (c) and 6.
Adoption : 20072. A-frame easel, with three legs, two at the front and one at the rear, designed to be placed on the floor. With the “mast” extended, it has a maximum height of 2.28 m (minimum height is 1.67 m) and holds articles such as canvasses, paintings or blackboards up to 1.27 m high.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 to Chapter 94) and 6.
Adoption : 2017
9403.70

– Furniture of plastics

 

1. Baby walker of plastics with a folding tubular-steel frame mounted on eight casters. It moves on the casters and includes a seat formed by a piece of fabric in which two holes have been made to allow the baby’s legs to pass through, together with a table to which toys are attached. It is intended to help babies learn safely how to walk.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 20032. Plastic cabinet, with a door on the front side, presented empty (dimensions (height x width x depth): 200 mm x 300 mm x 130 mm). The cabinet is designed to be mounted on a wall, or fixed vertically on a flat surface. It is intended for extension or distribution of cable lines and can also be used as a meter box. It is resistant to chemical agents, heat and ultra-violet (UV) rays.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 to Chapter 94) and 6.
Adoption : 20183. Plastic cabinet, with a transparent door on the front side, presented empty (dimensions (height x width x depth): 500 mm x 700 mm x 250 mm). The cabinet is designed to be mounted on a wall, or fixed vertically on a flat surface. It is intended for extension or distribution of cable lines and can also be used as a meter box. It is resistant to chemical agents, heat and ultra-violet (UV) rays.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 2 to Chapter 94) and 6.
Adoption : 2018 
9403.99

— – Other

 

1.  Drawer sides fitted with runners designed to receive a sliding drawer. Each side consists of a double-walled metal profile together with a base with grooves and notches. The grooves and the notches are designed to accommodate the runners, the front, the rear and the bottom of the drawer.
The sides are presented with the runners and the fixings and clips for attaching the drawer to the piece of furniture for which it is intended.
The drawer sides are manufactured to specific dimensions and are used with other parts to form furniture drawers; e.g., for pedestals, cabinets, bureaus, dressers or tables with drawers.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2019
9405.11

— Designed for use solely with light-emitting diode (LED) light sources

 

1. LED light panels which are lighting products in sizes 1’ x 1’, 2’ x 2’, 1’ x 4’ and 2’ x 4’, that fit into a dropped
ceiling grid. These light panels are encased in an anodized aluminium frame or steel frame with prismatic acrylic lens powered by a low voltage constant current driver and come with a cord to connect to a socket or directly to the mains power supply. These lights are made for standard T-Bar mounting and come with clips for the four sides and wiring nuts for wiring. They are ready to use when imported and are presented without the mounting hardware.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2019
9405.42

— Other, designed for use solely with light-emitting diode (LED) light sources

 

1. Lamp in the form of a light-emitting diode (LED) downlight, constructed from a machined aluminium housing with attached mounting plate and an integrated thermal management system. Behind the lens of the lamp are eight light-emitting diodes : three red LEDs and five yellow LEDs, as well as driver electronics.
The product does not include an Edison-type screw base or a standard bi-pin connector base. Instead, two copper lead wires (line and neutral) extend from the back of the base for connection to a power source.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2015
9405.99

— Other

 

1. Alabaster lighting diffusers, in various sizes and shapes, usually in combination with metal fittings, and used as parts of lamps or lighting fittings such as ceiling lamps, hanging lamps, wall sconces, chandeliers or wall lamps.
Adoption : 1995
9406.10

– Of wood

 

1. Grain silos, farm type, consisting of several circular sections, of decreasing diameter, made of fibreboard of wood, designed for assembly by being placed one on top of the other and held together by iron tubes; these silos were not fitted with mechanical or thermal equipment.
Adoption : 1977
9503.00

Tricycles, scooters, pedal cars and similar wheeled toys; dolls’ carriages; dolls; other toys; reduced-size (“scale”) models and similar recreational models, working or not; puzzles of all kinds.

 

1. Mini-vehicles with a one- or two-seat body of high-density polyethylene on a tube-type chassis. The vehicles are mechanically propelled by means of a four-stroke reciprocating piston engine and a continuously variable transmission. They incorporate a brake for the rear axle or a hydraulic disc brake and have a chain rear drive on one or both rear wheels. The maximum payload is 200 kg and the top speed is about 20 km/h.
The vehicles are designed to be used by children and young people to learn the highway code and to acquire driving skills, while having fun. They are used under supervision at locations specially designed for road-traffic exercises.
Adoption : 19992. Two-wheeled foot propelled scooters, designed to be ridden by children, consisting of a platform, a non-adjustable steering column and small solid wheels.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 20023. Two-wheeled foot propelled scooters, designed to be ridden by children, youngsters and adults, consisting of a platform, height-adjustable steering column, small solid wheels and a foot brake on the rear wheel.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 20024. Cosmetic kit, consisting of two bottles containing imitation nail varnish, a pair of ear-rings, a ring, a chain with a medallion which opens to reveal space for one of the bottles of nail varnish. All these elements are made of plastics (except the chain which is made of metal), and the whole is intended for amusement purposes and put up for retail sale in a cardboard box.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 1998

5. Set for melting and moulding chocolate, consisting of moulds, a melting dish, combs, a spoon, spatula, brush and funnel (all made of plastics), greaseproof paper, metal foil paper, two bars of chocolate, small edible pearls, a leaflet with instructions for use and a second leaflet with five recipes. The whole is intended for amusement purposes and put up for retail sale in a cardboard box.
Application of GIR 3 (b).
Adoption : 1998

6. Compound optical microscopes (other than special-purpose microscopes) :
Other than those having the following two characteristics :

(i) eyepiece diameter (outside diameter of the lens tube) : not less than 16 mm;

(ii) tube-length (distance between the face where the eyepiece is attached and the face where the objective is attached) : not less than 110 mm.

See also Opinion 9011.80/1.
Adoption : 1970

7. Play tent of small size (0.95 m in height x 1.15 m in width at the base x 1.25 m in depth) for use by children indoors or outdoors, consisting of a sheet of nylon cover fabric, a plastic tubular frame and small metal rods for pegging down the tent when used outdoors.
Application of GIR 1 (text of heading 95.03 and Note 1 (t) to Section XI).
Adoption : 2001

8. Plastic article in the shape of an egg containing two toy rings and a sealed packet of candy. The article is approximately 55 mm in length by 40 mm in diameter. It consists of two separable halves which fit snugly together at the edges, forming a container in which there are two toy rings of plastics with decoration, and a sealed plastic bag containing tiny drops of candy.
Application of GIR 1 (Note 4 to Chapter 95).
Adoption : 2005

9. Toy fan with a container extension holding candy. One version consists of a plastic toy fan (70 mm in diameter). This fan forms the lid of a handle made of transparent rigid plastics (190 mm long and 7 mm in diameter) containing tiny drops of candy. Another version consists of three toy plastic fans (70 mm in diameter) mounted one above the other. These fans form the lid of a handle made of transparent rigid plastics (145 mm long and 10 mm in diameter), which contains tiny drops of candy.
Application of GIR 1 (Note 4 to Chapter 95)
Adoption : 2005

10. Toy fan in the form of one of the characters of the confectionery brand attached to a cylindrical container holding a sachet of chocolate confectionery with a net weight of 20 g, put up for retail sale. The fan is operated by an electric motor powered by one AA battery (included) and sits on top of the container.
Application of GIR 1 (Note 4 to Chapter 95).
See also Opinions 1806.90/3 and 1806.90/4
Adoption : 2017

11. Set of toys of plastics and modelling paste, consisting of three cans of modelling paste in different colours and the following items of plastics : head with ears, electric drill, tweezers, dentist tool, mirror or braces roller, toothbrush, tooth mould.
Application of GIRs 1 and 3 (b).
Adoption : 2018

12. Set of toys of plastics and modelling paste, consisting of five cans of modelling paste in different colours and the following items of plastics : four cutters to create circle, square, star, and heart-shaped cookies, a textured rolling pin and an extruder.
Application of GIRs 1 and 3 (b).
Adoption : 2018

13. Polyurethane anti-stress ball, designed to be repeatedly squeezed by the hand as a stress relief exercise. Squeezing the anti-stress ball increases circulation of blood and causes a sensation of relaxation.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 2021

 

9504.50

– Video game consoles and machines, other than those of subheading 9504.30

 

1. An apparatus presented in a box for retail sale, together with a controller module with a connecting cable, a cable to connect the apparatus to an audio/video device, a power supply cable and, in certain cases a CD-ROM. The apparatus includes the following components :

– a central processing unit (CPU),

– a 32 Mbits DRAM main memory module,

– a digital versatile disk (DVD) drive,

– a graphics chip,

– 2 universal serial bus (USB) connector ports,

– 2 controller module ports,

– 2 memory card slots,

– an audio/video connector port (IEEE 1394),

– an optical digital output connector port.

Besides the controller module, several devices can be connected to the apparatus such as a standard keyboard, a mouse, a television receiver, a data monitor or a printer. A drive bay inside the apparatus allows incorporation of a hard disk drive and an Ethernet adaptor.
The apparatus is capable of :

 

– processing dedicated software for playing video games,

– converting digital information from compact video disks (DVD) or compact audio disks (CD) into video/audio signals for reproduction by television receivers or audio systems,

– being programmed in “YABASIC”.

The controller module has several control buttons, which are mainly used for playing video games.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2004

2. An apparatus (video game console) presented in a box for retail sale, together with a wireless game controller, a wireless remote controller for the Blu-ray/DVD/CD drive, a memory card adaptor, a power supply cable, a cable to connect the console to an audio/video device, a USB cable and a LAN cable. The console includes the following components :

– a central processing unit,

– 256 MB Main Random Access Memory (RAM),

– 256 MB Video Random Access Memory (VRAM)?

– a 2.5″ 60 GB hard drive,

– a Blu-ray/DVD/CD drive (read-only),

– a graphical controller,

– 4 universal serial bus (USB) ports,

– a Memory Stick slot,

– an SD memory card slot,

– a Compact Flash slot,

– an Ethernet connector,

– an HDMI port,

– an analogue – AV multi out port,

– a digital audio-digital out (optical) port.

The apparatus is capable of communication by means of Ethernet (10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX, 1000BASE-T), Wi-Fi (IEEE 802.11 b/g) and Bluetooth 2.0 standards.
Besides the wireless controllers, several devices can be connected to the console such as a USB or wireless keyboard or mouse, a television receiver, or a monitor.
The apparatus is capable of :

 

– processing dedicated software for playing video games,

– converting digital information from Blu-ray disks, DVDs or CDs into video/audio signals for reproduction by television receivers or audio systems,

– being programmed in Linux or other operating systems and

– running Linux-based end-user applications, including e-mail, word processing, Internet browsing and graphics viewing.

The wireless game controller has several control buttons, which are mainly used for playing video games.
Application of GIRs 1 (Note 1 (p) to Section XVI) and 6.
Adoption : 2008

3. Virtual reality set for a video game console, presented in a box for retail sale, consisting of a head-mount display (virtual reality headset), a processing unit, a stereo headphone with earpieces, connecting cables (HDMI, USB and virtual headset), an AC adaptor and a power cord.
The virtual reality headset, which resembles goggles, incorporates sensors, video display module (it can display two side-by-side images) and two magnifying lenses allowing the user to see a stereoscopic view of the screen of the video display module. The processor unit is designed to synchronise the virtual reality headset and the video game console (it delivers the video signal from the console to the headset and the detected signal from the headset to the console).
Application of GIRs 1, (Note 3 to Chapter 95), 3 (b) and 6.
Adoption : 2017

 

9504.90

– Other

 

1. Circular-shaped silver coloured metal discs printed on both sides. One side shows the picture of a fictitious character. On the other side, trademarks appear. In addition, each disc has a number indicating its place in the numerical sequence of the collection which comprises several fictitious characters.
Although the collectible discs are used as promotional gimmicks to stimulate the sales of a particular brand, they are designed for playing games.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2005
9506.29

— Other

 

1. Stand Up Paddleboard (SUP) with Medium Density Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) core, wood reinforcement and glass.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2018A GlassB GlassC Wood ReinforcementD GlassE GlassF Medium Density Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) CoreG GlassH GlassI Glass
9506.70

– Ice skates and roller skates, including skating boots with skates attached

 

1. “Roller shoes” consisting of shoes covering the ankle, with uppers of leather and outer soles of rubber, incorporating two permanently attached, retractable wheels that fit into special cavities in the outer sole, thus providing the option of using the footwear as in-line skates (roller blades) when the wheels are pulled out.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2003
9506.91

— Articles and equipment for general physical exercise, gymnastics or athletics

 

1. Jump ball with a soft one-piece handle, of plastics, presented in three versions, with 45 cm, 55 cm or 66 cm of diameter. The recommended maximum weight of the user is 45 kg, 70 kg and 90 kg, respectively. The inflatable jump ball is intended to exercise the user’s coordination and balance.
Application of GIRs 1, 3 (c) and 6.
Adoption : 20162. Skipping rope, consisting of a solid core 5 mm PVC cord, approximately 3 m long, that can be used on any surface (concrete, pavement, wood flooring, etc.), and two handles made of plastics. The cord attaches at a 90º angle. The skipping rope is intended to be used for physical exercise.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2017
9506.99

— Other

 

1. Ice hockey pants, specially designed to be worn for the protection of the body against injury while playing ice hockey, consisting of an interior comprising several pieces of protective equipment of plastics, fitted in an exterior textile shell.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
Adoption : 2010
9508.24

— Motion simulators and moving theatres

 

1. Computer controlled motion simulation theatre system comprising : a computerized system to control and monitor motion; a set of seat rows with permanently mounted mobile seats arranged for 8, 10 or 12 individual seats per row; a hydraulic cylinder system enabling the seats to move in eight directions; 70 mm films; projection and sound equipment and giant screens.
This system executes movements corresponding to the action taking place in the film, intended to give the viewer the sensation of actually being in the film. It is intended for fairs, stadia, exhibition centres, amusement parks, etc., for recreational purposes.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6
Adoption : 1996
9602.00

Worked vegetable or mineral carving material and articles of these materials; moulded or carved articles of wax, of stearin, of natural gums or natural resins or of modelling pastes, and other moulded or carved articles, not elsewhere specified or included; worked, unhardened gelatin (except gelatin of heading 35.03) and articles of unhardened gelatin.

 

1. Article of wax, plated with silver, in the shape of a pear. The method of production consists of moulding the shape in wax and spraying a coating of brass (Cu-Zn) powder over the entire surface of the wax shape. The article is then covered with silver coating (an average of 0.184 mm in thickness) by electroplating.
The thin layer (0.01 mm) of copper alloy serves only as a conductive layer for the electrodeposition of the silver.
Adoption : 1996
9603.90

– Other

 

1. Tufts for shuttles, consisting of man-made bristles, from 12 to 24 mm long, glued together at one end to form a tuft; for lining shuttles used on looms for weaving certain textile fibres (e.g., jute), their function being to control the unwinding of the yarn during weaving.
Adoption : 1967
9605.00

Travel sets for personal toilet, sewing or shoe or clothes cleaning.

 

1. Toilet sets distributed by airlines to passengers (during their flight or at their destination if their baggage is not available), consisting of a rectangular fabric bag, measuring 20 x 12 x 5 cm and containing :

– 1 disposable razor mounted on a small aerosol can of shaving foam,

– 1 toothbrush and a small tube of toothpaste,

– 1 scented handkerchief,

– 1 pair of knitted socks,

– 1 textile blindfold for protection from light,

– 1 pair of ear plugs.

Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 1999

 

9608.99

— Other

 

1. Tungsten carbide balls, whether or not finally ground, in diameters ranging from 0.6 to 1.25 mm inclusive.
Adoption : 1962
9611.00

Date, sealing or numbering stamps, and the like (including devices for printing or embossing labels), designed for operating in the hand; hand-operated composing sticks and hand printing sets incorporating such composing sticks.

 

1. Hand-operated labelling appliance, consisting of a sheet-steel casing containing a printing device with inking pad, a roll of paper tape 2 cm wide coated with adhesive on one side, a tape-cutter to separate the labels and an operating handle; the operation of this handle causes the simultaneous printing and cutting of the tape and the affixing of the detached (printed) portion on to the article to be labelled.
Adoption : 19642. Hand-operated embossing appliances, of base metal or of plastics, with a pincer motion, for embossing labels or plates, comprising :(i) a magazine for a plain tape or strip of metal or plastics;(ii) an embossing device operated by a lever and consisting of a disc bearing letters, figures and symbols; and

(iii) a steel blade for cutting off the printed tape or strip.

 

Adoption : 1964

 

9617.00

Vacuum flasks and other vacuum vessels, complete; parts thereof other than glass inners.

 

1. Double-walled stainless steel vacuum insulated thermal flask, measuring 75 mm in diameter and having a capacity of 1.5 l. The gap between the two walls is partially evacuated of air, creating a near-vacuum insulation which prevents heat transfer by conduction or convection. Heat transfer by thermal radiation is minimized by aluminium reflection films in between the inner and outer walls of the flask’s body, which can perform maximum temperature retention.
Application of GIR 1.Adoption : 2015
9620.00

Monopods, bipods, tripods and similar articles.

 

1. Three-legged camera support (tripod) made from an alloy of aluminium, magnesium and titanium (AMT) and on which can be mounted a digital, photographic or video camera. The tripod is fitted with a pan-tilt head, allowing a 360° rotation. It also features a quick-release plate or “shoe” for faster mounting or removal of the apparatus.
Application of GIR 1.
Adoption : 20132. Wireless “selfie-stick” made of steel, with a handle, a power switch and a charging port on one end and a mount on the other end. A smartphone can be mounted on it with an adjustable holder. It can be paired with a smartphone’s operating system via an open wireless technology standard, e.g., Bluetooth®. Self-portrait photographs are taken by pressing the button on the stick. To take wider angle image photographs, the stick can be extended from 25 to 102 cm and the head offers rotation. It can also be used with digital cameras.
Application of GIRs 1 and 3 (b).
Adoption : 2017A ButtonB Power switch and charging portC HolderD Charging cable 
9705.22

— Extinct or endangered species and parts thereof

 

Mounted polar bear, with a stand.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6
See also Opinions 4303.90/1, 9705.29/1 and 9705.29/2.
Adoption : 2014
9705.29

— Other

 

1.  Two stuffed birds, mounted on a habitat stand.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinions 4303.90/1, 9705.22/1 and 9705.29/2.
Adoption : 20142. Ornamental shoulder mounted head (cape) of an elk, comprising the pelt from the head and neck of an elk, fitted with its antlers. The inner part, except the part of the skull bearing the antlers, has been removed and replaced by moulded polyurethane. The eyes have been replaced by artificial eyes.
Application of GIRs 1 and 6.
See also Opinions 4303.90/1, 9705.22/1 and 9705.29/1.
Adoption : 2014